LISEGA Standard Supports 2010 - US Version

Edition October 2001 US

The LISEGA product program embraces all elements that are required to create the latest, state of the art pipe support concepts.

These components correspond to the LISEGA standardization philosophy and are organized in a modular system with load and attachment compatibility.

Containing the complete product program, this catalog is in full compliance with LICAD (Rev. 8), the LISEGA pipe support design program.

The catalog is available, identical in all details, as a pdf-file: either as a CD-Rom or directly from our homepage.

LISEGA reserves the right to introduce revisions in the interests of further technical development.

Zeven, Germany Headquarters

Bondoufle, France

Newport, TN, USA

Wittenburg, Germany (LISEGA facility for fasteners)

STANDARD SUPPORTS 2010 LISEGA is different As far as the mutual success of customers and suppliers is concerned, one can’t do without the other! Accordingly we act as partners for our clients and undertake every effort to make them aware of that. We know this can only be reached by optimum performance. Not only that - we have to be the best. This way, we can convince customers or perhaps even rouse their enthusiasm - and we are only satisfied when that’s achieved!

The constant challenge excites us, for we love success. There is no greater motivation than success.

In order to be the best, we have specialized.

Our whole concentration is centered on pipe supports, and has been for more than 35 years.

Regarding our particular sphere, we have a comprehensive understanding of it. Not only quality and price determine the customer benefits of the product; low application costs are equally important. Often, these alone can prove decisive for the success or failure of a project.

Customer benefit demands the highest efficiency from us. This is why performance with system has become the foundation of the organization and an essential factor in our strategy. On this keynote we also support product application: standardization, the modular system, series production and user software (LICAD) are the most important elements to this end. Just for this, our customers have made us international leaders!

With the catalog in hand, Standard Supports 2010, we wish to present our latest technology, and via comprehensive and clearly structured information, make a further contribution to efficient product application.

This is quite in the spirit of our objectives - superior product quality at the keenest costs for the customer! Even if these aims do seemingly compete, we stick to them, because this is the most effective way to recommend ourselves as partners - and above all, we have already proved it.

That’s why LISEGA is different… through performance with system!

Hans-Herlof Hardtke

Rolf Münnich

(from left to right) Harald Lange, director international sales Hans-Herlof Hardtke, president, CEO Wolfgang Tetzlaff, head of German sales Rolf Münnich, exec. VP, marketing & sales

CONTENT

LICAD

速

EASYSTEEL

速

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

0

PRODUCT GROUP 1 Constant Hangers, Constant Supports

1

PRODUCT GROUP 2 Spring Hangers, Spring Supports

2

PRODUCT GROUP 3 Shock Absorbers, Energy Absorbers, Rigid Struts

3

PRODUCT GROUP 4 Pipe Clamps, Clamp Bases, Pipe Connecting Parts

4

PRODUCT GROUP 5 Pipe Bearing and Saddle Components

5

PRODUCT GROUP 6 Threaded Connecting Elements

6

PRODUCT GROUP 7 Structural Attachment Elements

7

PRODUCT GROUP 8 Design Development Tools

8

SERVICE Extra Services

9

11:11 Uhr

Seite 2

LISEGA Inc. - USA 370 East Dumplin Valley Rd. Kodak, TN 37764 Tel.: +1 (0) 865 940 5200 Fax: +1 (0) 865 940 5140 E-Mail: info@us.lisega.com www.lisega.com LISEGA SE - Germany Hochkamp 5 27404 Zeven Postfach 1357 27393 Zeven Tel.: +49 (0) 42 81 - 713 - 0 Fax: +49 (0) 42 81 - 713 - 214 E-Mail: info@de.lisega.com www.lisega.de LISEGA SAS - France Z.I. La Marinière 21, Rue Gutenberg 91919 Bondoufle, Cedex Tel.: +33 (0)1 60 86 40 21 Fax: +33 (0)1 60 86 48 28 E-Mail: info@fr.lisega.com www.lisega.fr LISEGA Ltd. - Great Britain Unit 3, Washington Centre Halesowen Road Netherton West Midlands, DY2 9RE Tel.: +44 (0) 13 84 458 660 Fax: +44 (0) 13 84 213 301 E-Mail: info@uk.lisega.com www.lisega.co.uk LISEGA - China LISEGA Pipe Support Technologies (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. 7800 Songze Av., Qingpu Industrial Zone Shanghai, ZIP 201700, PR China Tel.: +86 (0) 21 69 21 2888 Fax: +86 (0) 21 69 21 2999 E-Mail: info@cn.lisega.com www.lisega.com.cn

© LISEGA - 2011

US

01.08.2013

US

Umschlag US 2011.qxp

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

0

PRODUCT GROUP

0

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONTENTS

1.

1.1 1.2 2.

2.1 2.2 2.3 3.

3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9.

9.1 9.2 10.

10.1 10.2 11.

11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 12.

13.

14.

PAGE

Standard supports ________________________________________________ 0.1 Requirements ____________________________________________________ 0.1 Definition________________________________________________________ 0.1 LISEGA standard supports _________________________________________ 0.1 Scope___________________________________________________________ 0.1 Design features __________________________________________________ 0.1 Principle of the optimum design type________________________________ 0.2 LISEGA modular system ___________________________________________ 0.2 Fundamentals ____________________________________________________ 0.2 Scope___________________________________________________________ 0.2 Product groups___________________________________________________ 0.2 Load groups _____________________________________________________ 0.2 Permissible loads_________________________________________________ 0.3 Travel ranges ____________________________________________________ 0.6 Type designations ________________________________________________ 0.6 Type designation system __________________________________________ 0.7 Standards and calculations_________________________________________ 0.9 Materials ________________________________________________________ 0.9 Qualification levels for standard and nuclear application________________ 0.9 Welding ________________________________________________________ 0.10 Surface treatment _______________________________________________ 0.10 Standard coating systems_________________________________________ 0.10 Standard surface protection acc. to products ________________________ 0.11 Extended surface protection_______________________________________ 0.11 Extended surface protection acc. to products ________________________ 0.12 Surface protection in extremely aggressive atmospheres _________________ 0.12 Connection dimensions ___________________________________________ 0.12 Installation dimension E __________________________________________ 0.12 Regulation of the total installation length ___________________________ 0.13 Operational behavior_____________________________________________ 0.13 Function _______________________________________________________ 0.13 Spring relaxation ________________________________________________ 0.14 Quality assurance________________________________________________ 0.14 Fundamentals ___________________________________________________ 0.14 Quality management _____________________________________________ 0.14 International qualifications ________________________________________ 0.14 Tests and qualifications __________________________________________ 0.15 Suitability tests acc. to KTA 3205.3 and VGB R 510 L _________________ 0.15 Shipment_______________________________________________________ 0.16 Warranty _______________________________________________________ 0.16 Technical modifications ___________________________________________ 0.16

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0.0

0

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The products outlined in this catalog - STANDARD SUPPORTS 2010 - are fully in line with the latest developments in support technology and satisfy general requirements for plant installation at the highest level. For the general design of LISEGA standard supports, uniform criteria are applied. They are described in the following TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS and are binding for the contents of this catalog.

Componentrelated features are outlined in the corresponding sections of the product groups and in the type data sheets Unless expressly agreed otherwise, the stipulations in the catalog STANDARD SUPPORTS 2010 apply to all our shipments.

1. STANDARD SUPPORTS 1.1 Requirements For the support of industrial piping systems, the use of standard supports is regarded as well proven, up-to-date technology.

Only a correspondingly high level of standardization in support components can adequately satisfy the justifiable demand for products that are technically top-class and economically attractive at the same time. The complex requirements for modern pipe supports are: ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜

reliable functioning maintenance-free operation low unit prices simple planning with DP systems instant availability economical installation strategy easy to install designs supplementary service benefits

1.2 Definition Standard supports must fulfill the following criteria: ➜ component shapes are uniform and designed for optimum exploitation of material ➜ units are compatible regarding connecting dimensions and loading capacity ➜ units are cataloged and clearly identifiable by a designation system ➜ components are manufactured in series production ➜ components comply with the relevant standards and international regulations ➜ functional capacity, suitability and durability of the units is well proven ➜ components are certified and approved for use The relevant codes for pipe supports in German plant construction (power plants), VGB guideline R 510 L, require the preferential use of standard supports and define the criteria as follows:

0.1

“Standard supports are pipe support components, the construction of which, in form and dimensions as well as in the design data relating to loading capacity, is certificated and cataloged, and which are manufactured according to firmly established, reproducible procedures, e.g. series production”.

2. LISEGA STANDARD SUPPORTS 2.1 Scope At LISEGA, standard supports form the basis of a comprehensive performance package.

A complete program from more than 8000 standardized components thereby covers all operational loads, temperatures and travel ranges normally met in piping systems in industrial plant construction: ➜ 1200°F operating temperature for pipe clamps and clamp bases ➜ 90 kips nominal load for all mainly statically determined components ➜ 224 kips nominal load for rigid struts and standard shock absorbers ➜ 1124 kips design load for large bore shock absorbers ➜ 36 inch travel range for constant hangers ➜ 16 inch travel range for spring hangers 2.2 Design features Specially developed components are available for the various support functions. In the design and construction of the units, fundamental design principles have been taken into consideration: ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜

symmetrical design shapes compact installation dimensions especially reliable function principles extra wide adjustment ranges fully compatible load ranges and connection dimensions ➜ favorable performance/weight ratios ➜ integrated installation aids

0 In addition, LISEGA hangers feature only one upper attachment point. As a result, and due also to the compact and symmetrical design shape, the load transfer free of moments to the connecting elements is ensured and simple installation enabled. The operational position of the moving parts (hangers, supports and shock absorbers) can be read directly off a travel scale. Load adjustment of the constant hangers and supports can be modified at all times, also in the installed condition under load. Hangers and supports can be blocked in any travel position.

2.3 Principle of the optimum design type For the design of support components, optimum coverage of the specific support function is the decisive factor. For each function only one component is therefore required, namely, the optimum one for the purpose.

The project engineer is spared costly selection from a series of alternative solutions. This not only facilitates application but also increases safety. Above and beyond this, it is a prerequisite for the rational application of standardized construction on the principle of the modular system. ➜ There’s only ONE best solution!

3. LISEGA MODULAR SYSTEM 3.1 Fundamentals The cost of pipe supports is a major element in the total cost of a piping system.

The cost of the supports is the accumulated total cost arising from: ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜

project management (processing) design and engineering work use of materials (components) as well as installation work

The pipe supports are almost always critical for the commissioning deadline and can, through delayed delivery, cause incalculable extra costs. The aim of LISEGA product strategy is to forge, out of all the cost factors involved, the common cost minimum for the user in the sense of the economic principle.

The LISEGA modular system is specially targeted towards this efficiency. The standardization of components forms the foundation and is the precondition for rational series production, dependable quality, systematic warehousing and computer assisted application. With the LICAD design system and corresponding logistics, significant rationalization effects can be achieved in engineering, design and installation.

The economic principle: = from the least possible effort the maximum possible profit ––––––––––––––––––––––– = Total Cost Minimum/TCM =====================

3.2 Scope The standardization at LISEGA extends beyond the components to their systematic interaction. To this end, load and travel distribution as well as function and connections are meaningfully coordinated.

In this way the LISEGA standard support program has been developed as a functional modular system with logical linking. The individual units form modules therein and are compatible regarding loads and connections.

This enables the formation of meaningful combinations to produce support configurations fulfilling all requirements. The large selection of components makes adaptation possible to widely differing support and application situations.

Product groups 3.3 Product groups The standardized units are divided into 7 product groups according to their basic modes of function (see diagram, page 0.3, and table, Standardized Components, page 0.4).

3.4 Load groups To guarantee compatible loads in unit combinations, the load spectrum is split into fixed load groups.

Within a load group (nominal load), all components feature uniform load limits and stress safety characteristics. The connection shapes of the units (threads - either metric or UNC according to market area - or pin diameters) are uniform within a group and thus compatible. Components of different product groups can therefore be connected only within a uniform load group to safe load chains and the faulty combination of different load groups is precluded. As all units in a load group are designed uniformly regarding strength, the stresses on a complete chain of components

+ load groups + travel ranges + connection compatibility –––––––––––––––––––––– = Modular System ===================

Modular System + CAD design + DP logitic systems –––––––––––––––––––––– = High tech application ===================

0.2

are uniformly determined.

For permissible stresses, a difference is made between statically and dynamically determined components. The units in product groups 1, 2, 4, 5, 6 and 7 are stressed in only one load direction (statically or quasistatically) and are considered to be statically determined components. The components in Product Group 3, as well as their accessories, are loaded in alternating directions and are therefore regarded as dynamically determined components.

groups and load cases, are set out in the LISEGA load tables (see page 0.5). The definition of load cases is regulated according to ASME III, Div. 1 Subsection NF, ASME B 31.1/MSS SP58 and DIN 18800, VGB-R 510 L, KTA 3205.

The load table applies uniformly to all components in the LISEGA modular system and to other LISEGA units systematically connected to it, e.g. integral special designs (see load table, page 0.5).

3.5 Permissible loads The permissible loads for components, arranged in matrix form according to load

constant hangers

dynamically loaded components

spring hangers

pipe surrounding components

pipe bearing and saddle components

structural attachment elements

threaded connecting components

design development tools

0.3

LOAD GROUPS NOMINAL LOADS (lbs)

CONNECTING THREADS Ă˜ CONNECTING BOLTS

load & connection compatibility

0 Standardized components Product Group group designation

1

Constant hangers

2

Spring hangers

3

Dynamically loaded components

4

Pipe surrounding components

5

Pipe bearings and saddle components

6

Threaded connecting elements

7

Structural attachment elements

Unit type 11 12-14 16 16 17 71 79 20 21 22 25 26 27 28 29 72 79 30 31 32 33 35 36-37 39 40 41 42-44 45-48 49 51 52 53 54 54 54 55 56 57 58 58 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 73 74 75 76 77 78 79

Unit designation constant hanger multi-cell constant hanger constant support angulating const. support servo hanger support const. hanger, trapeze articulated spring support spring hanger heavy duty spring hanger spring hanger, seated heavy d. spr. hang., seated sway brace heavy duty spring support variable spring support base plate spring hanger trapeze shock absorber large bore shock absorber energy absorber installation extension weld-on bracket dynamic pipe clamp rigid strut U-bolt weld-on lug horizontal clamp riser clamp clamp base, lift-off restraints cylinder roller bearing double taper roller bearing double cylinder roller bear. weld-on pipe saddle pipe saddle w. pipe clamp support tray lift-off restraint insulated pipe bearing weld-on pipe shoe stanchion elbow pad eye nut clevis turnbuckle hexagon nut rod coupling tie rod L/R tie rod threaded rod / stud bolt weld-on clevis weld-on pl. w. spher. wash. weld-on eye nut beam adapter connecting plate beam clamp trapeze

Statically defined components Product group 1, 2, 4, 6, 7 Load group C D 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50

Nominal Ø Connection load [lbs] thread 3/ 70 8 3/ 141 8 1/ 281 2 1/ 562 2 5/ 1125 8 3/ 2250 4 4495 1 8990 11/4 13490 11/2 17985 13/4 22480 2 35970 21/4 44960 21/2 53955 23/4 67400 3 90000 31/4

Wrench size 11/ 16 11/ 16 7/ 8 7/ 8 11/16 11/4 15/8 2 23/8 23/4 31/8 31/2 37/8 41/4 45/8 5

Dyn. defined components Product group 3 Ø Pin 3/ 8 3/ 8 1/ 2 1/ 2 5/ 8 13/ 16 1 15/16 19/16 13/4 2 23/8 23/4 23/4 31/8 31/2

3.5.1 Static components The nominal load is used for the determination of load groups. For the statically determined components in Product Groups 1, 2, 4, 6, 7, the nominal load corresponds to the max. adjustment load of the spring elements, such as spring hangers and constant hangers. The maximum permissible hot load (load case H) lies considerably higher than the nominal load when components are used as rigid supports, and is tied to the load capacity of the connection threads.

LISEGA threaded rods should therefore only be replaced in kind (see page 6.5, 6.6).

Spring and constant hangers in the blocked position also count as rigid supports, whereby for cold loads in hydrostatic tests (short duration) the emergency loads (level C) can be exploited.

Load group – – 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50

Nominal load [lbs] – – 675 900 1800 4000 10350 22450 44900 78600 123500 224000 448000 670000 900000 1124000

Ø Pin – – 0.39 0.39 0.47 0.59 0.78 1.18 1.96 2.36 2.75 3.93 4.72 5.51 6.29 7.08

3.5.2 Dynamic components For dynamically determined units, the stipulation of the nominal loads follows from the meaningful division of the standardizable load spectrum. Here, the nominal load corresponds at the same time to the operating load for load event level A/B (ASME).

As these components are generally used to guard against emergencies, the load event level C (ASME), possibly even level D, is usually adopted as the max. expected operating load.

In each case the project engineer’s instructions apply.

For Product Group 4 (pipe connections) a limited area of overlapping in the load groups is foreseen, due to the temperature-related, variable spectrum of loading capacities. Data on the permissible loads relating to the respective operating temperature are set out for pipe connection components in the individual type data sheets.

For Product Group 5 see 3.5.5, page 0.5.

0.4

3.5.3 Max. permissible loads (lbs) for statically determined components Max. operating load for spring and constant hangers corresponding to max. load on load springs.

Permissible loads according to the design criteria for US code MSS SP 58 (ASME B 31.1).

All loads are to be included hereunder that can possibly result from the normal operation of the plant, including start-up and shutdown, load tolerances and hydrostatic tests.

Loads outside normal operation are grouped hereunder, possibly also hydrostatic tests. In each case a final inspection of the whole support arrangement is recommended.

For the given loads, the yield stress of components can be reached. In each case replacement is recommended.

Load group C D 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50

Normal operation Nominal Level A/B Upset

176°F 302°F load 70 157 179 157 141 494 562 382 281 831 944 629 562 1350 1505 990 1125 1910 2270 2540 2250 3150 4700 5240 4495 6070 6745 7645 8990 9665 12590 11240 13490 14160 18660 16635 17985 19110 25620 22925 22480 25180 33935 30340 35970 40015 49895 44725 44960 48330 66750 59780 53955 60700 76410 68545 67400 71940 85400 76400 90000 90000 110100 98900

Emergency Level C 176°F 302°F 224 247 651 741 1124 1258 1800 2025 3010 3370 6250 6970 9215 10340 14835 16635 21800 24275 30340 33715 39555 44050 59555 66300 79780 88700 91245 101580 113500 101200 146100 131500

Faulted condition Level D 176°F 302°F 292 314 854 966 1438 1618 2700 2990 4495 4990 8320 9215 13710 12365 21575 19330 31465 28320 43825 39330 57310 51690 85625 77085 115065 103605 131470 118210 146100 131500 188800 169700

3.5.4 Max. permissible loads (lbs) for dynamically determined components, Product Group 3 Hereunder all dynamic loads are to be included that can possibly result from plant operation, including pressure shock forces from valve operation, and perhaps operating basis earthquakes (OBE).

Hereunder all the dynamic loads are grouped which lie outside normal operation, as for example safe shutdown earthquakes (SSE). In each case a final inspection of the whole support arrangement is recommended.

Dynamic loads from faulted conditions. For the given loads, the yield stress of components can be reached. Replacement is recommended in each case.

Load groups 1 and 2 are load and connection compatible, whereby load group 1 applies to the smallest shock absorber and load group 2 to the corresponding rigid struts and weld-on brackets.

0.5

Load group 1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50

Normal (Fn)/Upset Level A/B 176°F 302°F 675 650 900 875 1800 1680 4000 3710 10350 9900 22450 21200 44900 39300 78600 76100 123500 120000 224000 210000 448000 426000 670000 640000 900000 854000 1124000 1067000

Emergency Level C 176°F 302°F 900 850 1190 1150 2380 2180 5380 4950 13700 13150 31000 28000 60000 53500 106000 95000 165000 160000 300000 277000 597000 566000 898000 853000 1195000 1135000 1495000 1420000

3.5.5 Product Group 5 The units in Product Group 5, pipe clamp bases for cold piping systems, cryogenic systems, as well as roller bearings and pipe saddles, are regarded as statically determined, but are not directly connected with the hanger supports. As they are comparable with secondary steel components, they constitute a special group. The nominal load corresponds here to the max. operational load according to level A.

Faulted condition Level D 176°F 302°F 1160 1120 1550 1500 3070 2800 6960 6400 17300 16700 40400 36400 75500 67500 147000 132000 210000 205000 391000 362000 773000 734000 1159000 1101000 1545000 1465000 1930000 1830000

3.5.6 Max. permissible loads (lbs) for Product Group 5 permissible loads (lbs) Normal load H 900 1800 3600 7870 13500 27000 Emerg. load HZ 1235 2470 4945 10560 18000 36000

0 3.6. Travel ranges

3.7 Type designation

3.6.1 Travel ranges of static components Moving parts such as spring and constant hangers are divided into travel ranges corresponding to the usable spring travel of the standard springs employed.

The appropriate travel range in each case is marked by the 4th digit of the type designation according to the following table.

All components can be clearly identified via coded type designations. Six digits contain all the necessary information required.

The type designation system facilitates the use of modern information technology and enables the unrestricted application of the modular system in current CAD programs.

Complete integrated application of 8000 components possible through clearcut type designation key!

3.7.1 Example of constant hanger, type 11

0 0 0 0 0 0

Constant hanger Travel range Designation No. -6 inch [150mm] 1. .2 . .

- 12 1. .3 . . inch [300mm] 1. .4 . .

- 18 inch [450mm] 1. .5 . .

- 24 inch [600mm] 1. .6 . .

- 291/2 inch [750mm] 1. .7 . .

- 351/2 inch [900mm]

0 0 0 0 0

Spring hanger Travel range Designation No. -2 inch [50mm] 2. .1 . .

-4 2. .2 . . inch [100mm] 2. .3 . .

-8 inch [200mm] 2. .4 . .

- 12 inch [300mm] 2. .5 . .

- 16 inch [400mm]

1 1 5 3 2 5 1985 standard travel range 3/0-12 inch load group 5/FN 4495 lbs single cell constant hanger 3.7.2 Example of clamp base, type 49

4 9 5 1 8 5 high design, welded 13CrMo4-5, Nuclear spec.

For spring hangers and supports (Product Group 2) the springs are already installed preset to approx. 1/3 of their nominal load.

The initial load follows from this and the spring travel is correspondingly reduced.

3.6.2 Shock absorber travel ranges The maximum strokes of LISEGA shock absorbers are divided into economical stroke ranges as standard, and are so designated in the 4th digit of the type designation according to the following table.

5 7/8 11 3/4 15 3/4 19 3/4 23 5/8 29 1/2 4 8

Shock absorber Type Stroke inch [150mm] 30 inch [300mm] 30 inch [400mm] 30 inch [500mm] 30 inch [600mm] 30 inch [750mm] 30 inch [100mm] 30/31 inch [200mm] 30/31

pipe diameter 20 inch clamp base pipe conn. part 3.7.3 Example of rigid strut, type 39

3 9 6 2 5 4 standard spec. length 981/4 inch

Design. No. . . .2 . . . . .3 . . . . .4 . . . . .5 . . . . .6 . . . . .7 . . . . .8 . . . . .9 . .

load group 6 / FN 22480 lbs rigid strut

0.6

3.8 Type designation system The LISEGA type designations can be decoded using the following tables.

3.8.1 Constant hangers and constant supports

3.8.3 Dynamic components (cont.)

Digit 1

Digit 2

Digit 3

Digit 4

Digit 5

Digit 6

Digit 1

Digit 2

Digit 3

Digit 4

Product group

Model

Load group

Travel range 2=6inch 3=12inch 4=18inch 5=24inch 6=30inch 7=36inch

Field of application 2=standard 6=nuclear application STANDARD 1=std. design 2=angulated design NUCLEAR APPLICATION 5=std. design 6=ang. design 3=standard 7=nuclear application

Prod. series 5=1985 9=1999

Product group

Model

Load group

Travel range

1

1= constant C=3/8UNC-70lbs hanger D=3/8UNC-141lbs

1=1/2UNC-281lbs 2=1/2UNC-562lbs 3=5/8UNC-1125lbs 4=3/4UNC-2250lbs 5=1UNC-4495lbs 6=11/4UNC-8990lbs 7=11/2UNC-13490lbs 8=13/4UNC-17985lbs 9=2UNC-22480lbs 2= CH 8=21/4UNC-35970lbs 2-cell coupl. 9=21/2UNC-44960lbs 3= CH 8=23/4UNC-53955lbs 3-cell coupl. 9=3UNC-67400lbs 4= CH 8=3UNC-71940lbs 4-cell coupl. 9=31/4UNC-90000lbs 7= servo 5=1UNC-4495lbs 2=6inch hanger 6=11/4UNC-8990lbs 3=12inch 7=11/2UNC-13490lbs 8=13/4UNC-17985lbs 9=2UNC-22480lbs

6= constant support/ angulating constant support

Digit 2

Digit 3

Product group

Model

Load group

2

0= angul.

C=3/8UNC-56lbs spring supp. D=3/8UNC-120lbs 0= extens. f. 1=1/2UNC-281lbs type 20 2=1/2UNC-562lbs 1= spring h. 3=5/8UNC-1125lbs suspended 4=3/4UNC-2250lbs 5= spring h. 5=1UNC-4495lbs seated 6=11/4UNC-8990lbs 7= sway brace 7=11/2UNC-13490lbs 7= extens. f. 8=13/4UNC-17985lbs type 27 9=2UNC-22480lbs 9= spring sup.

2= SH, 1=21/4UNC-35970lbs suspended 2=21/2UNC-44960lbs 6= SH, 3=23/4UNC-53955lbs seated 4=3UNC-67400lbs 8= spring sup. 5=31/4UNC-90000lbs

Digit 4

Digit 2

Digit 3

9= rigid struts 2=standard 6=nuclear application

Product group

Model

Load group

3

3= 670000lbs 4= 900000lbs 5= 1124000lbs

STANDARD 1= up to 660°F 2= up to 930°F 3= up to 1040°F

NUCLEAR APPLICATION 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

= 900lbs = 1800lbs = 4000lbs = 10350lbs = 22450lbs = 44900lbs = 78600lbs = 123500lbs = 224000lbs

Digit 6 Prod. series 4=1994 8=1978 9=1999

Digit 6 Prod. series 2=2002 3=1993 6=1986 8=1988 at Type 32 6=1996

Digit 1

Digit 2

6= up to 660°F 7= up to 930°F 8= up to 1040°F

Prod. series 1=1991 3=1993 6=1986 9=1989

1-6= U-bolts

1-9= flat steel strap

3-4= standard 8-9= nuclear application

middle installation dimension in inch/4

Product group

Model

4

1= weld-on lug

horiz. clamp 2=clevis clamp 2=2 bolt clamp 3=3 bolt clamp 4= with Ubolt or strap riser clamps 5=formed riser clamp 6=riser cl., lugs 8=riser clamp, trunnions 9= clamp bases

Digit 3+4

Digit 5

Field of application D9 = 141lbs 59 = 4495lbs 1= standard 29 = 562lbs 69 = 8990lbs 39 = 1125lbs 79 = 13490lbs 49 = 2250lbs 01 = 0.84 1= standard 24 = 9.63 02 = 1.06 26 = 10.50 03 = 1.33 27 = 10.75 04 = 1.67 32 = 12.75 05 = 1.90 36 = 14.00 06 = 2.37 STANDARD 37 = 14.50 07 = 2.87 1= up to 660°F 41 = 16.00 08 = 3.00 2= up to 930°F 42 = 16.50 09 = 3.50 3= up to 1040°F 46 = 18.00 10 = 4.25 4= up to 1110°F 51 = 20.00 11 = 4.50 5= up to 1200°F 56 = 22.00 13 = 5.25 61 = 24.00 14 = 5.50 NUCLEAR 66 = 26.00 16 = 6.25 APPLICATION 71 = 28.00 17 = 6.63 6= up to 660°F 76 = 30.00 19 = 7.63 7= up to 930°F 81 = 32.00 22 = 8.63 8= up to 1040°F 91 = 36.00 Pipe diameter in inch

0= U-bolts

0= 224000lbs

0.7

Digit 5

Travel Field of range application 0= hydraulic 1= 675lbs 4= 4000lbs 2=57/8inch 1= standard shock absor. 2= 900lbs 5=10350lbs 3=113/4inch 5= nuclear stand. design 3= 1800lbs 6=22450lbs 4=153/4inch application 2= energy 7= 44900lbs 5=193/4inch absorber 8= 78600lbs 8=4inch 3= extension 9= 123500lbs 9=8inch 1= hydraulic 9= 123500lbs shock absor. 0= 224000lbs large bore 2= 448000lbs

39= 49= 4000lbs 09= 224000lbs 59= 10350lbs 20= 448000lbs 69= 22450lbs pipe diameter in inch·2.54 [mm/10]

Digit 6

3.8.4 Pipe clamps and clamp bases Digit 5

Travel Field of range application 1=2inch 1,2=standard 2=4inch 5,6=nuclear 3=8inch application 4=12inch 5=16inch 9=extens. f. type 20 &. type 27

Digit 4

Field of application 675lbs 79= 44900lbs 1= standard 900lbs 89= 78600lbs 5= nuclear 1800lbs 99= 123500lbs application

7=dynamic pipe clamp with strap

3.8.3 Dynamic components Digit 1

5= weld-on 19= 29= bracket

6= dynamic pipe clamp with U-bolt

3.8.2 Spring hangers and spring supports Digit 1

3

Digit 5

8=4inch 9=8inch 00=Lift-off 9=Lift-off restraints for restraints clamp bases

2= carbon steel 4= stainless steel 0=Lift-off restraints

Digit 6 Prod. series f. straight pipes, max. insul. thickn.

1=3/8inch 2=4inch for pipe elbows R 1.5OD max. insul. thickn.

3,4=3/8inch 5,6=4inch depends on load range and design

1=low 2=medium 3=low, welded 4=medium, welded 5=high, welded 8=standard

1-4=size

0 3.8.5 Roller bearings, cryogenic clamp bases

3.8.6 Connecting elements, connecting rods (cont.)

Digit 1

Digit 2

Digit 3+4

Digit 5

Digit 6

Digit 1

Digit 2

Digit 3

Digit 4

Digit 5

Digit 6

Product group

Model

Load group Pipe diameter 04= 900lbs 08= 1800lbs 12= 27000lbs 16= 3600lbs 35= 7870lbs 60= 13500lbs

Field of application 1=standard 2=movable laterally

Prod.series 9=1989

Product group

Model

Load group

Length

Prod.series 3=1993 8=1978 9=1999

01 = 02 = 03 = 05 = 06 = 07 = 08 = 09 = 10 = 11 = 13 = 14 = 16 = 17 = 19 = 22 = 24 = 26 = 27 = 32 = 36 = 37 = 41 = 42 = 46 = 51 = 56 = 61 = 66 = 71 = 76 = 81 = 91 =

1=weldable 2=with pipe clamp 3=support plate 1= 12inch long 2,4,6= 20inch long

Field of application 1=standard 6=nuclear application 2=standard 6=nuclear application 4=hot dip galvanized

5

1=cylinder roller bearings 2=double taper roller bearings 3=double cylinder roller bearings 5=lift-off restr. f. roller bear.

4=pipe saddle/ support tray

6= preinsulated pipes

7= weld-on pipe bases

8= stanchions

8=elbow pads

0.84 1.06 1.33 1.90 2.37 2.87 3.00 3.50 4.25 4.50 5.25 5.50 6.25 6.63 7.63 8.63 9.63 10.50 10.75 12.75 14.00 14.50 16.00 16.50 18.00 20.00 22.00 24.00 26.00 28.00 30.00 32.00 36.00

6

Insul. thickn.

0=1inch 1=11/2inch 2=2inch 3=3inch 4=4inch 5=5inch 6=6inch 7=7inch 8=8inch 9=10inch 9=cold block 1= Cold Block 1=standard 1=from T-sections 2=from C-sections 1= 1,2= for stanchions streight 2=telescopic pipes stanchions 3,4= for elbow R OD 5,6= for elbow R 1,5OD 3=standard 1=carbon steel 2=stainless steel

3.8.6 Connecting elements, connecting rods Digit 1

Digit 2

Digit 3+4

Digit 5

Digit 6

Product group

Model

Load group

Field of application 2=standard 6=nuclear 4=hot dip galvanized

Prod.series 2=1982 5=1995 8=1978 9=1999

6

0=eye nut 1=clevis 2=turnbuckle 4=rod coupling

D9 = 3/8UNC-141lbs 29 = 1/2UNC-562lbs 39 = 5/8UNC-1125lbs 49 = 3/4UNC-2250lbs 59 = 1UNC-4495lbs 69 = 11/4UNC-8990lbs 79 = 11/2UNC-13490lbs 89 = 13/4UNC-17985lbs 99 = 2UNC-22480lbs 10 = 21/4UNC-35970lbs 20 = 21/2UNC-44960lbs 30 = 23/4UNC-53955lbs 40 = 3UNC-67400lbs 50 = 31/4UNC-90000lbs

3=hexag. nut

D=3/8UNC-141lbs 2=1/2UNC-562lbs 3=5/8UNC-1125lbs 5=tie rod 4=3/4UNC-2250lbs left/right 5=1UNC-4495lbs 6=tie rod 6=11/4UNC-8990lbs right/right 7=11/2UNC-13490lbs 7=stud bolt/ 8=13/4UNC-17985lbs threaded rod 9=2UNC-22480lbs

{

length not standardized

9 (Model 3)

1=not standardized 2=24inch 3=48inch 4=72inch 5=96inch 6=120inch 7=144inch 10 = 21/4UNC-35970lbs 20 = 21/2UNC-44960lbs 30 = 23/4UNC-53955lbs 40 = 3UNC-67400lbs 50 = 31/4UNC-90000lbs

3.8.7 Structural attachments and trapezes Digit 1

Digit 2

Digit 3

Digit 4

Digit 5

Digit 6

Product group

Model

Load group

Function

Field of application STANDARD 6= bolted 7= loose NUCLEAR 8= bolted 9= loose

Prod.series 5,9 = bracket 1x 6= bracket 2x 7= bracket 3x 8= bracket 4x 1=1991/ 2001 2=1982 3=1993 4=1994 5=1985 6=1996 8=1978 9=1989

7

1= support C = 3/8UNC-70lbs for constant D = 3/8UNC-141lbs hanger 1 = 1/2UNC-281lbs 2 = 1/2UNC-562lbs 3 = 5/8UNC-1125lbs 4 = 3/4UNC-2250lbs 5 = 1UNC-4495lbs 6 = 11/4UNC-8990lbs 2=base plate f. 7 = 11/2UNC-13490lbs spring hanger 8 = 13/4UNC-17985lbs 3=weld-on clevis 9 = 2UNC-22480lbs 4=weld-on plate 5=weld-on eye 10 = 21/4UNC-35970lbs nut 20 = 21/2UNC-44960lbs 6=beam adapter 30 = 23/4UNC-53955lbs and bolts 40 = 3UNC-67400lbs 8=beam clamp 50 = 31/4UNC-90000lbs

2...7= travel range of constant hanger 6-36inch

9=trapeze 0=PTFE slide plate

2=2 connections 3=3 connections 1...3= travel range of spring hanger 2-8 inch

7=connecting plate

1, 2, 3, 9= 1=standard depends 5=nuclear on design application

2=const.hang. 4, 6 and 9= trapeze U-sections 1 and 2= 7= spring hanger L-sections trapeze 3=rigid trapeze

3rd to 6th digits correspond to clamps to be coupled

0.8

Worldwide coverage of recognized codes and standards!

4. STANDARDS AND CALCULATIONS In design, stress and load calculations, as well as in manufacturing, the relevant German and international standards, technical regulations and codes are taken into account.

The characteristic values of materials that all design calculations are based on are taken from the relevant standards and recognized technical codes.

The following codes apply: MSS SP 58 MSS SP 69 ANSI ASME B31.1 ASME III Div.I - NF VGB-R 510 L DIN 18800 KTA 3205.1/2/3 AD-Merkbl채tter TRD-Regel BS 3974 RCC-M MITI 501 JEAG 4601

Standardized selection of high temperature materials!

Pipe supports - material and design Pipe supports - applications Pressure piping systems Supports for nuclear components Standard supports Steelwork Nuclear regulations Working group for pressure vessels Techn. regulations, steam boilers Pipe supports Specifications for pipe supports Technical regulations Nuclear design regulations

5. MATERIALS Materials are exclusively used which correspond to ASTM material requirements and DIN or DIN-EN norms.

USA USA USA USA Germany Germany Germany Germany Germany UK France Japan Japan

As a matter of principle, only materials of guaranteed strength properties are used for supporting components.

5.1 Preferred materials for pipe connection parts Material EN

Material-No. EN 10027-2

S235JRG2 S235JRG2 S235JRG2 S355J2G3 S355J2G3 S355J2G3 P235T1 P235G11TH 16Mo 3 13CrMo 4-5 10CrMo 9-10 X10CrMoVNb9-1 X5CrNi 18-10

1.0038 1.0038 1.0038 1.0570 1.0570 1.0570 1.0254 1.0305 1.5415 1.7335 1.7380 1.4903 1.4301

42CrMoV 4

1.7225

X10CrMoVNb9-1 21 CrMoV 5-7 X22CrMoV12-1 24CrMo 5

1.4903 1.7709 1.4923 1.7258

Temperature of medium in 째F 660 840 930 985 1040 1110 1200 COMPONENTS x A 36 x A 515 Gr. 60 x A 675 Gr. 55 x A 675 Gr. 70 x A 299 x A 516 Gr. 70 x A 53 S Gr. A x A 53 S Gr. A x x x A 204 x x x x x A 387 Gr. 12 x x x x x x A 387 Gr. 22 x x x x x x x A 387 Gr. 91 Cl.II x x x x A 312 TP 304 MEANS OF CONNECTION x A 193 B7 x x x x x x x A 193 B8 x x x x x x x A 182 F91 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x A 194 Gr. 2H ASTM

6. QUALIFICATION LEVELS FOR STANDARD AND NUCLEAR APPLICATION Standard supports have the same function both in the conventional and in the nuclear field of application, and therefore do not

0.9

differ in design. Due to additional qualityassuring measures and materials with special certification, separate manufacture is however necessary.

0 In the field of nuclear application, all materials are traceable right through to the finished product via heat number restamping, and the components themselves are marked according to ASME and KTA regulations. In the type designation, the nuclear design is noted in the 5th digit (for struts, the 6th digit). The relevant component documentation relates to this and to the fabrication order number.

In this catalog, the standard design, i.e. nonnuclear applications, provides the basis for the type designations. As the given functional data and unit dimensions are the same for nuclear applications, selection can also be made here with the help of the catalog.

On planning or ordering, attention must however be paid to corresponding conformity of the type designations. The table showing the type designation system (3.8, page 0.7) can be consulted in this respect.

7. WELDING All welding is carried out as gas metal arc welding - in special cases by stick welding.

LISEGA holds certifications according to: ➜ ASME III Div I NCA NPT stamp ➜ DIN EN 729-2 by the German TÜV ➜ AD-HPO, production and testing of pressure vessels, by the TÜV ➜ DIN 18800 T7 Extended suitability certification for steelwork and bridge construction by the SLV, the training and testing institute for welding technology LISEGA welding inspection personnel are qualified according to ASME III NCA 4000 NF, DIN EN 719, AD HP3 and HP4. Nondestructive tests are carried out by testing staff qualified acc. to ASME IX and DIN EN 473, level 2, and SNT-TC-1A, level II. Supporting connections are produced corresponding to the material group by qualified welders according to ASME IX or DIN EN 287, part 1. The welding procedure is qualified according to ASME IX and DIN EN 288.

8. SURFACE TREATMENT 8.1 Standard coating systems The surfaces of LISEGA products are protected as standard from corrosive influences by high quality protection systems that are also suitable for external use in aggressive conditions (coastal, industrial and chemical areas).

The following coating systems are applied to the different products:

Separate manufacture of products for nuclear applications for the traceability of qualified materials!

8.1.1 Primer coating Components that are either to be welded to existing structure in the plant or simply require higher quality transport protection are coated on a bright metal surface with weldable primer (thickness app. 1.18 mil [30µm], color reddish brown).

8.1.2 Electrogalvanizing Spring hangers and supports up to load size 9, as well as all threaded parts and special function parts, are electrogalvanized (zinc thickness app. 0.59 mil [15µm], yellow chromatized).

UNC threaded parts are white chromatized.

8.1.3 Paint coatings Constant hangers and supports and other products according to table 8.2 receive the following surface treatment: 1. Steel grit blasting according to SP-6 or SP-10 for the U.S. and EN ISO 12944-4 grade SA 2 1/2 for Europe.

2. Undercoat of 1-component polyurethane zinc dust primer, dry film thickness 2.36 mil [60µm], approx. 62% zinc in solid state volume, color grey.

3. Final coating of 2-component acrylic polyurethane paint, dry film thickness 2.36 mil [60µm], color RAL 5012, light blue.

The total dry film thickness of the system amounts to approx. 4.72 mil [120µm].

8.1.4 Hot dip galvanization Roller bearings, pipe saddles and cryogenic pipe clamp bases are hot dip galvanized as standard, zinc thickness approx. 2.36 mil [60µm].

0.10

8.1.5 Stainless steel designs Shock absorbers and energy absorbers (E-Bars) are made entirely of non-corroding materials. Connecting parts are electrogalvanized according to 8.1.2.

8.1.6 Cathodic immersion process (CIP) All LISEGA springs are given special treatment because of their distinctive functional

significance. The peeled surface of the springs is steel ball blasted and zinc-phosphated; subsequently a 2-component epoxy resin coating is applied via electroimmersion and then burnt in at approx. 392°F [200°C] (CIP).

This highly sophisticated process has been adopted from the automobile industry.

8.2 Standard surface protection in order of products (corresp. to 8.1) Standardized procedures for surface protection for constant quality!

Primer

Product

Type

11 - 17 Constant hangers, constant supports 71 Support for constant hangers 21, 25, 27 Spring hangers, sway braces 20, 29 Spring supports (incl. load group 9) 22, 26 Spring hangers 28 Spring supports (from load group 10) 35 Weld-on brackets 36, 37 Dynamic pipe clamps 39 Rigid struts 33 Shock absorber extensions 40 U-bolts 41, 42, 43, 44, Weld-on lugs, pipe clamps 45, 46, 48, 49 Riser clamps, pipe clamp bases 51, 53 Cylinder roller bearings 52 Taper roller bearings 54 Pipe saddles/support tray 55 Lift-off restraints 56 Pipe clamp bases f. cryogenic appl.

57 Weld-on pipe shoe 58 Elbow pads 58 Stanchions 60, 61 Eye nuts, clevises 62, 64 Turnbuckles, rod couplings 63, 65 Hexagonal nuts, tie rods 66, 67 Threaded rods, stud bolts 72, 73 Base plates, weld-on clevises 74, 75 Spherical washers, weld-on eye nuts 76 Beam adapters 77 Connection plates 78 Beam clamps 79 Trapezes

8.3 Extended surface protection For applications in the open involving highly corrosive conditions, such as coastal sites or chemical plants, extra protection can be supplied, insofar as this has not already been provided as standard by hot dip galvanizing or special steel versions. The following coating systems are thereby applied:

0.11

Electrogalvanized

Standard Hot dip paint galvanized coating acc. to 8.1.1 acc. to 8.1.2 acc. to 8.1.3 acc. to 8.1.4 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

8.3.1 Electrogalvanization with additional coats of paint 1. A barrier layer (dry film thickness 18 mil [30µm]) is applied to the galvanized surface acc. to 8.1.2.

2. As a final layer, a 2-component acrylic polyurethane finish (dry film thickness 2.36 mil [60µm], color RAL 5012 - light blue) is applied.

0 8.3.3 Hot dip galvanizing Hot dip galvanized surface, layer thickness approx. 2.36 mil [60µm], bolts approx.

1.57 mil [40µm].

8.3.2 Extra paint layer Over the standard paint coating according to 8.1.3, a third protective layer consisting of a 2-component acrylic polyurethane coating is applied. Dry film thickness 2.36 mil [60µm], color RAL 5012 - light blue, total dry film thickness app. 7.085 mil [180µm].

8.3.4 Stainless steel For the connecting parts of shock absorbers, energy absorbers (E-Bars) and rigid struts, stainless steel designs can be supplied.

8.4 Extended surface protection in order of products acc. to 8.3 Product

Type

Electrogalvanization with Extra paint coating add. coating acc. to 8.3.1 acc. to 8.3.2

11 - 17 Constant hangers, constant supports 71 Supports for constant hangers 21, 25, 27 Spring hangers, sway braces 20, 29 Spring supp. (incl. load group 9) 22, 26 Spring hangers 28 Spring supp. (from load group 10) 39 Rigid struts 33 Shock absorber extensions 60, 61, Eye nuts, clevises 62, 64 Turnbuckles, rod couplings 63, 65, Hexagon nuts, tie rods 66, 67 Threaded rods, stud bolts 79 Trapezes

Hot dip galvanizing acc. to 8.3.3

x x x x x x x x x x x x x

8.5 Surface protection in extremely aggressive atmospheres For applications in specially aggressive atmospheres, e.g. coastal areas, certain industrial gases or offshore, special measures are to be agreed on.

9. CONNECTION DIMENSIONS 9.1 Installation dimension E For the simple determination of minimum installation lengths, the installation dimension E is given for all components except the connecting rods (Product Group 6). This dimension comprises the installation length minus the engaging length of the connecting part. For load chains, the E therefore designates the complete rod section.

To determine the total length of the rods in a load chain, all the E dimensions are to be added together. The sum of these is then to be compared with the total installation length.

If the resulting difference is greater than the sum of the engagement depths (X dimensions), the chain selected is appropriate for the total installation height.

Special product-related features are to be taken into account as follows:

For load chains consisting solely of pin connections, the minimum installation dimension follows from the sum of all E dimensions.

Simple checks for installation possibilities through dimension “E” !

0.12

Sensible devices on hand for readjusting installation lengths!

9.2 Regulation of the total installation length 9.2.1 Turnbuckle function of the connecting threads For length adjustment in installation condition (adjustment of pipe installation position, actuation of loading), the lower connections in constant and spring hangers provide a turnbuckle function. This way, subsequent adjustment of the installation lengths (attachment rods) within a sufficient range is possible: ➜ for constant hangers type 11, by 113/4 inch [300mm] ➜ for spring hangers type 21, by the adjustment possibility of a turnbuckle, type 62

9.2.4 Rigid struts, type 39 The connections in rigid struts type 39 are supplied as left/right, with fine threading for length adjustment in the installation condition as standard.

Flat faces on the body of the rigid struts enable simple adjustment with a wrench.

10. OPERATIONAL BEHAVIOR 10.1 Function Constant hangers type 1 are designed so that in theory no load deviation occurs over the whole range of action. The total deviation resulting from springs, bearing friction, and fabrication tolerances is held to within 5% in series production.

The load adjustment follows with a level of accuracy of 2%.

All connection threads are supplied as right hand threads.

9.2.2 Spring supports For spring supports types 28 and 29, the installation height can be regulated by the support tube, functioning as a spindle independently of the presetting.

The necessary load is actuated on installation by screwing the support tube upwards.

9.2.3 Turnbuckle, type 62, tie rod, left hand/right hand thread, type 65 For rigid hanging support arrangements with short installation lengths, a defined reserve length in the connection parts type 60 and 61 usually enables sufficient length adjustment. For longer installation lengths, the use of a turnbuckle L/R, type 62, in conjunction with a tie rod L/R, type 65, is appropriate.

For easy access, this combination should be arranged at the lower end of the load chain.

travel s FN F min F max SN

nominal load min. load (upwards) max. load (downwards) nominal travel (incl. reserve)

For spring hangers and supports, the load alters linearly corresponding to the spring travel. The deviation of the spring force from theoretical values, resulting from spring hysteresis and fabrication tolerances, amounts to less than 5% within the ordered travel.

operating load

travel s FN SN S

0.13

= = = =

load F

➜ for spring hangers types 25 and 26, the load bearing rod is fed through the weld-on support tube and fixed with an adjustment nut. The adjustment can be made within the scope of the available threaded length of the rod.

load F

➜ for spring hangers type 22, by min. 51/2 inch [140mm]

= nominal load = nominal travel (incl. reserve) = operating travel

0 10.2 Spring relaxation Conventional helical coil springs under load, depending on time and temperature factors, lose part of their tension by relaxation (settling loss), a loss that is not inconsiderable.

If no appropriate measures are taken, for constant and spring hangers this can in the long run lead to a reduction in adjusted ultimate load of more than 10%.

In contrast to common practice, LISEGA only uses springs that, through special treatment, permit no settling loss of any significance.

In these springs the settling loss normally to be expected is anticipated via the process of hot setting from a longer coil length, producing corresponding prerelaxation.

measures are prescribed. They are an integral part of order processing and embrace the whole LISEGA group.

QMP and Processing constitute a single entity!

11.2 Quality management program, QMP The QMP is clearly laid out in a quality management manual, QMM, and regulates all the quality-assuring activities in the company.

The QMM covers the organization as a whole, whereby the observance of rules is monitored by the independent quality management department QM. The QMM has been compiled according to international quality norms and standards and specifically takes into account the regulations according to ASME III - NCA 3800 and NCA 4000 incl. NF as well as DIN EN ISO 9001 and KTA 1401.

Relaxation

The QMM applies in principle to both the conventional and nuclear fields. The extent of monitoring of materials and tests, as well as the documentation, can in each case be exactly adapted to special requirements by the use of extended QA levels. All international requirements concerning nuclear applications can be covered. Corresponding qualifications are available and are regularly renewed.

11.3 International qualifications

Shear stress Relaxation behavior of helical coil springs Cold set helical coil springs (values loosely based on DIN 2089) LISEGA hot set helical coil springs qualified by TÜV and VGB suitability tests (independent German authorities)

11. QUALITY ASSURANCE 11.1 Fundamentals Superior product quality has an important place among the fundamental company goals at LISEGA and also involves the activities of and relationships with our business partners.

The organization and attitudes of those working in the company are correspondingly attuned to this aim. In a quality management program (QMP), special quality-assuring

Certification code

Certification No.

Certifying body

DIN/EN/ISO 9001 DIN/EN/ISO 9001 ASME-III NCA 4000/NF (NPT-Stamp) ASME-III NCA 3800/NF

Reg.Nr. 200550 1996/5030 N-2951

Stamping agreement AD-Merkblatt HP 0; HP 3; HP 4 Welding certification according to EN 729-2 DIN 18800T7 Major qualification certificate ASME III - NCA/NF; ASME IX SKIFS 1994:1 ASME-III NF/NCA 3800; 10CFR50 App. B; 10CFR21; N45.2; NQA1

0121WO29784 07-702-0194 07-703-0080 60317/62/9804

Lloyd’s Register QA L’AFAQ ASME Accreditation and Certification ASME Accreditation and Certification TÜV Nord e.V. (independent German authority) SLV-Hannover

No. 1606 No. DNV 5477 CEXO-99/00210

TRACTEBEL (Vincotte) DET NORSKE VERITAS NUPIC

QSC 552

0.14

11.4 Tests and qualifications 11.4.1 Raw material and material reception All materials used undergo receiving control by the quality management department. The materials used are qualified, corresponding to requirements by material tests according to ASME and DIN EN 10204.

Proven operational safety and long life through type and suitability tests!

11.4.2 Monitoring of manufacture Manufacture is monitored via accompanying quality control according to the QM manual.

In particular, for nuclear applications the quality-assuring requirements according to ASME III NF and KTA are fulfilled.

11.4.3 Final inspection Before shipment, constant and spring hangers as well as shock absorbers undergo a function test on test benches by quality management personnel. The tests are carried out using computer-assisted equipment. The values measured can be recorded by means of a diagram. In addition, for constant and spring hangers the digital values can be printed out over the whole travel range.

The specific test benches employed undergo regular inspections by an independent supervisory body.

11.4.4 Documentation on shipment If so ordered, the materials used are documented by certification from material tests according to ASME and DIN EN 10204. In addition, the results of the function tests can be confirmed by issuing an acceptance test certificate, also from a supervisory body if desired.

0.15

Stress reports according to particular specifications and quality-assuring documents can be agreed between customer, manufacturer and supervisory body.

11.5 Suitability test according to KTA 3205.3 and type test according to VGB R 510 L For the use of series-made standard supports in conventional power plants, a type test by a supervisory body (according to § 14 of the appliance safety law GSG) is foreseen in the VGB code R 510 L. For use in nuclear installations a corresponding suitability test, according to directive 35 of the TÜV’s nuclear technology supervisory body at the Vd TÜV, is prescribed by nuclear code KTA 3205.3.

The test program prescribed comprises in essence the following components: ➜ inspection of the quality management program ➜ inspection of material used ➜ inspection of the design documentation ➜ inspection of design report summaries ➜ experimental function tests ➜ experimental overload tests ➜ experimental testing of continuous load capacity For the broad range of LISEGA products, type and suitability tests have been conducted by the German TÜV and VGB and the corresponding permits granted. Qualifications can be supplied on request

0 12. FORM OF SHIPMENT All components are shipped in appropriate packaging for transport and short-term storage. They are clearly marked and, if required, protected through special preventive measures against corrosive influences.

Special features are noted in the type data sheets or installation instructions. By special order, complete pipe support arrangements (load chains from different components) are preassembled, bundled and labelled for identification.

13. WARRANTY For all LISEGA components a two-year warranty is issued from date of commissioning or for 8,000 hours of operation, limited to four years after commissioning. For the number of hours of operation the plant records are applicable; the duration of the warranty is limited to a maximum of five years after shipment.

14. TECHNICAL MODIFICATIONS LISEGA expressly reserves the right to introduce modifications in the interests of further technical development.

0.16

CONSTANT HANGERS, CONSTANT SUPPORTS

1 PRODUCT GROUP

1

CONSTANT HANGERS CONSTANT SUPPORTS CONTENTS

PAGE

0

Constant hangers and constant supports ____________________________1.1 Selection table __________________________________________________1.3

PRODUCT GROUP

Constant hangers type 11 C3 29 to 11 96 25 __________________________1.5 Brackets for constant hanger type 11, type 71 C3 .9 to 71 96 .5__________1.6 Constant hangers type 12 82 35 to 14 96 35 __________________________1.7

2

Brackets for constant hangers type 71 82 .6 to 71 96 .8 ________________1.8 Constant supports type 16 D2 19 to 16 93 15 ________________________1.9 Angulating constant supports type 16 D2 29 to 16 93 25 ______________1.10

3

Constant hanger trapeze type 79 D2 25 to 79 96 25 __________________1.11 Function tests __________________________________________________1.12 Operational function______________________________________________1.13

4

Design features __________________________________________________1.15 Types of installation______________________________________________1.17 LISEGA servo hanger ____________________________________________1.19

5

Installation and operating instructions ______________________________1.21

6 7 8 9 1.0

1

CONSTANT HANGERS, CONSTANT SUPPORTS, PRODUCT GROUP 1 To avoid detrimental constraints in the system, thermal expansion in piping and other plant components must not be prevented.

Constant hangers Constant hangers compensate for vertical movement caused by thermal expansion.

Via constant hangers, the respective piping loads are constantly absorbed and transferred with no significant deviation over the whole range of movement.

Significant deviations would act as harmful and uncontrolled extra loads in the system. ▲ Constant hanger type 11 52 25

In this case, connection points are especially at risk because of unacceptable forces and moments.

It is vital that the constant hangers work reliably and efficiently, as this is decisive for the operational safety and long life of the piping system.

Constant hangers - the LISEGA system For nearly forty years LISEGA constant hangers have proven themselves convincingly in all kinds of operating conditions. The special functional principle, based on the parallelogram of forces, is patented worldwide and has fundamental significance in this respect.

Continued development of LISEGA constant hangers on this foundation has led to matured products of superior quality with worldwide recognition.

See the sections “Operational Function”, page 1.13 and “Design Features”, page 1.15, in this regard.

For the user, the following features of LISEGA constant hangers provide special benefits:

1. Simple planning ➜ standard cover for the respective load spectrum 10 - 112400 lbs [0.05 - 500kN], travel range up to 351/2 inch [900mm] ➜ easy selection via load groups and travel ranges ➜ clearly arranged type identification system facilitates orientation ➜ symmetric and particularly compact designs of low installed weight ➜ user-friendly planning documentation, such as informative catalogs, technical manuals and special publications ➜ efficient LICAD design software, the special planning system for LISEGA standard supports ➜ optimum fit within installation environment via standard variants and accessories (e.g. constant hangers suspended, seated, as supports or trapezes) ➜ only one load connection point for the steel structure is needed

LISEGA constant hangers installed

1.1

1 Construction series ‘64

LISEGA constant hangers are available at short notice

2. Easy installation ➜ compact, symmetric designs with only one suspension point and practical installation aids ➜ favorable weight performance ratios of the units reduce skeleton weight ➜ precision fit attachment devices by way of standardized elements ➜ ”intelligent“ travel stop enables easy conformity checks of set load and operating load ➜ extra wide load adjustment ranges (40 - 100% of nominal load) permit later adjustment in the event of deviation in piping weights

3. Reliable operational safety ➜ due to the fundamental principle, absolute constancy over total set load range ➜ reduced frictional forces through a minimum of bearing points - the load is transferred vertically via the main spring (no friction through high lever bearing loads)

➜ operational travel runs straight through the symmetrical axis of the hanger, no load variations from radial deflection of the load distribution point (lever arm hanger)

Construction series ‘72

➜ attachment point and load point always lie in the symmetrical axis (no moment of force exertion on the connection structures through radial deflection) Construction series ‘76

➜ lasting loadbearing performance through the use of specially treated prerelaxed springs ➜ lasting operating performance through corrosion protection and maintenancefree special steel bearings

4. Easy monitoring

Construction series ‘85

➜ directly readable scales for travel position and operating load

The 4 development stages of LISEGA constant hangers

➜ permanent marking for cold/hot positions and set load ➜ controlled subsequent load adjustment possible after installation ➜ simple reinstallation of blocking devices for inspection work

1.2

SELECTION TABLE Constant hangers, constant supports 30

28

26

24

22

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

Travel (inch)

6

4

2

0

Load (lbs)

Selection example: 5485 lbs / 101/2 inch

Type description

11 66 11 76 11 86 11 96 12 86 12 96 13 86 13 96 14 86 14 96

Intermediate values can be interpolated

11 15 11 25 11 35 11 45 11 55 11 65 11 75 11 85 11 95 12 85 12 95 13 85 13 95 14 85 14 95

11 14 11 24 11 34 11 44 11 54 11 64 11 74 11 84 11 94 12 84 12 94 13 84 13 94 14 84 14 94

11 C3 11 D3 11 13 11 23 11 33 11 43 11 53 11 63 11 73 11 83 11 93 12 83 12 93 13 83 13 93 14 83 14 93

Load (lbs) – 11 D2 11 12 11 22 11 32 11 42 11 52 11 62 11 72 11 82 11 92 12 82 12 92 13 82 13 92 14 82 14 92

27 55 109 219 438 877 1755 3505 5260 7010 8765 14020 17525 21030 26290 28045 35055

30 61 121 243 486 972 1945 3885 5830 7770 9715 15545 19430 23315 29150 31095 38865

33 66 133 267 533 1070 2135 4265 6400 8535 10670 17070 21335 25605 32005 34140 42675

35 70 140 281 562 1125 2250 4495 6745 8990 11240 17985 22480 26975 33720 35970 44960

37 74 147 295 591 1180 2365 4725 7090 9445 11810 18900 23625 28345 35435 37800 47245

40 79 159 319 638 1280 2555 5105 7660 10210 12765 20425 25530 30635 38290 40845 51055

43 85 171 343 686 1375 2745 5485 8230 10970 13715 21950 27435 32920 41150 43895 54865

46 91 183 367 733 1470 2935 5865 8805 11735 14670 23470 29340 35205 44005 46945 58675

5 1/2

53/4

515/16

53/4

51/2

51/4

5

117/8

111/2

10

...2..(515/16 inch)

5 1/4

10 1/2

11

111/2

11

101/2

...4..(173/4 inch)

15 3/4

16 1/2

171/4

173/4

171/4

161/2

153/4

15

23

22

21

20

283/4

271/2

261/4

25

...3..(117/

8 inch)

...5..(233/4 inch)

21

22

23

233/4

...6..(291/2 inch)

26 1/4

27 1/2

283/4

291/2

1.3

For the selection of constant supports type 16

1

(see 1.9 and 1.10 ), the load group and travel range of the corresponding hanger type 11 apply.

Loads 55 lbs [0.25kN] or 27 lbs [0.13kN] on request.

This range can only be set at the factory.

Travel (inch)

Total travel. Travel range 7 (36 inch) can be provided on request.

18000

Load (lbs)

22500

27000

31500

36000

40500

45000

49500

54000

58500

63000

67500

72000

76500

81000

85500

Load (lbs) 61 121 242 486 972 1945 3890 7770 11660 15540 19430 31095 38865 46635 58295 62185 77725

64 127 254 510 1020 2040 4080 8150 12230 16305 20385 32615 40770 48920 61155 65235 81540

66 133 266 533 1065 2135 4270 8535 12805 17065 21335 34140 42675 51205 64010 68280 85350

70 141 281 562 1125 2250 4495 8990 13490 17985 22480 35970 44960 53955 67440 71940 89925

4

33/4

31/2

31/4

215/16

2

1

in.

2

8

71/

7

61/2

515/16

4

2

in.

12 3 / 4

12

111/4

101/2

93/4

87/8

in. in. in.

52 103 206 414 829 1660 3320 6630 9945 13255 16575 26520 33150 39775 49725 53040 66295

55 109 218 438 876 1755 3510 7010 10520 14020 17525 28045 35055 42065 52580 56090 70105

4 3/4

4 1/2

4 1/4

9 1/2

9

8 1/

14 1/4

13 1/2

19

18

17

23 3/4

22 1/

211/4

2

Type description

81 163 326 654 1305 2615 5235 10455 15690 20910 26145 41835 52290 62745 78435 83670 104580

49 97 195 391 781 1565 3125 6245 9375 12495 15620 24995 31245 37490 46865 49990 62485

58 115 230 462 924 1850 3700 7390 11090 14780 18480 29570 36960 44350 55440 59135 73915

2

16

15

14

13

117/8

20

183/

171/2

161/4

143/4

4

90000

93 186 373 748 1495 2995 5990 11970 17960 23940 29935 47895 59865 71835 89800 95790 119730

– 11 D2 11 12 11 22 11 32 11 42 11 52 11 62 11 72 11 82 11 92 12 82 12 92 13 82 13 92 14 82 14 92

11 C3 11 D3 11 13 11 23 11 33 11 43 11 53 11 63 11 73 11 83 11 93 12 83 12 93 13 83 13 93 14 83 14 93

11 14 11 24 11 34 11 44 11 54 11 64 11 74 11 84 11 94 12 84 12 94 13 84 13 94 14 84 14 94

11 15 11 25 11 35 11 45 11 55 11 65 11 75 11 85 11 95 12 85 12 95 13 85 13 95 14 85 14 95

11 66 11 76 11 86 11 96 12 86 12 96 13 86 13 96 14 86 14 96

1.4

CONSTANT HANGER TYPE 11 Constant hanger Type 11 C3 29 to 11 96 25 Series-made standard design, available from stock.

Installation dimension E applies to the uppermost blocking position.

In other positions, E increases accordingly.

X = minimum thread engagement.

On lower connection max thread engagement = X + 12 inch.

Order details: Constant hanger type 11 .. ..

Marking:…

Operating load: …lbs Travel: …inch up/down Blocking position (if required):

1.5

Type

A

B

11 C3 29 11 D2 29 11 D3 29 11 12 25 11 13 25 11 14 25 11 15 25 11 22 25 11 23 25 11 24 25 11 25 25 11 32 25 11 33 25 11 34 25 11 35 25 11 42 25 11 43 25 11 44 25 11 45 25 11 52 25 11 53 25 11 54 25 11 55 25 11 62 25 11 63 25 11 64 25 11 65 25 11 66 25 11 72 25 11 73 25 11 74 25 11 75 25 11 76 25 11 82 25 11 83 25 11 84 25 11 85 25 11 86 25 11 92 25 11 93 25 11 94 25 11 95 25 11 96 25

133/4 113/4 161/4 151/4 161/4 171/4 181/4 171/2

5 1/4 4 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 6 1/4 6 1/4 6 1/4 6 1/2 6 3/4 6 3/4 6 3/4 6 3/4 7 1/

18 19 203/4 171/2 191/4 203/4 231/2 193/4 221/2 24 261/4 231/4 28 291/4 331/4 281/2 32 331/4 343/4 45 303/4 331/2 391/4 453/4 501/4 32 371/4 433/4 471/4 491/2 34 43 483/4 491/2 511/2

C

4

7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/2 9 9 9 9 10 3/4 10 3/4 10 3/4 10 3/4 11 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4 12 12 12 1/2 12 1/2 12 1/2 12 1/2 12 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 14 14

6 6 6 3/4 5 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2 6 7 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 3/4 7 1/2 7 1/2 7 1/2 7 3/4 8 3/4 8 3/4 8 3/4 9 1/2 103/4 103/4 111/4 111/4 131/4 131/4 131/2 131/2 131/2 15 15 153/4 153/4 153/4 151/4 151/4 153/4 161/2 161/2 171/4 171/4 18 18 18

D 4 1/4 3 1/2 4 1/4 4 1/4 4 1/4 4 1/4 4 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4

d2 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4

UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC 6 UNC 6 UNC 6 UNC 6 UNC 7 1/2 1 UNC 7 1/2 1 UNC 7 1/2 1 UNC 7 1/2 1 UNC 9 1 1/4 UNC 9 1 1/4 UNC 9 1 1/4 UNC 9 1 1/4 UNC 9 1/4 1 1/4 UNC 10 1 1/2 UNC 10 1 1/2 UNC 10 1 1/2 UNC 10 1 1/2 UNC 10 1 1/2 UNC 10 1 3/4 UNC 10 1 3/4 UNC 10 1 3/4 UNC 10 1 3/4 UNC 10 1/4 1 3/4 UNC 10 3/4 2 UNC 10 3/4 2 UNC 10 3/4 2 UNC 11 2 UNC 11 2 UNC

d5 0.35 0.43 0.43 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.78 0.78 0.78 0.78 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37

d6 0.35 0.43 0.43 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16 M16 M16 M16 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24 M24 M24

E 20 3/4 13 3/4 21 1/2 14 3/4 25 1/2 36 3/4 48 1/4 15 1/4 25 1/2 37 1/4 47 3/4 15 1/4 26 1/2 38 1/4 49 1/2 17 1/2 29 1/4 42 1/4 54 18 1/2 30 1/4 43 1/2 55 1/4 21 3/4 35 1/4 50 1/2 64 1/4 80 24 37 1/4 54 67 1/4 84 3/4 27 3/4 45 64 3/4 82 101 3/4 30 46 3/4 68 1/4 85 106 1/4

H 18 9 3/4 17 1/2 10 1/2 17 1/2 24 1/4 31 1/4 10 3/4 18 25 32 10 3/4 18 1/2 25 1/2 32 3/4 12 1/2 19 1/2 26 1/2 33 3/4 13 1/2 20 1/4 27 3/4 34 3/4 16 1/2 22 1/4 29 1/2 36 1/2 52 1/4 18 25 31 38 1/2 56 23 28 1/4 36 1/2 44 64 24 3/4 31 37 3/4 43 63 3/4

L 10 9 10 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/2 13 3/4 14 1/4 141/4 14 1/2 14 1/4 14 1/4 14 1/4 14 1/2 15 3/4 16 1/4 16 1/4 16 1/2 19 1/4 19 1/4 19 1/4 19 1/4 22 3/4 22 3/4 23 1/2 231/2 23 1/2 25 1/2 25 1/2 25 1/2 26 26 251/2 25 1/2 26 1/2 27 1/4 27 1/4 29 1/2 29 1/2 30 1/4 30 1/4 301/4

O

P

Q

R

11/

101/

9 1/

13/4 13/4 13/4 33/8 33/8 33/8 33/8 33/8 33/8 33/8 33/8 43/8 43/8 43/8 43/8 41/8 41/8 41/8 41/8 41/2

2

2

0 73/4 13/4 11 51/4 1 3/ 3 4 10 /4 1 123/4 1 173/4 3/ 51/2 4 3 1 /4 103/4 13/4 121/2 1 18 1/ 61/2 2 3 2 /4 101/4 2 141/2 2 181/4 1 101/4 1 4 /4 93/4 21/4 141/2 21/2 211/4 11/4 81/4 41/4 111/4 3 161/4 21/4 203/4 11/2 91/2 61/4 113/4 6 14 43/4 18 251/2 6 2 111/4 1 / 5 2 113/4 73/4 153/4 21/2 261/4 81/4 28 13 2 81/2 131/2 12 151/4 5 291/4 3 / 9 4 331/2 2 133/4 93/4 14 15 15 93/4 23 111/2 311/2

2

5 10 1 1/ 2 6 1/ 2 8 3/ 4 133/4 1 3/ 4 7 3/ 4 9 3/ 4 141/4 1 1/ 4 7 1/ 4 101/2 141/2 5 1/ 4 8 1/ 4 103/4 18 2 3/ 4 8 1/ 2 121/4 161/4 3 1/ 4 101/4 121/4 15 231/2 4 1/ 4 8 141/4 191/4 261/2 4 1/ 2 11 161/2 231/2 321/2 5 1/ 4 123/4 19 221/2 321/4

5 5 51/4 53/4 53/4 57/8 57/8 57/8 63/4 63/4 7 71/4 71/4 77/8 77/8 77/8 77/8 77/8 75/8 75/8 75/8 75/8 75/8

X Weight (lbs) 1/ 31 2 1/ 22 2 1/ 42 2 1/ 33 2 1/ 55 2 1/ 75 2 1/ 115 2 1/ 46 2 1/ 77 2 1/ 106 2 1/ 165 2 3/ 60 4 3/ 95 4 3/ 134 4 3/ 223 4 1 97 1 146 1 203 1 331 11/4 161 11/4 253 11/4 350 11/4 467 11/2 295 11/2 403 11/2 582 11/2 743 11/2 1090 13/4 430 13/4 578 13/4 833 13/4 1213 13/4 1520 2 580 2 802 2 1122 2 1612 2 2130 21/4 741 21/4 1047 21/4 1493 21/4 1900 21/4 2490

1

BRACKETS FOR CONSTANT HANGER TYPE 11

Brackets for constant hanger type 11 type 71 C3 .9 to 71 96 .5 Series-made standard design available from stock.

The brackets can be supplied according to requirements.

They can be shop fitted or supplied separately for subsequent fitting on site.

Detail Z Lug for transport

Base plate

Const h. Brackets Type Type 11 C3 29 71 C3 .9 11 D2 29 71 D2 .9 11 D3 29 71 D3 .9 11 12 25 71 12 .5 11 13 25 71 13 .5 11 22 25 71 22 .5 11 23 25 71 23 .5 11 32 25 71 32 .5 11 33 25 71 33 .5 11 34 25 71 34 .5 11 35 25 71 35 .5 11 42 25 71 42 .5 11 43 25 71 43 .5 11 44 25 71 44 .5 11 45 25 71 45 .5 11 52 25 71 52 .5 11 53 25 71 53 .5 11 54 25 71 54 .5 11 55 25 71 55 .5 11 62 25 71 62 .5 11 63 25 71 63 .5 11 64 25 71 64 .5 11 65 25 71 65 .5 11 66 25 71 66 .5 11 72 25 71 72 .5 11 73 25 71 73 .5 11 74 25 71 74 .5 11 75 25 71 75 .5 11 76 25 71 76 .5 11 82 25 71 82 .5 11 83 25 71 83 .5 11 84 25 71 84 .5 11 85 25 71 85 .5 11 86 25 71 86 .5 11 92 25 71 92 .5 11 93 25 71 93 .5 11 94 25 71 94 .5 11 95 25 71 95 .5 11 96 25 71 96 .5

The 5th digit of the type desA1 16 1/2 14 1/2 19 19 1/2 20 1/2 22 3/4 23 1/4 22 3/4 24 1/2 25 3/4 28 1/2 25 1/4 28 29 1/2 31 3/4 29 1/2 34 1/4 35 3/4 39 1/2 36 39 1/2 40 3/4 42 1/4 52 1/2 38 1/2 41 1/4 47 1/4 53 1/2 58 40 1/4 45 1/2 52 55 1/2 58 43 1/2 52 1/2 58 1/4 58 3/4 60 3/4

B1 23/4 23/4 23/4 41/2 41/2 51/2 51/2 51/2 51/2 51/2 51/2 61/4 61/4 61/4 61/4 73/4 73/4 73/4 73/4 93/4 93/4 93/4 93/4 93/4 103/4 103/4 103/4 103/4 103/4 11 11 113/4 121/2 121/2 113/4 113/4 121/2 131/2 131/2

C 6 6 6 3/4 5 1/2 5 1/2 7 7 1/4 7 1/2 7 1/2 7 1/2 7 3/4 8 3/4 8 3/4 8 3/4 9 1/2 10 3/4 10 3/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 13 1/4 13 1/4 13 1/2 13 1/2 13 1/2 15 15 15 3/4 15 3/4 15 3/4 15 1/4 15 1/4 15 3/4 16 1/2 16 1/2 17 1/4 17 1/4 18 18 18

d4 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 7/ 8 7/ 8 7/ 8 7/ 8 7/ 8

1 1 1 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4

E F G1 10 1/2 1 1/2 32 5 3/4 1 1/2 20 10 1/2 1 1/2 32 1/2 5 3/4 2 1/4 21 10 1/2 2 1/4 36 1/2 21 1/2 5 3/ 4 3 1 36 1/2 10 /2 3 22 6 3 38 10 3/4 3 54 1/4 15 1/4 3 70 1/4 20 3 1 / 6 3 4 24 1/2 10 3/4 3 1/4 41 15 1/2 3 1/4 58 1/2 20 1/4 3 1/4 75 1/4 6 1/4 3 1/2 26 11 3 1/2 42 1/2 3 15 /4 3 1/2 60 1/2 20 1/2 3 1/2 77 6 1/2 4 1/4 29 3/4 11 1/4 4 1/4 48 16 4 1/4 68 3 20 /4 4 1/4 86 1/4 13 1/2 4 1/4 95 7 4 1/2 32 3/4 1 11 /2 4 1/2 50 1/2 16 1/4 4 1/2 72 1/4 21 4 1/2 90 1/4 11 4 1/2 97 1/2 7 4 3/4 36 3/4 3 11 /4 4 3/4 58 3/4 16 1/2 4 3/4 83 1/4 21 1/4 4 3/4 105 1/4 10 3/4 4 3/4 114 1/2 7 1/2 5 1/2 39 3/4 12 1/4 5 1/2 61 1/2 17 5 1/2 87 1/2 3 21 /4 5 1/2 109 10 1/4 5 1/2 119

K1 14 10 1/4 15 10 3/4 19 10 3/4 18 3/4 11 1/4 19 1/2 28 3/4 37 1/2 12 21 1/2 32 41 1/2 12 1/2 22 1/4 32 3/4 42 1/4 13 1/4 25 3/4 38 1/2 49 3/4 42 1/2 14 3/4 25 1/2 41 1/4 51 3/4 41 1/4 13 3/4 30 1/2 46 3/4 61 1/2 50 1/2 15 30 1/2 49 3/4 66 1/4 55

L 10 9 10 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 13 3/4 14 1/4 14 1/4 14 1/4 14 1/4 14 1/2 15 3/4 16 1/4 16 1/4 16 1/2 19 1/4 19 1/4 19 1/4 19 1/4 22 3/4 22 3/4 23 1/2 23 1/2 23 1/2 25 1/2 25 1/2 25 1/2 26 26 25 1/2 25 1/2 26 1/2 27 1/4 27 1/4 29 1/2 29 1/2 30 1/4 30 1/4 30 1/4

M 151/2 131/2 18 171/4 181/2 20 201/2 20 213/4 23 253/4 221/2 251/4 263/4 29 261/2 31 321/2 361/2 32 353/4 363/4 381/2 483/4 341/2 371/4 43 491/2 54 363/4 42 481/2 52 541/4 391/4 481/4 54 541/2 561/2

N T U 1/ 2 1/4 4 1/ 2 1/4 4 1 / 2 1/4 4 1/ 2 4 4 1/ 2 4 4 21/2 1/4 4 3/4 21/2 1/4 4 3/4 23/4 3/8 4 3/4 23/4 3/8 4 3/4 23/4 3/8 4 3/4 23/4 3/8 4 3/4 31/8 3/8 5 1/2 31/8 3/8 5 1/2 31/8 3/8 5 1/2 31/8 3/8 5 1/2 43/8 1/2 7 43/8 1/2 7 43/8 1/2 7 43/8 1/2 7 53/8 1/2 8 3/4 53/8 1/2 8 3/4 53/8 1/2 8 3/4 53/8 1/2 8 3/4 53/8 1/2 8 3/4 53/8 5/8 9 1/2 53/8 5/8 9 1/2 53/8 5/8 9 1/2 53/8 5/8 9 1/2 53/8 5/8 9 1/2 51/2 5/8 9 1/2 51/2 5/8 9 1/2 51/2 5/8 10 1/4 51/2 5/8 11 51/2 5/8 11 51/2 3/4 10 1/4 51/2 3/4 10 1/4 51/2 3/4 11 51/2 3/4 12 1/2 51/2 3/4 12 1/2

y 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4

Weight (lbs) 11 11 18 26 37 33 46 35 51 71 88 40 64 90 108 66 93 128 159 99 137 198 247 247 123 176 234 282 282 143 201 306 406 406 181 240 357 602 602

cription indicates the design: 6 for brackets bolted on, standard specification.

7 for loose brackets, standard specification.

8 for brackets bolted on, nuclear specification.

9 for loose brackets, nuclear specification.

E in the uppermost blocking position. In other positions, E decreases accordingly.

Constant hangers can be mounted directly above the structure and welded in place. When doing this, care must be taken to provide access to the adjusting screws and lock nut.

If this access cannot be provided, type 71 brackets should be used.

Order details: Constant hanger type 11 .. .. with bracket type 71 .. .. (bracket bolted on) Marking: Operating load: ‌lbs, Travel: ‌inch up/down Blocking position (if required):

1.6

CONSTANT HANGER TYPE 12-14

+97/8 -23/4

Constant hangers type 12 82 35 to 14 96 35 Standard design, multi-cell hanger.

Assembly possible at short notice from stock units.

Dimension E applies to uppermost blocking position.

For other positions E increases accordingly.

Order details: Constant hanger type 1. .. 35 Marking:…

Operating load: …lbs Travel: …inch up/down Blocking position (if required):

1.7

Type 12 82 35 12 83 35 12 84 35 12 85 35 12 86 35 12 92 35 12 93 35 12 94 35 12 95 35 12 96 35 13 82 35 13 83 35 13 84 35 13 85 35 13 86 35 13 92 35 13 93 35 13 94 35 13 95 35 13 96 35 14 82 35 14 83 35 14 84 35 14 85 35 14 86 35 14 92 35 14 93 35 14 94 35 14 95 35 14 96 35

A 333/4 39 451/2 49 511/4 353/4 45 501/2 511/4 531/4 333/4 39 451/2 49 511/4 353/4 45 501/2 511/4 531/4 333/4 39 451/2 49 511/4 353/4 45 501/2 511/4 531/4

B 25 25 25 25 251/2 271/4 271/4 271/4 273/4 273/4 363/4 363/4 363/4 363/4 371/2 401/4 401/4 401/4 41 41 481/2 481/2 481/2 481/2 491/4 531/4 531/4 531/4 541/4 541/4

C 151/4 151/4 153/4 161/2 161/2 171/4 171/4 18 18 18 151/4 151/4 153/4 161/2 161/2 171/4 171/4 18 18 18 151/4 151/4 153/4 161/2 161/2 171/4 171/4 18 18 18

D 213/4 213/4 213/4 213/4 221/4 233/4 233/4 233/4 241/4 241/4 333/4 333/4 333/4 333/4 341/4 363/4 363/4 363/4 371/2 371/2 451/2 451/2 451/2 451/2 46 493/4 493/4 493/4 501/2 501/2

d3 E H 23/8 471/2 23 23/8 641/2 281/4 23/8 841/2 361/2 23/8 1013/4 44 23/8 1211/2 64 23/4 511/2 243/4 23/4 681/2 31 373/4 23/4 90 3 3 2 /4 106 /4 43 633/4 23/4 128 23/4 511/2 23 23/4 681/2 281/4 23/4 881/2 361/2 23/4 1053/4 44 23/4 1251/2 64 243/4 31/8 56 1 3 3 /8 72 /4 31 31/8 941/4 373/4 43 31/8 111 31/8 1321/4 633/4 31/8 541/2 23 31/8 713/4 281/4 31/8 911/2 361/2 31/8 1083/4 44 31/8 1281/2 64 31/2 571/2 243/4 31/2 741/2 31 31/2 953/4 373/4 31/2 1121/2 43 31/2 1333/4 633/4

L 31/4 31/4 31/4 31/4 31/4 31/2 31/2 31/2 31/2 31/2 31/4 31/4 31/4 31/4 31/4 31/2 31/2 31/2 31/2 31/2 31/4 31/4 31/4 31/4 31/4 31/2 31/2 31/2 31/2 31/2

M 211/4 211/4 211/4 211/4 211/2 231/4 231/4 231/4 231/2 231/2 33 33 33 33 331/4 361/4 361/4 361/4 361/2 361/2 45 45 45 45 451/4 491/4 491/4 491/4 491/2 491/2

N 113/4 113/4 113/4 113/4 12 13 13 13 131/8 131/8 2x113/4 2x113/4 2x113/4 2x113/4 2x12 2x13 2x13 2x13 2x131/8 2x131/8 3x113/4 3x113/4 3x113/4 3x113/4 3x12 3x13 3x13 3x13 3x131/8 3x131/8

O 2 81/2 12 5 93/4 2 93/4 15 93/4 111/2 2 81/2 12 5 93/4 2 93/4 15 93/4 111/2 2 81/2 12 5 93/4 2 93/4 15 93/4 111/2

P 13 131/2 151/4 291/4 331/2 133/4 14 15 23 311/2 13 131/2 151/4 291/4 331/2 133/4 14 15 23 311/2 13 131/2 151/4 291/4 331/2 133/4 14 15 23 311/2

R 31/2 31/2 31/2 31/2 31/2 41/4 41/ 4 41 / 4 41/ 4 41/4 41/4 41/4 41/4 41/4 41/4 43/4 43/4 43/4 43/4 43/4 43/4 43/4 43/4 43/4 43/4 51/4 51/ 4 51/4 51/ 4 51/4

R1max. S 33/4 11/8 33/4 11/8 33/4 11/8 33/4 11/8 33/4 11/8 41/4 13/8 41/4 13/8 41/4 13/8 41/4 13/8 41/4 13/8 5 13/8 5 13/8 5 13/8 5 13/8 5 13/8 51/2 13/8 51/2 13/8 51/2 13/8 51/2 13/8 51/2 13/8 7 13/8 7 13/8 7 13/8 7 13/8 7 13/8 7 11/2 7 11/2 7 11/2 7 11/2 7 11/2

W 61/4 61/4 61/4 61/4 61/4 7 7 7 7 7 81/4 81/4 81/4 81/4 81/4 9 9 9 9 9 93/4 93/4 93/4 93/4 93/4 93/4 93/4 93/4 93/4 93/4

Weight (lbs) 1355 1805 2450 3430 4455 1730 2355 3250 4070 5250 2110 2790 3750 5225 6770 2675 3610 4950 6190 7975 2870 3780 5070 7030 9095 3670 4920 6710 8360 10740

1

BRACKETS FOR CONSTANT HANGER TYPE 12-14 11/4

Brackets for constant hanger type 12 - 14 Type 71 82 .6 - 71 96 .8 Standard design.

The brackets are normally shop assembled.

On request they can be supplied loose for assembly on site.

+97/8 -23/4

Lug for transport

Detail Z

11/4

Const. h.

Type 12 82 35 12 83 35 12 84 35 12 85 35 12 86 35 12 92 35 12 93 35 12 94 35 12 95 35 12 96 35 13 82 35 13 83 35 13 84 35 13 85 35 13 86 35 13 92 35 13 93 35 13 94 35 13 95 35 13 96 35 14 82 35 14 83 35 14 84 35 14 85 35 14 86 35 14 92 35 14 93 35 14 94 35 14 95 35 14 96 35

Brackets Type 71 82 .6 71 83 .6 71 84 .6 71 85 .6 71 86 .6 71 92 .6 71 93 .6 71 94 .6 71 95 .6 71 96 .6 71 82 .7 71 83 .7 71 84 .7 71 85 .7 71 86 .7 71 92 .7 71 93 .7 71 94 .7 71 95 .7 71 96 .7 71 82 .8 71 83 .8 71 84 .8 71 85 .8 71 86 .8 71 92 .8 71 93 .8 71 94 .8 71 95 .8 71 96 .8

A1 401/4 451/2 52 551/2 58 431/2 521/2 581/4 583/4 603/4 401/4 451/2 52 551/2 58 431/2 521/2 581/4 583/4 603/4 401/4 451/2 52 551/2 58 431/2 521/2 581/4 583/4 603/4

B1 223/4 223/4 231/2 241/2 241/2 243/4 243/4 251/2 261/2 261/2 341/2 341/2 351/2 361/4 361/4 373/4 373/4 381/2 393/4 393/4 461/2 461/2 471/4 48 481/2 503/4 503/4 511/2 523/4 523/4

C 151/4 151/4 153/4 161/2 161/2 171/4 171/4 18 18 18 151/4 151/4 153/4 161/2 161/2 171/4 171/4 18 18 18 151/4 151/4 153/4 161/2 161/2 171/4 171/4 18 18 18

E 7 113/4 161/2 211/4 103/4 71/2 121/4 17 213/4 101/4 7 113/4 161/2 211/4 103/4 71/2 121/4 17 213/4 101/4 7 113/4 161/2 211/4 103/4 71/2 121/4 17 213/4 101/4

F 43/4 43/4 43/4 43/4 43/4 51/2 51/2 51/2 51/2 51/2 43/4 43/4 43/4 43/4 43/4 51/2 51/2 51/2 51/2 51/2 43/4 43/4 43/4 43/4 43/4 51/2 51/2 51/2 51/2 51/2

G1 383/4 601/2 851/4 1071/4 1161/4 42 631/2 893/4 1111/4 121 383/4 601/2 851/4 1071/4 1161/4 42 631/2 893/4 1111/4 121 383/4 601/2 851/4 1071/4 1161/4 42 631/2 893/4 1111/4 121

G2 43 601/4 80 971/2 117 463/4 633/4 851/4 102 1231/4 45 621/4 82 991/2 119 49 66 871/2 1041/4 1251/2 461/2 633/4 831/2 101 1203/4 493/4 663/4 881/4 105 1261/4

K1 133/4 301/2 463/4 611/2 501/2 15 301/2 493/4 661/4 55 133/4 301/2 463/4 611/2 501/2 15 301/2 493/4 661/4 55 133/4 301/2 463/4 611/2 501/2 15 301/2 493/4 661/4 55

M1 363/4 42 481/2 52 541/2 391/4 481/4 54 541/2 561/2 363/4 42 481/2 52 541/2 391/4 481/4 54 541/2 561/2 363/4 42 481/2 52 541/2 391/4 481/4 54 541/2 561/2

N T 113/4 1/2 113/4 1/2 113/4 1/2 113/4 1/2 1/ 12 2 3/ 13 4 3/ 13 4 3/ 13 4 131/8 3/4 131/8 3/4 113/4 1/2 113/4 1/2 113/4 1/2 113/4 1/2 1/ 12 2 3/ 13 4 3/ 13 4 3/ 13 4 131/8 3/4 131/8 3/4 113/4 1/2 113/4 1/2 113/4 1/2 113/4 1/2 1/ 12 2 3/ 13 4 3/ 13 4 3/ 13 4 131/8 3/4 131/8 3/4

U 91/2 91/2 101/4 11 11 101/4 101/4 11 121/2 121/2 91/2 91/2 101/4 11 11 101/4 101/4 11 121/2 121/2 91/2 91/2 101/4 11 11 101/4 101/4 11 121/2 121/2

Z 113/4 113/4 113/4 113/4 12 13 13 13 131/8 131/8 235/8 235/8 235/8 235/8 24 26 26 26 261/4 261/4 351/2 351/2 351/2 351/2 36 39 39 39 391/2 391/2

Weight (lbs) 313 428 644 844 844 399 518 752 1265 1265 476 648 970 1270 1270 608 787 1135 1905 1905 637 864 1294 1695 1700 814 1052 1515 2542 2545

The 5th digit of the type description indicates the specification: 6 for brackets bolted on, standard specification.

7 for brackets loose, standard specification.

8 for brackets bolted on, nuclear specification.

9 for brackets loose, nuclear specification.

Dimensions E and G2 apply to the uppermost position. In other positions E and G2 change accordingly.

Order details: Constant hanger type 1. .. .. with bracket type 71 .. .. bolted on.

Marking:…

Operating load: …lbs Travel: …inch up/down Blocking position (if required):

1.8

CONSTANT SUPPORT TYPE 16 Constant support type 16 D2 19 to 16 93 15 Standard design

Dimension E applies to the uppermost blocking position.

It has an adjustment tolerance of +23/8 inch.

Order details: Constant support type 16 .. ..

Marking: …

Operating load: …lbs Travel: …inch up/down Blocking position (if required):

Type 16 D2 19 16 D3 19 16 12 15 16 13 15 16 22 15 16 23 15 16 32 15 16 33 15 16 42 15 16 43 15 16 52 15 16 53 15 16 62 15 16 63 15 16 72 15 16 73 15 16 82 15 16 83 15 16 92 15 16 93 15

A 113/4 161/4 151/4 161/4 171/2 18 171/2 191/4 193/4 221/2 231/4 28 281/2 32 303/4 331/2 32 371/4 34 43

A1 91/2 101/4 103/4 103/4 131/2 131/2 133/4 133/4 151/4 151/4 19 19 221/2 221/2 251/4 251/4 251/4 251/4 291/4 291/4

B 41/4 51/4 51/4 51/4 61/4 61/4 63/4 63/4 71/4 71/4 9 9 103/4 103/4 113/4 113/4 121/2 121/2 133/4 133/4

B1 23/4 23/4 41/2 41/2 51/2 51/2 51/2 51/2 61/4 61/4 73/4 73/4 93/4 93/4 103/4 103/4 11 11 113/4 113/4

D 31/2 41/4 41/4 41/4 51/4 51/4 51/4 51/4 6 6 71/2 71/2 9 9 10 10 10 10 103/4 103/4

d4 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 3/ 4 3/ 4 7/ 8 7/ 8

1 1 11/4 11/4 11/4 11/4

For considerable horizontal load movement PTFE slide plates are recommended.

(See also p. 2.1, type 29)

1.9

E 28 471/2 283/4 511/4 29 511/4 291/4 521/4 313/4 551/4 323/4 561/2 361/4 611/2 39 64 431/4 721/4 46 741/2

F 13/4 13/4 21/4 21/4 3 3 3 3 31/4 31/4 31/2 31/2 41/4 41/4 41 / 2 41 / 2 43/4 43/4 51/2 51/2

H 93/4 171/2 101/2 171/2 101/2 18 103/4 181/2 121/2 191/2 131/2 201/4 161/2 221/4 18 25 23 281/4 243/4 31

K 101/2 161/4 103/4 201/4 103/4 193/4 103/4 201/4 11 213/4 11 213/4 111/4 251/4 121/2 241/2 113/4 293/4 121/2 291/4

øL1

L 31/4 31/4 31/4 31/4 4 4 4 4 43/4 43/4 6 6 63/4 63/4 73/4 73/4 73/4 73/4 91/2 91/2

M 7 73/4 81/4 81/4 101/4 101/4 103/4 103/4 113/4 113/4 15 15 173/4 173/4 201/4 201/4 191/4 191/4 221/2 221/2

N 2 2 21/2 21/2 23/4 23/4 31/8 31/8 43/8 43/8 53/8 53/8 53/8 53/8 51/2 51/2 51/2 51/2

O

P S 73/4 1/4 1/ 13/4 11 4 1 1 5 /4 1/4 3/ 103/ 1/ 4 4 4 3/ 1/ 1/ 5 4 2 4 13/4 103/4 1/4 1/ 1 1/ 2 6 /2 4 3 1 / / 2 4 10 4 1/4 1 101/4 1/4 41/4 93/4 1/4 11/4 81/4 3/8 41/4 111/4 3/8 11/2 91/2 3/8 61/4 113/4 3/8 2 111/4 1/2 51/2 113/4 1/2 5/ 2 13 8 1 1 8 /2 13 /2 5/8 2 133/4 3/4 3/ 93/4 14 4

Weight (lbs) 1/ 33 4 1/ 55 4 1/ 51 4 1/ 86 4 1/ 73 4 1/ 4 123 3/ 86 8 3/ 8 141 3/ 8 130 3/ 8 205 1/ 2 212 1/ 2 342 1/ 2 362 1/ 2 527 5/ 8 521 5/ 8 736 5/ 8 675 5/ 8 990 3/ 4 855 3/ 1257 4 T

Type Load group 70 19 16 D, 1 70 39 16 2, 3 70 49 16 4 70 59 16 5 70 69 16 6 70 79 16 7 70 89 16 8 70 99 16 9

øL1 15/8 15/8 21/2 21/2 43/8 43/8 57/8 57/8

1

ANGULATING CONSTANT SUPPORTS TYPE 16

Angulating constant supports type 16 D2 29 to 16 93 25 equipped with ball bush connections.

For use where lateral forces from horizontal travel are to be avoided.

weld-on bracket LH thread RH thread

Type 16 D2 29 16 D3 29 16 12 25 16 13 25 16 22 25 16 23 25 16 32 25 16 33 25 16 42 25 16 43 25 16 52 25 16 53 25 16 62 25 16 63 25 16 72 25 16 73 25 16 82 25 16 83 25 16 92 25 16 93 25

A 113/4 161/4 151/4 161/4 171/2 18 171/2 191/4 193/4 221/2 231/4 28 281/2 32 303/4 331/2 32 371/4 34 43

A1 91/2 101/4 103/4 103/4 131/2 131/2 133/4 133/4 151/4 151/4 19 19 221/2 221/2 251/4 251/4 251/4 251/4 291/4 291/4

B1 23/4 23/4 41/2 41/2 51/2 51/2 51/2 51/2 61/4 61/4 73/4 73/4 93/4 93/4 103/4 103/4 11 11 113/4 113/4

d3 0.393 0.393 0.393 0.393 0.472 0.472 0.590 0.590 0.590 0.590 0.787 0.787 0.787 0.787 1.181 1.181 1.181 1.181 1.968 1.968

E1 31 501/2 32 541/2 321/2 543/4 331/4 561/4 353/4 591/2 381/2 62 42 671/4 46 71 501/2 791/2 54 823/4

G+23/8 73/4 131/2 73/4 131/2 73/4 131/2 73/4 131/2 81/4 141/4 81/2 141/2 81/2 141/2 81/2 141/2 83/4 141/2 83/4 143/4

J+51/2 13/4 13/4 13/4 13/4 2 2 2 2 2 2 31/4 31/4 31/4 31/4 33/4 33/4 33/4 33/4 41/4 41/4

K1 103/4 163/4 11 203/4 111/4 201/4 111/2 21 113/4 221/2 113/4 221/2 121/4 26 131/2 251/2 123/4 303/4 131/2 30

R 5/

8

5/

8

5/

8

5/

8

3/ 4 3/ 4 13/

16

13/

16

13/

16

13/

16

13/16 13/16 13/16 13/16 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 23/8 23/8

SG 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.40 0.40 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.87 0.87 0.87 0.87 1.38 1.38

SW 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.26 1.26 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.42 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.75 2.75

U 1 1 1 1 1 1 11/4 11/4 11/4 11/4 11/2 11/2 11/2 11/2 21/4 21/4 21/4 21/4 23/4 23/4

Weld-on bracket 35 19 13 35 19 13 35 19 13 35 19 13 35 39 13 35 39 13 35 49 13 35 49 13 35 49 13 35 49 13 35 59 19 35 59 19 35 59 19 35 59 19 35 69 19 35 69 19 35 69 19 35 69 19 35 79 19 35 79 19

Weight (lbs) 36 57 57 92 85 135 102 157 153 228 250 380 420 585 600 815 755 1070 960 1360

Dimensions E1 and G apply to the uppermost blocking position.

E1 permits an adjustment of + 77/8 inch.

Possible connection

Order details: Angulating constant support type 16 .. ..

Marking: …

Operating load: …lbs Travel: …inch up/down Blocking position (if required): The ball bushes to be connected fit weld-on bracket type 35.

1.10

CONSTANT HANGER TRAPEZE TYPE 79 Constant hanger trapeze type 79 D2 25 to 79 96 25 This type of trapeze applies in case of limited installation length where the standard trapeze type 79 .2 34 does not fit.

The Trapezes are normally shop assembled.

X = minimum thread engagement, 12 inch thread engagement possible.

L and Z to be stated when ordering

E and C apply to uppermost position. In other positions E and C increase accordingly.

When selecting constant hanger trapezes, their total weight must be added to the operational load.

The permissible load reduces by 5% per 4 inch of extended length.

Order details: Trapeze type 79 .. .. with 2 constant hangers type 11 .. ..

L= …inch Z= …inch Marking: …

Operating load: …lbs at the supporting point.

Travel: …inch up/down Blocking position (if required):

1.11

Type 79 D2 25 79 D3 25 79 12 25 79 13 25 79 22 25 79 23 25 79 32 25 79 33 25 79 34 25 79 35 25 79 42 25 79 43 25 79 44 25 79 45 25 79 52 25 79 53 25 79 54 25 79 55 25 79 62 25 79 63 25 79 64 25 79 65 25 79 66 25 79 72 25 79 73 25 79 74 25 79 75 25 79 76 25 79 82 25 79 83 25 79 84 25 79 85 25 79 86 25 79 92 25 79 93 25 79 94 25 79 95 25 79 96 25

A max.

473/4 481/2 76 76 771/4 771/4 851/2 851/2 851/2 851/2 86 86 86 861/4 913/4 913/4 913/4 913/4 931/2 931/2 931/2 931/2 933/4 941/2 941/2 941/2 943/4 943/4 951/4 951/4 951/4 951/4 951/2 961/2 961/2 961/2 963/4 963/4

B 123/4 171/4 201/4 211/2 223/4 231/4 233/4 251/2 27 293/4 251/4 28 291/2 313/4 291/4 333/4 351/4 391/2 351/4 383/4 40 411/2 513/4 381/4 41 471/4 531/2 58 40 45 511/2 55 571/2 42 51 563/4 571/4 591/4

C 141/4 22 151/4 26 153/4 261/4 161/4 271/4 39 501/4 181/4 30 43 55 193/4 311/2 443/4 561/2 231/4 363/4 52 651/2 811/4 253/4 39 56 69 861/2 293/4 463/4 663/4 84 1033/4 321/4 491/4 703/4 871/2 1083/4

D 41/4 51/4 51/4 51/4 61/4 61/4 63/4 63/4 63/4 63/4 71/4 71/4 71/4 71/2 9 9 9 9 103/4 103/4 103/4 103/4 11 113/4 113/4 113/4 12 12 121/2 121/2 121/2 121/2 123/4 133/4 133/4 133/4 14 14

E 7 93/4 91/4 15 91/2 14 91/4 141/2 23 30 71/2 161/4 263/4 311/2 103/4 161/2 26 331/4 121/2 19 32 423/4 493/4 121/2 22 321/4 401/4 501/4 15 251/2 40 501/4 603/4 17 261/4 411/2 55 661/4

G 5/ 8 5/ 8

1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 3 3/8 3 3/8 3 3/8 3 3/8 3 3/8 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 4 4 4 4 4

Tot. weight (lbs) Weight chang.

L max. X L=391/4 (lbs/inch) 1/ 431/4 66 0.4 2 1 1/ / 43 4 106 0.4 2 1/ 703/4 134 1.3 2 1/ 703/4 179 1.3 2 1/ 703/4 163 1.3 2 1/ 703/4 227 1.3 2 3/ 783/4 229 2.0 4 3/ 783/4 302 2.0 4 3/ 783/4 384 2.0 4 3/ 783/4 562 2.0 4 1 337 2.5 783/4 1 439 2.5 783/4 1 558 2.5 783/4 1 816 2.5 783/4 11/4 823/4 507 2.8 11/4 823/4 701 2.8 11/4 823/4 899 2.8 11/4 823/4 1164 3.3 11/2 823/4 847 3.7 11/2 823/4 1071 3.7 3 11/2 82 /4 1433 3.7 11/2 823/4 1759 3.7 11/2 823/4 2470 3.7 13/4 823/4 1210 4.7 13/4 823/4 1517 4.7 13/4 823/4 2075 5.2 13/4 823/4 2858 5.2 13/4 823/4 3530 5.2 2 1645 6.7 823/4 2 2114 6.7 823/4 2 2784 6.7 823/4 2 3781 6.7 823/4 2 4830 6.7 823/4 21/4 823/4 2002 6.7 21/4 823/4 2661 6.7 21/4 823/4 3583 6.7 21/4 823/4 4403 6.7 21/4 823/4 5580 6.7

1

FUNCTION TESTS

Functional performance The specific functional principle of LISEGA constant hangers guarantees absolute constancy across the entire travel range. This is not even affected by load adjustment. Only a minor friction force resulting from tolerances and bearings has to be taken into account as a slight deviation. The hysteresis produced by this is kept within very narrow limits by the design principle and by state-of-the-art manufacturing procedures.

For normal load settings, deviations in the operating load for LISEGA constant hangers in series production is kept in practice at 3% on average. Using a selection process, supply of hangers with a maximum deviation of 2% is possible.

The generally permissible deviations are laid down in the following international standards: ➜ MSS-SP 58, USA, max. to operating load.

Acceptance test of a constant hanger

For function testing, quasistatically acting test benches with a capacity of up to 225000 lbs [1000kN] are available in all the factories.

The test benches are inspected at regular intervals by an independent authority.

6% referring

➜ VGB R 510 L and KTA 3205.3, Germany, max. 5% referring to operating load. ➜ EN Europa Normenentwurf, max 5%, referring to operating load. The mean load deviation is limited to max 2%.

Function tests Before delivery, each constant hanger is tested for correct function and set to the required load.

The test results are both graphically and digitally plotted and recorded. They can be supplied on request.

The load setting values are stamped on a riveted aluminum name plate. In addition, the set load is permanently marked on the load scale. Cold and hot positions are marked on the travel scale in white and red respectively.

The relevant travel position is directly readable on the travel scale in mm and inches.

The relevant set load can be read from the load scale in kN or lbs.

Specimen of a test certificate from a normal delivery test

1.12

OPERATIONAL FUNCTION

F2 E D

Special requirements Strict demands are placed on constant hangers to ensure reliable function:

C

➜ absolute constancy for all load settings ➜ minimum mechanical friction

B

Likewise, particular requirements are to be fulfilled for the continuous monitoring of the piping system performance:

A F Upper position

➜ reliable indicators for set load and travel ➜ adequate and precise subsequent load adjustment if required

The LISEGA functional principle LISEGA’s patented functional principle for constant hangers provides the ideal conditions for fulfilling all requirements. The principle is based on the interplay of force from one main spring and the resultant force from two hooked up compensating springs.

The directions of force of the two prestressed compensating springs are opposed to each other in the form of a parallelogram of forces.

E C D B F1 A F

Midposition

F2 D C E B F1

A

F

Operating function of LISEGA constant hanger

1.13

Lower position

The suspended load F acts directly on the main spring B via a central load tube A .

The force of the compensating springs C operates as resultant force F2 , via cams D and rollers E . This force acts additionally on the load tube. The main spring force F1 and resultant force F2 change when the load is moved over the travel range s . This is in accordance with the characteristics of the spring, and the angle and shape of the cams.

The individual components are arranged in such a way that any changes in the resultant spring constancy correspond exactly with the characteristic curve of the main spring.

In this way the force of the main spring is evenly compensated for, providing constant supporting force.

1 Down towards the apex of the cams the resultant force diminishes in proportion to the increase in the relatively low starting force of the main spring.

The extremely wide load adjustment range enables us to cover a broad range of applications with a compact number of unit sizes.

This special advantage is the prerequisite for the formation of load groups as the basis of the LISEGA modular system. In this way, rational series production and warehousing control are made possible.

LISEGA functional principle for constant hangers

➜

At the apex of the cams the forces of the compensating springs are cancelled out.

The resultant is zero. At this point only the main spring carries the load. Beyond the apex, the direction of the proportionally increasing resultant force of the compensating springs is reversed. It now reduces the relatively strong main spring force in the same way.

usable travel changes in proportion to the load alterations.

Large load adjustment range

The sum of, or the difference between the forces F1 and F2 at each point in the travel range = F.

➜

➜ Only the LISEGA functional principle guarantees absolute constancy right from a theoretical basis. ➜ Only the LISEGA functional principle allows a particularly wide load adjustment range of 40 - 100% of the nominal load.

Small number of unit sizes (load groups, modular system)

Examples of practical function

➜

Load adjustment Load adjustment is carried out by adjusting the pre-tension of the main spring. Because the characteristic curves of the resultant compensating force and those of the mainspring are identical, only a linear displacement of the starting load F1 occurs. The force variation achieved by altering the main spring pre-tension is the same at every point in the movement cycle. Therefore, the ultimate load remains constant at each load setting. The

Effect of load adjustment in LISEGA constant hangers

Serial production (favorable manufacturing costs)

Travel

➜ Warehousing (short term availability)

1.14

DESIGN FEATURES

Design shape LISEGA constant hangers are made to a compact and symmetrical design. This facilitates space saving installation dimensions and the use of standard accessories. When installing on site, much time and effort is saved by low unit weight and simple positioning at connection points. Only one hanging point is needed for fitting. The load transfer passes through the axis of symmetry. Space for radial deflection (lever arm hanger) need not be considered. Additional moments posed on the supporting structure by lever arm units are therefore avoided. The design enables a direct reading of the travel position on a scale of 1:1.

Mounted constant hanger

Design construction A steel housing encases the internal working parts such as springs and cams. The compact arrangement of these individual parts inside the housing leads to small external dimensions. The housing is designed to be load bearing and to accommodate LISEGA standard connecting components.

Serial connection types

Type 66 rod

Type 61 clevis Type 79 trapeze Type 71 bracket

Type 60 eyenut Type 67 stud bolt

Connection types The connection threads correspond to the standardized diameter of the relevant LISEGA load group. At the upper connection the thread depth is limited. At the lower end, the nut is used as a turnbuckle for adjusting rod length.

The shape of the hanger housing allows direct seating on existing connection structures without extra accessories. In addition, special brackets can be attached using the standard tapped holes provided. Constant hangers above load group 9 (heavy duty) have yoke plates for bolted connections instead of connection threads.

Performance range Constant hangers and supports are manufactured in load groups C - 9 as serialized singlecell units. They can also be coupled together for load groups 8 or 9 as multi-cell hangers with heavier loads.

In this way a standardized range of 20 lbs to 112400 lbs [0.1kN to 500kN] can be covered. Constant hangers are manufactured in 6 standard travel ranges: 6/ 12/ 18/ 24/ 30/ 36 inch [150/ 300/ 450/ 600/ 750/ 900mm] - constant supports up to 12 inch [300mm].

Standards and calculations Component design and layout fully comply as regards load capacity, dynamic function and lifespan with the relevant national and international standards and codes. This applies equally to the materials used, welding technology and other processes. Relevant details can be found in the Technical Specifications (page 0.9).

Springs The springs are decisive for the flawless functioning of constant hangers – the long term operational safety of these components depends on them. DIN standards form the basis of the LISEGA coil spring specifications.

Details can be found in the Technical Specifications in section 0.

Steel construction on site

1.15

1 Spring relaxation Conventional helical coil springs subjected to load and temperature over a period of time lose part of their force (spring relaxation).

In the long term, it can cause a reduction in the adjusted support loads of more than 10% in constant and variable spring supports (see calculation example).

LISEGA only uses prerelaxed springs which by an artificial aging process allow no significant settling loss. In a hot setting procedure with extended coil lengths a corresponding preplastification is attained. The settling loss normally to be expected is thereby prevented.

planned condition connection point / hanger

condition after 10% relaxation

hanger set load

hanger load

in(1000 lbs)

in(1000 lbs)

additional z-load y-load at connection point in(1000 lbs)

additional displacement in inch

Y

bo iler ou tle t

iler bo

Example of cumulative additional loads due to hanger relaxation The effect of a 10% loss in hanger power was observed in a pipeline (Dia = 20.7inch [525mm], s = 1.06inch [27mm], temperature = 1004째F [540째C], pressure = 725psi [50bar] ).

Due to this loss, the piping displaced at a maximum of 1.43inch [36.4mm].

The maximum primary stresses were calculated in the safety valves near the boiler connection. They were 93% higher than the planned condition. The permissible stresses for the connection were exceeded by 9%.

(Calculations in accordance with regulations B31.1).

Modern welding robots and CNC machines ensure constant product quality

Corrosion protection Constant hangers are finished with a LISEGA standard coating system which in conjunction with a metallically pure treated surface offers superior corrosion protection with high mechanical stability. Bearings and pins are made from stainless steel.

All threaded parts and cams are electrogalvanized and yellow chromatized.

The spring coil surfaces are given special finishing treatment (see Technical Specifications, page 0.10).

The standard corrosion protection for constant hangers needs no maintenance inside buildings, or in areas protected from the weather.

For components in the open and in special cases of operation, a more comprehensive corrosion protection can be agreed on.

Handling area in paint booth

(See the section on corrosion protection in the Technical Specifications, page 0.10.)

1.16

INSTALLATION EXAMPLES

Universal fit Constant hangers can be adapted to practically any situation in the plant by the use of universal-fit accessories as part of the LISEGA modular system.

1

2 Type Type Type Type Type

73 60 63 67 63

3

Type 75 Type 61 Type 67

Type 11

Type Type Type Type

Type 11

Automatic through LICAD Configurations 1 - 13 can be produced automatically in 2D and transferred to 3D systems via the LICAD design system.

Type 63 Type 66

Type 63

Type 63

Type 67

Type 61

Type 63

Type 49

Type 44

75 61 63 67

Type 49

Type 63 Type 61 Type 79

Type 79

Examples 14 - 17 show easily-designed special applications.

4

5

Type 73 Type 60 Type 67

6 Type 75 Type 61 Type 67

Type 11 Type 11

Type 11 Type 63 Type 67 Type 63

Type 63

Type Type Type Type Type

Type 67 Type 63

Type 67

63 61 71 61 63

Type 67

Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type

Type 49

Type 44

Type 60

Type 43

Type 63 Type 61 Type 79

7

8

9

Type 11

Typ 38 38 Type

Type 71 Type 63 Type 49

Type 35

Type 66 Type 63 Type 60

Type 16 Type 16

Type 43

Type 35

1.17

63 61 79 60 63 67 63 61

1 10

Type Type Type Type Type Type Type

73 60 67 61 79 61 63

11 Type 73 Type 60 Type 67 Type 11

Type 67 Type Type Type Type Type Type

12

63 61 79 61 63 67

Type Type Type Type Type Type Type

Type 63

63 67 63 61 79 61 63

Type 67

Type 11

13 Type Type Type Type Type

73 60 63 66 63

Type 75 Type 61 Type 67

Type 11

Type 11 Type 63 Type 63

Type 66

Type 67 Type 63 Type 61 Type 48

Type 67 Type 60

Type 63 Type 61

Type 63 Type 61 Type 48 Typ 48

Type 46

Type 43

15

14

Type 11 Type 63 Type 49

Type 66 Type 63 Type 60 Type 43

Type 16

17

16

Type 71 Type 11 Type 11 Type 49 Type 63 Type 63 Type 67

Type 67 Type 63

Type 74 Type 63

Type 61

Type 71

Type 44

1.18

THE LISEGA SERVO HANGER

Despite the use of variable spring and constant hangers, piping systems and other components are, under certain conditions, obstructed in their thermal movement by friction or other influences. In such cases servo hangers can be usefully employed.

Application In the ideal situation the weight of the piping is almost balanced out with the set load of the constant hangers. The sum of deviations present and the additional stresses in the piping system thereby caused then remain within the permissible harmless range.

In certain cases, total deviation can exceed permissible levels. In the form of secondary stresses it can considerably reduce the life span of the piping or its connections in the area of creep strength depending on time.

Deviations can occur due to: ➜ wall thickness tolerances of the pipes, if these are not weighed individually and weight differences are not taken into consideration ➜ insulation weights not exactly determinable in advance ➜ mechanical friction and manufacturing tolerances within constant hangers (permissible 5%) ➜ relaxed springs in constant hangers

Original cold setting

bo iler cen ter

➜ unpredictable random influences on pipe statics ➜ differences between theoretical and actual values of load distribution A combination of deviations can normally be expected, which cumulatively can amount to considerably high values. This is especially unfavorable with long-legged (soft) piping systems. Vertical movements can be obstructed here, even on relatively minor individual deviations, and partially or even totally suppressed. Apart from the extra load caused, unacceptable sagging can occur with a reversed slope, supported by spring hysteresis from the pressure-loaded system. In addition to possible time yield damage, this would favor dangerous water hammer effects due to a false incline.

In such cases, a sensible solution would be to complement the “passively” reacting constant hangers with the “actively” working LISEGA servo hanger.

Via the hydraulic servo assistance, the piping is now actively supported in its movement at every predetermined height.

bo iler cen ter

Hot setting

New cold setting Without servo hanger (figure left) With servo hanger (figure right)

Typical example of use of LISEGA servo hanger

1.19

e bin tur

e bin tur

1 Design and function The basis for the servo hanger is a standard Type 11 constant hanger. To overcome load differences, it is additionally fitted with a hydraulic auxiliary device providing additional active force in both directions (servo assistance).

Unit sizes Units are available from series construction for load groups 5 (FN 4495lbs [20kN] ) to 9 (FN 22480lbs [100kN] ) with travel range 2 (6inch [150mm] ) and 3 (12inch [300mm] ).

In special cases non-standard designs can be manufactured.

As a control parameter, the temperature of the piping to be supported is normally used.

The relevant temperature is converted electronically into the corresponding position. In the actual / theoretical value comparison procedure, the control provides for a regulated advance towards the vertical theoretical position.

Operating instructions Installation and commissioning instructions and maintenance recommendations are supplied on delivery.

Electro-hydraulic control The hydraulic unit and the electronic control are housed separately from each other in a switchgear cabinet mounted near the servo hanger (max distance 52 feet [16m] ).

The hydraulic piston controlling the movement is located in the load tube of the constant hanger.

Automatic safety switch The electrohydraulic control is designed in such a way that only the servo assistance is lost if there is an operational breakdown, e.g. a power failure. The unit itself would carry on operating in the normal way as a constant hanger.

For deviations in theoretical (temp.) / actual (travel) a tolerance range can be adjusted.

The control shuts off automatically if the deviation lies outside these values.

Manual shut off For possible maintenance work in the system or at the boiler, the servo assistance can be shut on or off by hand.

See page 1.3 and 1.4 also 2 = Travel range 2 3 = Travel range 3

Servohanger Type 17 5. 25 17 6. 25 17 7. 25 17 8. 25 17 9. 25

Nominal load FN lbs 4495 8990 13490 17985 22480

Calibration Load dependent travel load Travel range 2 Travel range 3 lbs inch inch 1800 - 4495 3-6 6 - 12 3595 - 8990 3-6 6 - 12 5395 - 13490 3-6 6 - 12 7190 - 17985 3-6 6 - 12 8990 - 22480 3-6 6 - 12

Additional Servo force lbs 1800 4500 4500 4500 4500

theoretical hydr. device

electr. control actual

Function scheme

1.20

INSTALLATION AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Constant hangers are mechanically acting devices.

Their trouble free operation is vitally important for the safety of piping systems and connected components.

Careful attention must be paid to the following instructions to ensure trouble free operation.

travel stop guide bolt name plate red marking for hot position fixing bolt with washer for travel stop after deblocking travel scale serrated travel stop strip adjustment load indicator load scale adjustment bolt load tube control bore for min. screw-in depth load nut upper yoke plate lower yoke plate connecting rod tensioning bolt

1. Transport and storage Transport must be carried out carefully in order to avoid damage. It is particularly important that load adjustment screws and connection threads remain intact. If stored in the open, care must be taken to protect components from dirt and moisture.

2. Delivery condition LISEGA constant hangers are supplied set to the load specified in the order, and blocked in the required installation position. All hangers are supplied with a riveted aluminum name plate, as well as travel and load scale.

➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜

type serial number order number (if required) set load theoretical travel marking (position number) test stamp (if required)

On the travel scale, the theoretical hot position is marked with a red sticker, the theoretical cold position with a white one.

The load adjustment ordered is permanently stamped on the load scale with an X during final inspection.

Name plate with stamped operating data

Travel scale with cold/hot markings

Load scale with indicator

1.21

On the name plate are stamped:

2.1 Constant hanger types 11 C3 .. - 11 96 .. (single cell) The upper connection is supplied as internal thread with limited screw engagement.

The lower connection is a spherical load nut which can angulate through a minimum of 4° in all directions. The connection threads are filled with grease and sealed with plastic caps.

1 2.2 Constant hanger types 12 82 - 14 96 (multi cells) The upper connection is provided as standard in the form of a lug for a connecting pin.

The lower attachment exists of several tensioning bolts connected by a yoke plate.

2.3 Constant hangers (seated) Constant hangers of all sizes can be directly seated. They can also be supplied with serialized brackets type 71. The brackets can be bolted on at works or on site according to order using the precision fit holes provided.

The base plates of the mountings can be either welded or bolted to the mounting surface.

2.4 Constant supports type 16 Constant supports follow the same design principle as the constant hanger. Instead of the lower connection, they have an upper support tube with a screwed-in adjusting spindle and load plate.

3. Installation When installing, the rules for the Installation Instructions for Piping are to be adhered to.

Special attention must be paid to the desired installed position of the hanger rods in the whole support chain. Two possibilities are usual practice: 1. The hanger rods are to be installed at an angle in accordance with expected horizontal displacement of the piping. It is expected that the rods become vertical during operating conditions.

In all cases there should be a unified set of rules for the whole plant.

Attachment rods and points must be connected under actuation of load.

3.1 Constant hanger type 11 C3 - 11 96 (single cell) Transport lugs or other installation aids can be screwed into the threaded holes provided on the sides. After deblocking the hangers (see Point 4), the blocking plates should be bolted on here for storage. For constant hangers with type 71 brackets, the hangers are supplied with transport lugs instead of the upper connection. The lugs can also accommodate the blocking plates. When removing the blocking plates from constant hanger types 11 82 to 11 96, care must be taken that only the larger circlip is removed.

For connection to the connecting rod, care must be taken that the lower rod is screwed into the load nut at least up to the control bore. A further screw engagement of 12 inch [300mm] is provided.

Blocking plate bolted laterally

Blocking pin with circlips

load plate adjusting spindle support tube serrated travel stop strip blocking plate name plate guide pin travel scale securing screw & washer for blocking plate after deblocking indicator for adjustment load load scale adjustment bolt

Constant support type 16

2. The hanger rods are to be installed vertically for better control. A controlled angled position during operating conditions is then permitted.

1.22

3.2 Constant hanger types 12 82 - 14 96 To install the hangers, the side openings of the upper yoke plate can be used for lifting.

On hangers fitted with brackets, the upper yoke plate is substituted by a transport lug.

Transport lug and correct connection

Constant hangers types 14 82 - 14 96 (4 - cell design) are supplied with a transport safety device marked in red along the center axis. This serves to provide additional midblocking to the blocking pin on an unloaded hanger.

The transport safety device must not be loosened until after the complete installation of the hanger simultaneously with the removal of the blocking plates.

Safe storage of travel stop plates on constant hangers with brackets

For this purpose the red locknut is removed at the lower end using a box spanner. Both parts are to be stored in the same place as the blocking plates. When making the loadactuating connection, care must be taken that the lower load anchors are screwed into the lower load nuts at least up to the control bore. The installation dimension of the lower yoke plate can be extended with the load nuts by up to 97/8 inch [250mm] or shortened by up to 23/4 inch [70mm].

4. Removing the blocking devices 4.1 Requirements The correct deblocking of the constant hangers as per the following instructions is decisive for the subsequent flawless functioning of the piping system.

The blocking devices should only be removed immediately before commissioning.

The blocking devices must be removed systematically, i.e. from fixed point to connection or from connection to connection.

Prior to this the whole system should be checked as per Item 3 in these installation instructions.

4.2 Theoretical and actual condition If it has been ensured that all connections are actuated by load, the load suspended is completely taken over by the constant hangers or supports.

If the actual load corresponds to the installed load and the piping system shows no signs of constraints, the planned equilibrium has been achieved. The travel stop plates can now be removed.

In practice, however, slight constraints and hence certain load displacements in the piping system can hardly be avoided. The theoretically determined loads can also show considerable tolerances. Deviations resulting from this can lead, according to increased or diminished loading, to a corresponding jamming of the blocking pin in the upper or lower part of the blocking plates.

1 rod 2 washer 3 nut

1.23

1 4.3 Load distribution The travel stop plates must never be removed by force!

By loosening or tightening the connecting rods with a few turns of the load nut for constant hangers, or adjustment of the support tube for constant supports, the locked-up stress in the piping can be compensated so that the blocking pin is free.

However, the geometrical layout of the piping must not be altered when balancing these stresses.

Because the adjustment of one position can lead to stressing at another location, this procedure must be repeated if necessary at different points.

For thorough control, we recommend as a matter of principle removing the travel stop plates only after all the blocking pins are free.

Load pin forced upwards: Applied load is lower than set load.

Tighten connecting rod or reduce set load

Load pin is free: Applied load conforms with set load.

Blocking plate can be removed

Load pin forced downwards: Applied load is higher than set load.

Loosen connecting rod or increase set load

4.4 Load correction If the blocking pins jam, and cannot be freed without displacement of the piping, significant deviations in the piping load can be assumed.

The adjustment bolts of the constant hangers and supports can then be correspondingly set. Once more, this should be done from position to position, as described in point 4.3. If this is done correctly, load differences can be practically balanced out by this method. Any load adjustments must as a matter of principle be agreed on with the technical department responsible for the piping system. Any new load setting values should be indicated on the load scales and recorded.

4.5 Installation devices With all hangers, tightening or loosening the connecting rods, as well as load adjustment, can be done by hand. With hangers and supports for higher load groups, however, this operation may need considerable force.

To make this easier, an installation aid can be provided which takes on the load hydraulically with the aid of a hand pump.

4.6 Commissioning Before commissioning it must be checked that each hanger allows the expected piping movement.

The hanger travel can be read directly from the position of the blocking pin in the guide slots on the travel scale.

If required, for example when carrying out revisions, hangers and supports can be blocked again in any travel position. This is done by mounting and securing the blocking plates onto the blocking bolt.

Installation device for relieving adjustment bolts

5. Control and maintenance The correct performance of the constant hangers and supports can be checked in all operating situations by noting the position of the blocking bolt.

Under normal operating conditions no maintenance is required.

Installation device for relieving blocking device

1.24

SPRING HANGERS, SPRING SUPPORTS

2 PRODUCT GROUP

2

VARIABLE SPRING ELEMENTS CONTENTS

PAGE

0

Spring hangers, spring supports, sway braces ________________________2.1 Load table for spring hangers, spring supports and other spring elements __________________________2.3

1

Spring hangers, type 21____________________________________________2.5 Spring hangers, type 22____________________________________________2.6

PRODUCT GROUP

Spring hangers (seated), type 25 ____________________________________2.7 Spring hangers (seated), type 26 ____________________________________2.8 Spring supports, type 29 __________________________________________2.9

3

Spring supports, type 28__________________________________________2.10 Angulating spring supports, type 20 ________________________________2.11 Spring hanger trapezes, type 79 __________________________________2.12

4

Sway braces, type 27 ____________________________________________2.13 Installation and operating instructions ______________________________2.15

5 6 7 8 9 2.0

2

SPRING HANGERS SPRING SUPPORTS To prevent constraints in the system, thermal expansion in the piping and other piping components must not be hindered. The piping must therefore be supported in a correspondingly elastic manner.

Spring elements To compensate for slight vertical displacements in the piping, spring components are used as supports. The functioning of these components is based on preset helical coil springs which exert a variable supporting load over the whole range of movement corresponding to the given spring characteristics. Load variations resulting from this are limited through corresponding specifications based on stress calculations for the piping this depends on the sensitivity of the system.

The fundamental principles relevant for the function of the spring components are found in the MSS SP 58 and VGB R 510 L guidelines. See Technical Specifications, page 0.5.

Spring hanger, type 21

LISEGA spring hangers Various versions of spring elements, ideally suited to whatever structural requirements exist, are available. The optimum choice depends on the installation situation.

Spring hangers, type 21 This type, the one most frequently used, is fitted with an upper connection for suspension. It is installed wherever the surrounding location offers a suitable connection point and sufficient space. The upper connections can be universally adapted with standard components to any given situation.

Spring hangers, type 25 This type is frequently used for its simple installation, just seating it on the existing steel. The connection is made by a rod passing through the unit.

Spring supports, type 29 If the installation location does not permit suspension, then this model is a suitable alternative as a “prop� support. Where there is considerable horizontal displacement of the support load, and steel slides on steel, lateral forces can under certain conditions have an adverse effect on the operation of the support system. To take precautions against this, the use of PTFE bearings is recommended. In this case the counter bearing should have a stainless steel surface.

Type 29 with PTFE slide plate.

Spring hanger, type 25

Recommended use of PTFE slide plates for spring supports type 29

Spring support, type 29

2.1

2 Angulating spring supports, type 20 Unlike the spring support type 29, horizontal displacement can be taken up almost free of lateral forces by this design.

This way that constraining frictional forces are completely excluded at all levels of movement, vertical and horizontal.

Sway braces, type 27 These particular components act both in tension and compression and are used to stabilize the piping and other plant components. An additional damping effect is obtained at the same time. The connection parts correspond with those of Product Group 3.

➜ the blocking device can be blocked in any position. The blocking pieces can be reinserted in any required position.

Spring hangers and supports should be set in such a way that the spring load and the piping weight correspond with the cold load position.

The corresponding hot load position results from the theoretically determined pipe movement (travel) and the spring rate.

The load difference between the cold and hot positions acts on the piping as a reaction force and is limited by the relevant design specifications.

Generally, the max. permissible load deviation amounts to 25% of the operating load.

Angulating spring support, type 20

Above and beyond that, constant hangers exerting a constant supporting load over the whole travel range are to be used.

With LISEGA sway braces, type 27, the following adjustments can be made: ➜ load presetting ➜ free stroke ➜ installation dimension See also Installation and Operating Instructions, page 2.17 Load setting and blocking Spring hangers and supports are preset at the works to the installation load and blocked in both directions of movement. Blocking is necessary to take up additional loads during pickling, flushing, or hydrostatic tests.

The factory settings are carried out on electronically controlled test benches: ➜ with spring hangers, values set at the factory are stamped onto a riveted name plate. ➜ the installation position is marked on the travel scale. ➜ cold and hot settings are marked on the travel scale with a white and red sticker respectively.

Selection of spring hangers A decisive factor for the reaction force is the stiffness of the spring rate value of the respective coil springs. To cover the widest possible field of application using spring hangers, the load ranges are divided into 5 travel ranges.

Please see Technical Specifications page 0.13 for details of usage. See also the selection table, pages 2.3 and 2.4, as well as Installation and Operating Instructions, page 2.15.

Design related advantages ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜

Sway brace, type 27 angulated arrangement

no welding (Types 20, 21, 27) fully galvanized surfaces specially prerelaxed springs integrated tightening devices adjustable blocking system variable connection possibilities TÜV suitability test a wealth of experience from over a million applications

Sway brace, type 27 single arrangement

2.2

SELECTION OF SPRING ELEMENTS SELECTION CRITERIA FOR SPRING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS Permissible force variation The permissible force variation between cold load (installation load) position to hot load (operating load) position is limited internationally by common specifications for pipe stress analysis to max.

25% of the operating load.

Maximum working travel Additionally, to preclude functional impairment due to instability from extra long springs, a working travel of maximum 2 inch [50mm] should not be exceeded.

Spring rates To cover as wide a field of applications as possible while adhering to these standards, LISEGA spring elements are divided into 5 travel ranges with correspondingly different spring rates.

Extra long springs Travel ranges 4 & 5 relate to extra long springs and should only be used after technical evaluation of the whole situation, especially in sensitive piping systems.

Design types The selection of the suitable design type depends upon the respective support configuration or installation situation.

Economical unit size To find the most economical size, the following procedures apply:

Spring hangers type 21, Spring hangers type 25, Spring supports type 29, Angulating spring supports type 20 Travel range 21 C2 29 21 D. 29 25 D. 19 29 C2 19 29 D. 19 20 D2 19 ...1.. ...2.. ...3.. ...4.. ...5..

Working travel (inch) 9.0 27 0 0 0 0 0 1/ 1/ 1/ 3/ 12.0 33 1 8 4 2 4 1/ 1/ 1 1/2 2 15.0 39 4 2 1 3/ 3/ 1 2 1/4 3 18.0 45 8 4 1 /2 1/ 2 3 20.9 51 4 2 1 5/ 1 1 3 3/4 5 23.9 57 8 1 /4 2 /2 3/ 1/ 1/ 1 3 4 26.9 62 6 4 2 2 7/ 3 1 5 1/4 7 29.9 68 8 1 /4 3 /2 1 2 4 6 32.9 74 8 1 1/8 2 1/4 4 1/2 6 3/4 9 35.9 80 1 1/4 2 1/2 5 7 1/2 10 38.8 86 1 3/8 2 3/4 5 1/2 8 1/4 11 41.8 92 1 1/2 3 6 9 44.8 98 12 1 5/8 3 1/4 6 1/2 9 3/4 13 47.8 104 1 3/4 3 1/2 7 10 1/2 14 50.8 110 1 7/8 3 3/4 7 1/2 11 1/4 15 53.8 116 131/32 315/16 7 7/8 1113/16 153/4 56.0 120

11.9

2.3

11.9 23.8 47.6

Type number 21 4. 28 21 5. 28 21 6. 28 25 4. 18 25 5. 18 25 6. 18 29 4. 18 29 5. 18 29 6. 18 20 42 14 20 52 14 20 62 14 Load (Ibs) 750 1498 2997 375 845 1689 3377 423 940 1879 3758 470 1036 2069 4138 518 1131 2259 4519 565 1226 2450 4899 613 1321 2640 5280 661 1417 2830 5660 708 1512 3020 6041 756 1607 3211 6421 804 1702 3401 6802 851 1798 3591 7182 899 1893 3782 7563 946 1988 3972 7944 994 2083 4162 8324 1042 2179 4352 8705 1089 2250 4495 8990 1125 Spring rate c (lbs/inch) 190 381 127 254 507 63.5 190 381 761 95.2 381 761 1522 190 761 1522 3045 381

21 1. 28 21 2. 28 21 3. 28 25 1. 18 25 2. 18 25 3. 18 29 1. 18 29 2. 18 29 3. 18 20 12 14 20 22 14 20 32 14 94 106 117 129 141 153 165 177 189 201 213 225 236 248 260 272 281

23.8 47.6 95.2

187 211 235 259 282 306 330 354 378 401 425 449 473 497 520 544 562

47.6 95.2 190

21 7. 28 25 7. 18 29 7. 18 20 72 14

21 8. 28 21 9. 28 25 8. 18 25 9. 18 29 8. 18 29 9. 18 20 82 14 20 92 14

4497 5068 5639 6210 6781 7352 7923 8494 9065 9636 10207 10778 11349 11920 12491 13062 13490

5995 6756 7518 8279 9040 9801 10563 11324 12085 12846 13608 14369 15130 15892 16653 17414 17985

7493 8445 9396 10348 11299 12251 13203 14154 15106 16057 17009 17960 18912 19863 20815 21766 22480

571 761 1142 2284 4568

761 1015 1522 3045 6090

952 1269 1903 3806 7612

2 DETERMINATION OF THE MOST FAVORABLE SIZE 1. Selecting the ideal spring hanger

2. Determination of the percentage of force variation

Example:

Example:

Operating load F = 1512Ibs Permissible deviation p 25% Travel (up) s = 3/4inch

1512Ibs operation load, travel 3/4inch (up) A spring hanger was selected type 25 42 18 with a spring rate of c = 381Ibs/inch

25% 路 1512Ibs = 504Ibs/inch c 3/ inch 路 100% 4 Selection type 25 42 18 Spring rate c = 381Ibs/inch Cold load FK = 1798Ibs

3/ 4

inch 路 381Ibs/inch 路 100% = 18.9% 1512Ibs

Spring hangers type 22. Variable spring hanger type 26, spring supports type 28 Travel range

...3.. ...2..

Working travel (inch) 0 0 0

...1..

1/ 8 1/ 4 3/ 8 1/ 2 5/ 8 3/ 4

7/

8

1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 3/4 1 7/8 131/32

1/ 4 1/

2

3/ 4

1 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/4 2 1/2 2 3/4 3 3 1/4 3 1/2 3 3/4 315/16

1/

2

1 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 4 1/2 5 5 1/2 6 6 1/2 7 7 1/2 7 7/8

22 1. 29 26 1. 19 28 1. 19 11990 13513 15035 16558 18080 19603 21125 22648 24170 25693 27215 28738 30260 31783 33306 34828 35970 3045 6090 12180

Type number 22 2. 29 22 3. 29 22 4. 29 26 2. 19 26 3. 19 26 4. 19 28 2. 19 28 3. 19 28 4. 19 Load (lbs) 14987 17985 22467 16890 20269 25320 18793 22553 28173 20696 24836 31026 22599 27120 33879 24502 29404 36731 26405 31688 39584 28308 33972 42437 30211 36255 45290 32114 38539 48143 34017 40823 50996 35921 43107 53849 37824 45391 56702 39727 47675 59555 41630 49958 62407 43533 52242 65260 44960 53955 67400 Spring rate c (lbs/inch) 3806 4568 5706 7612 9135 11412 15224 18270 22823

Travel range = 4th digit of 22 5. 29 26 5. 19 28 5. 19 30000 33810 37619 41429 45238 49048 52857 56667 60476 64286 68095 71905 75714 79524 83333 87143 90000

type designation For availability of component type in the different travel ranges, see dimension table pages 2.5 to 2.11.

The use of extra long springs is only to be recommended in limited cases because of the relatively large spring hysteresis.

7619 15238 30476

2.4

SPRING HANGER TYPE 21 Spring hangers type 21 C2 29 to 21 95 28

Dim E increases under load by the corresponding spring travel (see load table on page 2.3).

In restricted spaces, spring hangers can be installed with trapeze type 79.

See page 2.12

Order details: Spring hanger type 21 .. ..

Marking:‌ Operating load/Set load: ...lbs Working travel: ... inch up/down

2.5

Type 21 C2 29 21 D2 29 21 D3 29 21 11 28 21 12 28 21 13 28 21 21 28 21 22 28 21 23 28 21 31 28 21 32 28 21 33 28 21 34 28 21 41 28 21 42 28 21 43 28 21 44 28 21 51 28 21 52 28 21 53 28 21 54 28 21 55 28 21 61 28 21 62 28 21 63 28 21 64 28 21 65 28 21 71 28 21 72 28 21 73 28 21 74 28 21 75 28 21 81 28 21 82 28 21 83 28 21 84 28 21 85 28 21 91 28 21 92 28 21 93 28 21 94 28 21 95 28

A 3 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 8 5/8 8 5/8 8 5/8 8 5/8 8 5/8 9 5/8 9 5/8 9 5/8 9 5/8 9 5/8 9 5/8 9 5/8 9 5/8 9 5/8 9 5/8 10 3/4 10 3/4 10 3/4 10 3/4 10 3/4

d2

B 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 7/ 8 7/ 8 7/ 8 7/ 8 7/ 8

1 1 1 1 1 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8

3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2

1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4

UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC

E

H

SW

8 9 7/8 18 3/4 6 1/8 9 7/8 18 3/4 6 1/8 10 18 3/4 6 1/4 10 18 3/4 33 1/8 7 1/4 11 3/8 20 5/8 36 1/4 8 1/2 12 21 1/4 40 3/4 50 1/4 9 5/8 14 1/8 25 1/4 47 1/2 58 5/8 11 16 26 5/8 51 1/8 62 12 18 1/2 33 1/4 56 1/4 71 1/4 13 19 7/8 34 1/4 59 5/8 74 1/4

8 9 3/ 4 18 1/2 5 3/ 4 9 3/ 4 18 1/2 6 9 3/ 4 18 6 9 3/ 4 18 1/2 28 1/2 7 11 1/2 20 3/4 31 1/2 8 1/ 2 12 21 1/4 32 1/2 42 9 3/ 4 14 1/4 25 1/4 38 1/2 49 3/4 11 1/4 16 1/4 26 3/4 42 1/4 53 12 1/2 19 33 3/4 52 1/4 67 1/4 14 20 3/4 35 1/4 55 69 1/2

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 1.18 1.18 1.18 1.18 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.81 1.81 1.81 1.81 1.81 2.17 2.17 2.17 2.17 2.17 2.56 2.56 2.56 2.56 2.56 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95

X 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4

1 1 1 1 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 2 2 2 2 2 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/8

Weight (Ibs) 4.2 6.6 11.0 4.6 6.8 12.2 8.4 11.6 19.0 9.4 13.2 21.4 30.8 20.2 28.2 44.0 64.0 36.4 45.2 70.6 101.0 125.0 68.4 88.2 137.0 198.0 251.0 106.0 139.0 196.0 293.0 353.0 128.0 176.0 278.0 400.0 500.0 185.0 245.0 360.0 535.0 650.0

2

SPRING HANGER TYPE 22

Spring hangers type 22 11 29 to 22 53 29

blocking device

Type

A

B

22 11 29 22 12 29 22 13 29 22 21 29 22 22 29 22 23 29 22 31 29 22 32 29 22 33 29 22 41 29 22 42 29 22 43 29 22 51 29 22 52 29 22 53 29

20 3/4 20 3/4 20 3/4 21 1/2 21 1/2 21 1/2 23 1/4 23 1/4 23 1/4 24 1/2 24 1/2 24 1/2 25 1/2 25 1/2 25 1/2

3 1/8 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2

C 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 3 3 3 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2

d2 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 3 3 3 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4

UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC

d3

E

H

R

S

SW1

SW2

X

2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2

17 1/4 22 33 18 3/4 23 1/2 34 1/2 19 1/4 24 35 21 3/4 27 37 1/2 24 3/4 31 1/2 46 1/4

13 3/4 18 1/2 29 1/2 14 1/2 19 1/4 30 1/4 15 1/4 20 31 17 22 32 3/4 19 25 1/2 40 1/4

3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 4 1/4 4 1/4 4 1/4 4 1/4 4 1/4 4 1/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4

1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8

3 3/8 3 3/8 3 3/8 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 4 4 4 4 1/4 4 1/4 4 1/4 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8

1 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 5/8 2 5/8 2 5/8

2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 3 3 3 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 3/8 3 3/8 3 3/8 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4

Weight (lbs) 530 600 750 630 710 900 790 890 1120 1000 1140 1380 1210 1440 1910

Dim E increases under load by the corresponding spring travel (see load table on page 2.4).

Spring hanger type 22 with weld-on clevis mounted.

Spring hanger type 22 with clevis mounted.

Application in practice

Order details: Spring hanger type 22 .. ..

Marking: ....

Operating load/Set load: .... lbs Working travel: .... inch up/down

2.6

SPRING HANGER TYPE 25 Spring hangers (seated) type 25 D2 19 to 25 93 18

Base plate Type 72 can be added to type 25 on request.

Type 72 D9 28 72 19 28 72 29 28 72 39 28 72 49 28 72 59 28 72 69 28 72 79 28 72 89 28 72 99 28

B 47/8 47/8 57/8 57/8 71/2 85/8 101/4 113/8 113/8 133/8

C 33/4 33/4 41/2 41/2 51/2 63/4 77/8 81/2 81/2 10

d6

Type

E

7/

5/

7/

5/

1/ 2 1/ 2 11/

3/

8

1/

2

1/

2

11/

1/

2

7/ 8 7/ 8 11/

9/ 16

16 16

16 16

16 16

13/

16

16

13/

16

11/4

1

Load group

25 D2 19 25 D3 19 25 11 18 25 12 18 25 13 18 25 21 18 25 22 18 25 23 18 25 31 18 25 32 18 25 33 18 25 41 18 25 42 18 25 43 18 25 51 18 25 52 18 25 53 18 25 61 18 25 62 18 25 63 18 25 71 18 25 72 18 25 73 18 25 81 18 25 82 18 25 83 18 25 91 18 25 92 18 25 93 18

A 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 6 6 6 7 7 7 8 5/8 8 5/8 8 5/8 9 5/8 9 5/8 9 5/8 9 5/8 9 5/8 9 5/8 10 3/4 10 3/4 10 3/4

B 13 26 8 13 26 8 14 26 8 14 26 9 15 28 10 16 29 11 18 33 13 20 35 15 23 42 16 25 43

d2

3/ 4 1/ 2

3/ 8 3/ 8 1/

3/ 4 1/ 2

1/

2 2

1/

2

1/

2

1/

2

1/ 4 1/ 4

1/

2 5/ 8

5/

8

1/ 2 1/ 2 3/ 4 1/ 2 1/ 4 3/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 1/ 2 1/ 4 3/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 2 3/ 4

5/

8 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4

1 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 2 2 2

UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC

d4 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4

1 1 1 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 5/8 1 5/8 1 5/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 2 1/8 2 1/8 2 1/8

H 9 3/4 18 1/2 5 3/4 9 3/4 18 1/2 6 9 3/4 18 6 9 3/4 18 1/2 7 11 1/2 20 3/4 8 1/2 12 21 1/4 9 3/4 14 1/4 25 1/4 11 3/4 17 27 1/2 13 1/4 19 3/4 34 1/2 14 1/2 21 1/2 35 3/4

X max 15 27 3/4 9 15 27 3/4 9 1/4 15 1/4 27 1/4 9 3/4 15 1/2 28 1/4 11 17 1/2 30 3/4 12 3/4 18 1/4 31 1/2 14 3/4 21 1/4 36 1/4 17 1/4 24 1/2 39 19 1/2 28 1/4 46 3/4 21 30 48 1/2

Weight (lbs) 6.2 10.8 4.6 6.8 12.2 7.8 11.2 18.6 8.2 11.6 19.6 17.6 25.4 41.0 32.0 40.0 64.0 58.0 78.0 124.0 88.0 116.0 174.0 98.0 146.0 244.0 148.0 202.0 316.0

Dims B and X reduce under load by the corresponding spring travel (see load table on page 2.3)

Order details: Spring hanger type 25 .. ..

Marking: ..

Operating load/Set load: ...lbs Working travel: ... inch up/down

2.7

For special applications spring hangers type 25 can be manufactured as trapeze units.

2

SPRING HANGER TYPE 26

Spring hanger (seated) type 26 11 19 to 26 53 19 blocking device

Type

A

B

26 11 19 26 12 19 26 13 19 26 21 19 26 22 19 26 23 19 26 31 19 26 32 19 26 33 19 26 41 19 26 42 19 26 43 19 26 51 19 26 52 19 26 53 19

20 20 20 22 22 22 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24

15 1/2 22 1/4 37 1/4 16 22 3/4 37 1/2 16 1/2 23 1/4 38 1/4 18 1/2 25 1/2 40 1/4 20 3/4 29 1/2 48

d2 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 3 3 3 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4

UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC UNC

d4 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2

H

SW

X max

13 1/2 18 1/4 29 1/4 14 18 3/4 29 3/4 14 1/2 19 1/4 30 1/4 16 1/2 21 3/4 32 1/2 19 25 1/2 40 1/4

1 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 5/8 2 5/8 2 5/8

20 3/4 27 1/2 42 1/2 22 28 3/4 43 3/4 23 29 3/4 44 3/4 25 1/2 32 1/2 47 1/4 28 1/2 37 1/4 55 3/4

Weight (lbs) 450 520 680 580 660 860 760 860 1080 870 990 1220 1030 1200 1600

Dims B and X reduce under load by the corresponding spring travel (see load table on page 2.4)

Special spring assemblies for boiler support.

Order details: Spring hanger type 26 .. ..

Marking: ..

Operating load/Set load: ...lbs Working travel: ... inch up/down

2.8

SPRING SUPPORT TYPE 29 Spring supports type 29 C2 19 to 29 93 18 øL1

Type Load group 70 19 16 C, D, 1 70 39 16 2, 3 70 49 16 4 70 59 16 5 70 69 16 6 70 79 16 7 70 89 16 8 70 99 16 9

øL1 1 5/ 8 15/8 21 / 2 21 / 2 43 / 8 43 / 8 57 / 8 57 / 8

PTFE (Teflon) slide plates are recommended for considerable horizontal load displacements.

Type 29 .9 15 - E… Load group

Suitable extensions can be ordered to bridge greater installation heights.

Type 29 C2 19 29 D1 19 29 D2 19 29 D3 19 29 11 18 29 12 18 29 13 18 29 21 18 29 22 18 29 23 18 29 31 18 29 32 18 29 33 18 29 41 18 29 42 18 29 43 18 29 51 18 29 52 18 29 53 18 29 61 18 29 62 18 29 63 18 29 71 18 29 72 18 29 73 18 29 81 18 29 82 18 29 83 18 29 91 18 29 92 18 29 93 18

A

B

C

d6

3 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 6 6 6 7 7 7 8 5/8 8 5/8 8 5/8 9 5/8 9 5/8 9 5/8 9 5/8 9 5/8 9 5/8 10 3/4 10 3/4 10 3/4

4 1/8 4 7/8 4 7/8 4 7/8 4 7/8 4 7/8 4 7/8 5 7/8 5 7/8 5 7/8 5 7/8 5 7/8 5 7/8 7 1/2 7 1/2 7 1/2 8 5/8 8 5/8 8 5/8 10 1/4 10 1/4 10 1/4 11 3/8 11 3/8 11 3/8 11 3/8 11 3/8 11 3/8 13 3/8 13 3/8 13 3/8

3 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2 6 3/4 6 3/4 6 3/4 7 7/8 7 7/8 7 7/8 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 10 10 10

3/ 8 7/ 16 7/ 16 7/ 16 7/ 16 7/ 16 7/ 16 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 11/ 16 11/ 16 11/ 16 11/ 16 11/ 16 11/ 16 7/ 8 7/ 8 7/ 8 7/ 8 7/ 8 7/ 8 1 1/16 1 1/16 1 1/16 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4

Order details: Spring support type 29 .. ..

Marking: ..

Operating load/Set load: ...lbs Working travel: ... inch up/down

2.9

E

F

H

10 3/4 7 3/4 12 21 3/4 7 3/4 12 21 3/4 7 3/4 12 1/4 21 1/4 8 12 1/4 21 3/4 9 1/2 14 1/4 24 1/4 10 3/4 14 1/2 24 1/2 12 17 28 3/4 14 1/4 19 3/4 31 15 3/4 22 3/4 38 17 1/4 24 1/2 39 3/4

1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1/8 2 1/8 2 1/8 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/8

8 1/4 5 3/4 9 3/4 18 1/2 5 3/4 9 3/4 18 1/2 6 9 3/4 18 6 9 3/4 18 1/2 7 11 1/2 20 3/4 8 1/4 11 3/4 21 9 3/4 14 1/4 25 1/4 11 3/4 16 3/4 27 1/4 13 1/4 19 3/4 34 1/4 14 1/2 21 1/2 35 3/4

D 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 6 6 6 6 3/4 6 3/4 6 3/4 7 3/4 7 3/4 7 3/4 7 3/4 7 3/4 7 3/4 9 1/2 9 1/2 9 1/2

S 1/ 4 5/ 16 5/ 16 5/ 16 5/ 16 5/ 16 5/ 16 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2

9/

16

9/

16

9/

16 13/ 16 13/ 16 13/ 16 13/ 16 13/ 16 13/ 16

1 1 1

Weight (lbs) 5.8 7.0 9.4 14.6 7.4 10.2 15.8 12.4 16.8 24.4 13.8 18.6 28.6 26.2 35.2 55.2 44.0 54.0 82.0 74.0 98.0 150.0 116.0 150.0 214.0 132.0 186.0 294.0 200.0 260.0 382.0

Dim E is independent of the load setting. It varies under load by the corresponding spring travel (see load table page 2.3). Adjustment possibility +11/4 inch.

2

SPRING SUPPORT TYPE 28

Spring supports type 28 11 19 to 28 53 19

blocking device

Type

A

B

C

øD

d6

E

28 11 19 28 12 19 28 13 19 28 21 19 28 22 19 28 23 19 28 31 19 28 32 19 28 33 19 28 41 19 28 42 19 28 43 19 28 51 19 28 52 19 28 53 19

20 20 20 22 22 22 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24

20 3/4 20 3/4 20 3/4 22 3/4 22 3/4 22 3/4 24 3/4 24 3/4 24 3/4 24 3/4 24 3/4 24 3/4 24 3/4 24 3/4 24 3/4

17 1/4 17 1/4 17 1/4 19 1/4 19 1/4 19 1/4 20 3/4 20 3/4 20 3/4 20 3/4 20 3/4 20 3/4 20 3/4 20 3/4 20 3/4

16 1/2 16 1/2 16 1/2 16 1/2 16 1/2 16 1/2 17 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 19 19 19

1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2

16 21 32 3/4 17 3/4 23 34 3/4 18 23 1/2 35 20 27 42 1/4 22 29 1/2 44 3/4

F

H

S

2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 3 3 3

13 17 3/4 28 3/4 14 1/2 19 3/4 30 1/2 15 20 31 16 3/4 23 1/2 38 18 3/4 25 3/4 40 1/4

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3/16 1 3/16 1 3/16 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8

SW 1 7/ 8 1 7/ 8 1 7/ 8 1 7/ 8 1 7/ 8 1 7/ 8 1 7/ 8 1 7/ 8 1 7/ 8 2 1/ 4 2 1/ 4 2 1/ 4 2 5/ 8 2 5/ 8 2 5/ 8

Weight (lbs) 510 575 795 685 770 1015 840 950 1220 970 1150 1630 1090 1280 1730

Dim E is independent of the load setting. It varies under load by the corresponding spring travel (see load table page 2.4).

Adjustment possibility + 11/4 inch.

Application in practice

Order details: Spring support type 28 .. ..

Marking: ..

Operating load/Set load: ...lbs Working travel: ... inch up/down

2.10

ANGULATING SPRING SUPPORT TYPE 20 Angulating spring supports type 20 D2 19 to 20 92 14

weld-on bracket

Weld-on brackets type 35 are foreseen as connection parts (see page 3.8).

Dim E is independent of the load setting. It varies under load by the corresponding spring travel (see load table, page 2.3).

Adjustment possibility + 2 inch.

Connection type

Order details: Angulating spring support type 20 .. .. with 2 weld-on brackets 35 .. ..

Marking: ..

Operating load/Set load: ...lbs Working travel: ... inch up/down

Type

A

d3

E

F

20 D2 19 20 12 14 20 22 14 20 32 14 20 42 14 20 52 14 20 62 14 20 72 14 20 82 14 20 92 14

3 1/ 2 3 1/ 2 4 1/ 2 4 1/ 2 6 7 8 5/ 8 9 5/ 8 9 5/ 8 10 3/4

0.393 0.393 0.472 0.590 0.590 0.787 0.787 1.181 1.181 1.968

14 1/2 14 1/2 15 15 1/2 17 1/4 18 1/2 21 25 1/2 29 32

1 3/4 1 3/4 2 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/2 2 1/2 3 7/8 3 7/8 5 1/8

Installation extension for angulating spring support type 20 D9 19 to 20 99 14

G 5/ 8 5/ 8 3/

4

7/ 8 7/ 8 1 1/

4

1 1/4 2 2 2 1/2

H

R

SG

10 1/4 10 1/4 10 1/4 10 1/4 11 3/4 12 1/2 14 1/2 17 20 21 3/4

5/

8

5/

8

3/

4

7/

8

7/

8

1 1/8 1 1/8 1 3/4 1 3/4 2 3/8

0.36 0.36 0.40 0.48 0.48 0.63 0.63 0.87 0.87 1.38

Weight Weld-on bracket

(lbs) 35 29 13 9 35 29 13 9 35 39 13 15 35 49 13 15 35 49 13 33 35 59 19 53 35 59 19 99 35 69 19 154 35 69 19 192 35 79 19 265

+31/2 -11/2

L 11/2

+2

Min. thread engagement

Installation dimensions greater than Emax on load reduction possible. Shorter L dimensions can be supplied, but then without adjustment possibility of 11/2 inch.

Order details: Extension for angulating spring support type 20 .9 ..

L=...inch

2.11

Type

A+2

D

d3

20 D9 19 20 19 14 20 29 14 20 39 14 20 49 14 20 59 14 20 69 14 20 79 14 20 89 14 20 99 14

12 3/4 12 3/4 13 13 1/8 15 16 18 1/2 21 5/8 25 27

1 5/ 8 1 5/ 8 1 7/ 8 2 3/ 8 2 3/ 8 3 3 3 1/ 2 3 1/ 2 4

0.393 0.393 0.472 0.590 0.590 0.787 0.787 1.181 1.181 1.968

E

+ 31/2 - 11/2

min

20 5/8 20 5/8 21 1/8 21 5/8 23 1/2 26 5/8 29 1/8 32 7/8 36 1/4 40

E

+ 31/2 - 11/2

max

48 48 57 5/8 57 1/2 57 1/2 76 7/8 76 3/4 75 3/4 95 1/2 94 7/8

L 11/2 min 7 7/8 7 7/8 8 1/8 8 1/2 8 1/2 10 5/8 10 5/8 11 1/4 11 1/4 13

L 11/2 max 35 1/4 35 1/4 44 5/8 44 3/8 42 1/2 60 7/8 58 1/4 54 1/8 70 1/2 67 7/8

tube weight at Lmin (lbs) (lbs/inch) 0.21 2.4 0.21 2.4 0.25 2.8 0.47 5.6 0.47 5.6 0.82 17.6 0.82 17.6 1.18 23.4 1.18 23.4 1.71 36.4

2

SPRING HANGER TRAPEZES TYPE 79

-2

ø

E at travel range 1 2 3 15 1/4 24 67 11 1/2 15 1/4 24 1/4 67 11 1/2 15 1/2 24 1/4 67 1/ 1 1 / 12 35 2 2 16 /4 25 70 3/4 12 15 3/4 24 1/2 13 3/4 18 55 27 1/4 3 3 70 /4 13 /4 18 27 1/4 1/ 1 / 16 49 4 29 1/4 4 20 19 1/2 28 3/4 70 3/4 16 49 1/4 18 22 3/4 33 3/4 1 1 94 /2 17 /2 22 33 70 3/4 20 1/2 25 1/2 36 94 1/2 20 1/4 25 1/4 35 3/4 47 1/4 22 3/4 29 1/4 44 78 3/4 22 3/4 29 1/4 44 70 3/4 24 3/4 31 3/4 46 L max

U

A

B

4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 10 1/4 10 1/4 12 10 1/4 12 12

3 1/2 3 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 6 6 7 7 8 5/8 8 5/8 9 5/8 9 5/8 9 5/8 9 5/8 10 3/4

5 1/ 2 5 1/ 2 5 1/ 2 5 1/ 2 7 1/ 2 7 1/ 2 8 1/ 8 8 1/ 8 9 1/ 2 9 7/ 8 13 13 13 3/4 13 13 3/4 14

Trapeze Type 79 D. 21

79 1. 21 79 2. 21 79 3. 21 79 4. 21 79 5. 21 79 6. 21 79 7. 21 79 8. 21 79 9. 21

Nominal load (1000 lbs) 0.24 0.56 1.12 2.25 4.50 8.99 17.98 26.98 35.97 44.96

Weight (lbs) L= 3 feet at travel range

X 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 3/ 4 3/ 4

1 1 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/4 1 3/4 2 2 2 3/8

1 61 69 72 98 122 138 175 227 307 395 480 530 545 590 835

2 3 64 73 66 76 75 90 79 96 105 122 138 170 154 186 192 243 244 295 346 444 434 532 550 660 595 710 640 845 690 890 955 1185

The 4th digit of the type desig per inch

1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.74 1.74 2.00 2.00 3.12 3.12 4.74 4.74 5.15 4.74 5.15 7.50

d2 3/

UNC 1/ 2 UNC 1/ 2 UNC 5/ 8 UNC 3/ 4 UNC 1 UNC 1 1/4 UNC 1 1/2 UNC 1 3/4 UNC 2 UNC 8

L max 55 55 63 63 69 82 3/4 82 3/4 82 3/4 84 3/4 86 1/2

B max

Weight (lbs) L= 3 feet at travel range

4 4 4 1/ 4 4 1/ 4 5 6 3/ 8 8 1/ 4 9 1/ 2 10 1/4 11

39 53 55 85 142 231 340 393 532

1

2 35 43 59 62 101 159 270 405 489 652

3 44 54 74 79 133 210 368 520 693 882

nation denotes the travel range of the spring hanger.

1= 2 inch, 2= 4 inch, 3= 8 inch

Permissible center load of the other load conditions see table 3.5.3 page 0.5 (Nominal load 26980 lbs see load group 9)

Dim E increases under load by the corresponding spring travel (see load table on page 2.3)

The maximum L dimensions may be increased to 941/2 inch, with load reduction of 5% for each 4 inch of extension.

Order details: Trapeze, type 79 .. 29 L= …inch Spring Hanger trapezes type 79 .. 21

travel E dimension range approx.

1 1 1/4 inch 2 2 1/4 inch 3 4 1/4 inch Notes ... see above

Trapeze Nominal load d2 (1000 lbs) Type 3/ 0.24 79 D. 29 8 UNC 1/ 0.56 79 1. 29 2 UNC 1/ 1.12 79 2. 29 2 UNC 5/ 2.25 79 3. 29 8 UNC 5/ 2.25 79 3. 29 8 UNC 3/ 4.50 79 4. 29 4 UNC 3/ 4.50 79 4. 29 4 UNC 8.99 1 UNC 79 5. 29 8.99 1 UNC 79 5. 29 17.98 1 1/4 UNC 79 6. 29 17.98 1 1/4 UNC 79 6. 29 26.98 1 1/2 UNC 79 7. 29 26.98 1 1/2 UNC 79 7. 29 35.97 1 3/4 UNC 79 8. 29 35.97 1 3/4 UNC 79 8. 29 44.96 2 UNC 79 9. 29

per inch (lbs)

0.7 0.9 1.1 1.1 1.5 2.4 3.4 4.8 5.2 6.4

For restricted spaces the design shown can be manufactured as a special.

Order details: Trapeze type 79 .. 21 L= …inch

2.12

SWAY BRACE TYPE 27 Sway brace type 27 D2 19 to 27 62 19 Maximum working travel 1 inch including free stroke

11/2

Weld-on bracket

Load adjustment Min. thread engagement

Load setting is carried

out at the works in accordance with customer specifications.

Dim E is independent of

load setting. Adjustment possibility 11/2 inch.

Free stroke adjustment

Weld-on brackets type

35 and dynamic pipe clamps type 36 or 37 are foreseen as connection parts.

Order details: Sway brace type 27 .2 19 Marking: ...

Operating load/Set load: ...lbs Working travel: ... inch up/down

Type 27 D2 19 27 12 19 27 22 19 27 32 19 27 42 19 27 52 19 27 62 19

Nom. load Calibr. load (lbs) Spring rate A C 11/ d3 E 2 (lbs) (lbs/inch) min max

27 117 93 281 562 187 1125 374 2250 749 4495 1498 8990 2997

94 233 467 935 1872 3745 7492

3 1/2 3 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 6 7 8 5/8

23 47 95 190 380 761 1522

3 1/ 2 3 1/ 2 3 1/ 2 3 1/ 2 3 1/ 2 3 7/ 8 3 7/ 8

0.393 0.393 0.472 0.590 0.590 0.787 0.787

25 1/4 25 1/4 25 1/2 26 1/4 28 3/4 32 34 1/2

F 2 2 2 2 1/4 2 1/4 3 3

H

SG

R

11 5/8 5/8 11 5/8 5/8 11 7/8 3/4 7/ 12 8 7/ 14 8 15 1 1/8 17 1/2 1 1/8

0.36 0.36 0.40 0.48 0.48 0.63 0.63

weld-on bracket Weight (lbs) Type

35 29 13 35 29 13 35 39 13 35 49 13 35 49 13 35 59 19 35 59 19

12 12 22 24 50 86 136

Extension for sway brace type 27 D9 19 to 27 69 19 If requested, sway braces can be supplied with shopfitted extensions

3 1 /2 1

11/2

Min. thread engagement

Installation dimensions greater than Emax on load reduction possible. Shorter L dimensions can be supplied, but then without adjustment possibility of 11/2 inch.

Order details: Extension for sway brace type 27 .9 19 L-dim.: ...... inch

2.13

Type 27 D9 19 27 19 19 27 29 19 27 39 19 27 49 19 27 59 19 27 69 19

A 11/2 23 1/4 23 1/4 23 5/8 24 26 5/8 28 7/8 31 1/2

D 1 5/8 1 5/8 1 7/8 2 3/8 2 3/8 3 3

d3 0.393 0.393 0.472 0.590 0.590 0.787 0.787

E 3 min max 31 1/8 63 31 1/8 63 31 3/4 78 3/4 32 1/2 78 3/4 35 1/8 78 3/4 39 1/2 94 3/8 42 1/8 94 1/2

L 11/2 min max 7 7/8 39 3/4 7 7/8 39 3/4 8 1/8 55 1/8 8 1/2 54 3/4 8 1/2 52 1/8 10 5/8 65 1/2 10 5/8 63

Weight at Lmin (lbs) tube (lbs/inch) 0.21 2.4 0.21 2.4 0.25 2.8 0.47 5.6 0.47 5.6 0.82 17.6 0.82 17.6

2 Function diagram

1

1

upper articulated joint counter nut counter nut guide tube threaded tube counter nut guide rod name plate with travel scale

travel scale lower ball bushing joint

travel (inch)

Load and installation length are adjustable to the corresponding specifications.

compressive force

neutral position

tensile force

Transfer of force on alternating direction of force.

2.14

INSTALLATION AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Spring hangers and supports are used to compensate for the thermal movement to be expected in piping systems. For trouble-free functioning, correct installation is essential, observing the following instructions:

Spring hangers and spring supports types 20, 21, 22, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29 1. Transport and storage When transporting, threaded connections and travel stops must not be damaged.

When stored in the open they should be protected from dirt and moisture.

2. Delivery condition Unless agreed otherwise, spring hangers and spring supports are delivered to the site blocked in the installation position.

When hangers or supports are blocked (travel stop in both directions), the spring plate is locked by a special blocking device in the housing slots.

All spring hangers and supports are supplied with a riveted aluminum name plate fitted with an integral travel scale.

The following information is stamped on the name plate:

Spring hanger, type 21 (blocked)

➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜

The blocking units for single spring models consist of a set of hinged metal plates. Individual plates can be swivelled into any desired blocking position.

order number if required set load theoretical travel spring rate of the hanger or support marking and position number test stamp if required

The serial number is stamped directly on the housing.

Blocking device for single spring models

Spring hanger, type 25 (blocked) Securing clamp

Fixing bolt

If specially ordered, the stops can be bolted securely to the hanger or support after deblocking.

Spring support, type 29 (blocked)

2.15

Name plate for spring hanger

2

upper connection travel scale blocking unit with securing band name plate lower connection (turnbuckle with right-hand thread) counter nut

2.1 Spring hangers, type 21 Spring hangers, type 21, have upper and lower connections fitted with right-hand threads. At the top they consist of an internal thread engagement of limited depth, and at the bottom a turnbuckle. The threads are filled with grease and sealed with plastic caps.

On the travel scale, the theoretical operating position is marked with a red, and the theoretical cold position with a white sticker.

Also, the position of the spring plate is marked with an X on the travel scale.

The read out is made at the bottom edge of the spring plate.

Angulated spring support, type 20

2.2 Spring hangers, type 22 The upper connection of these hangers is supplied as a lug for a connecting pin. The lower connection consists of a turnbuckle with righthand thread.

2.3 Spring hangers, type 25 & 26 Spring hangers, type 25 & 26 are provided with a fixed support tube to accommodate the connecting rod.

Spring hanger, type 22

2.4 Spring supports, type 28 & 29 The spring supports are provided with either one or four adjustable support tubes fitted with a loosely mounted, but guided load plate. The support tubes are screwed in and the threads greased.

2.5 Angulating spring supports, type 20 The angulating spring supports are provided at the top with an adjustable support tube and a rotatable ball bushing joint, at the bottom with a fixed ball bushing joint. The joints provide a suitable connection to the corresponding weld-on brackets type 35. The support tube is screwed in and the threads greased.

Load chain with spring hanger

Blocking device for heavy duty spring elements type 22 to 28

Spring hanger, type 26

Spring support, type 28

2.16

2.6 Sway braces, type 27 Sway braces are provided at the top with a length-adjustable ball bushing joint and at the bottom with a fixed lug suitable for connection to weld-on bracket type 35 or dynamic clamp type 36 or 37. Presetting of the load and if necessary the free stroke are carried out at the works in accordance with customer requirements.

3. Installation When installing, the rules given in Installation Instructions for Piping must also be observed.

Special care must also be given to the installed position of the connecting rods over the whole support chain. Two possibilities are the norm: 1. The connecting rods are to be installed at an angle corresponding to the horizontal displacement to be expected. A vertical position of the rods is expected under normal operating conditions.

Sway brace, type 27

2. The connecting rods are to be installed vertically for easier checking. A controlled angled position under normal operating conditions is thereby permitted. hot position cold position

In each case there should be unified rules and regulations for the whole plant.

Connecting rods and points must be actuated by load at connection points.

Case 1 Attachment rods vertical during plant operation

cold position hot position

Case 2 Attachment rods vertical in installation condition

2.17

3.1 Spring hangers, type 21 Connection is made by screwing the connecting rod into the upper threaded connection hole in type 21, and by screwing the lower connecting rod into the turnbuckle.

As a tension range and length adjustment, the turnbuckle length available in the hanger can be used for the connecting rod.

3.2 Spring hanger, type 22 Connection is made by pinning the lug to the upper attachment point and by screwing the lower connecting rod into the turnbuckle.

As a tension range and length adjustment, the turnbuckle length available in the hanger can be used for the connecting rod.

3.3 Spring hangers, type 25 & 26 These spring hangers are set on beams and correspondingly positioned. Once the precise position is defined the unit should be secured against horizontal movement. The load actuated connection is made via the connecting rod, which is led throught the support tube and tightened with a nut.

3.4 Spring supports, type 28 & 29 After positioning, these spring supports are connected to the structure by bolting or welding the base plate to the structure. Load distribution is applied through the load plate or through one or more adjustable load tubes.

3.5 Angulating spring supports, type 20 The angulating spring supports are connected to the structure after corresponding positioning by welding the lower weld-on bracket. Load distribution is applied through the upper weld-on bracket via the pin connection to the height-adjustable load tube.

3.6 Sway braces, type 27 After positioning of the connection points, the weld-on brackets are attached and connection is made through the connection pins of the brackets or dynamic clamps.

The ball bushing joints allow a 11/2 inch [37.5 mm] adjustment of installation length.

4. Removing the travel stops The spring hangers and supports should only be deblocked when the set load is fully applied to all the supports, which form one system. If this is the case, the travel stops can easily be removed. If the travel stops are jammed, the load actually applied does not correspond with the theoretical adjusted load. (See Installation and Operating Instructions, Constant Hangers, page 1.23, item 4, in this regard).

2 5. Load readjustment 5.1 Spring hangers, spring supports For spring hangers the load can be readjusted by loosening or tightening the threaded rods at the lock nut. For spring supports, the load can be readjusted by a corresponding adjustment of the load tube.

Under all circumstances, however, the appropriate technical department must be consulted before attempting any load readjustment.

5.2 Sway braces, type 27 Load readjustment is made by rotating the threaded tube (A). The large counter ring (B) is loosened to do this. In order to maintain the E dimension, the resulting gap is compensated for by readjustment of the guide tube.

C D

Spring hanger type 22 with eye nuts as transport lugs

B

A

For sway braces, a free stroke can be set.

To do this, the guide tube (C) opposite the inner guide rod (D) is to be unscrewed (loosen middle lock nut). The working travel reduces in the compression direction in accordance with the free stroke selected.

6. Commissioning Before commissioning it must be checked that each hanger or support allows the precalculated movement of the piping.

The working travel of the hanger or support can be read off at the bottom edge of the spring plate as travel in the blocking slots, and read directly off the travel scale.

7. Checking and maintenance The correct functioning of the spring hangers or supports can be checked in all operating situations by noting the position of the spring plates.

Under normal operating conditions no maintenance is required.

connecting rod counter nut lock nut load tube travel stop travel scale name plate

Hydraulic cylinder

Hydraulic cylinder

Hydraulic cylinder

Installation devices for readjustment of the set load for types 22, 26 and 28. The devices can equally well be used as deblocking aids.

Example of an arrangement with type 25

2.18

SHOCK ABSORBERS, ENERGY ABSORBERS, RIGID STRUTS

3 PRODUCT GROUP

SHOCK ABSORBERS, ENERGY ABSORBERS, RIGID STRUTS, DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMPS CONTENTS

PAGE

3 0

Field of application________________________________________________3.1 Main products ____________________________________________________3.2

1

Recommendations for use __________________________________________3.3 Shock absorbers, type 30, type 31 __________________________________3.4 Installation extensions, type 33 _____________________________________3.7

2

Weld-on brackets, type 35__________________________________________3.8 Operational performance, type 30, type 31____________________________3.9 Permissible stress factors, type 30, type 31 __________________________3.10

PRODUCT GROUP

Mode of operation, type 30, type 31________________________________3.11 Shock absorbers, design characteristics _____________________________3.13

4

Shock absorbers, function tests ____________________________________3.14 Installation instructions, type 30, type 31____________________________3.15 Maintenance recommendations type 30, type 31 _____________________3.17

5

Dynamic pipe clamps, type 36, type 37 _____________________________3.19 Selection of dynamic pipe clamps, OD 1.33˝ - OD 36˝_________________3.21 Dynamic pipe clamps, installation instructions________________________3.31

6

Energy absorber (E-Bar), type 32 ___________________________________3.33 Rigid struts, type 39______________________________________________3.37

7

Pipe whip restraints ______________________________________________3.41

8 9 3.0

3

PRODUCT GROUP 3 FIELD OF APPLICATION To avoid unacceptable tension and moments in the piping system, unplanned displacement in piping or other plant components must be eliminated. However, thermal movement must not be hindered in any way!

Dynamic events Whenever unplanned dynamic events occur, LISEGA Product Group 3 supports have the job of protecting the piping or other components affected from any damage.

Undesirable abrupt movement of the components in the system can be caused by:

Product group 3 components Pipe supports specially designed for the purpose are necessary to absorb and transfer loads from dynamic events. With Product Group 3, LISEGA provides a comprehensive system whereby all fields of application are covered by the corresponding ideal component. This enables users to exploit optimum concepts.

A Internal excitation, such as: ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜

pressure shocks from valve operation water hammer boiler events pipe breakage

The LISEGA Product Group 3 includes the following main products: ➜ shock absorbers, types 30 and 31 ➜ energy absorbers (E-Bars), type 32 ➜ rigid struts, type 39

B External excitation, such as: ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜

wind load seismic events aircraft impact explosions

Components affected can be: ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜

piping pumps valve assemblies pressure vessels steam generators

A comprehensive selection of connection possibilities is available for the correct installation of the main products: ➜ installation extensions, type 33 ➜ weld-on brackets, type 35 ➜ dynamic pipe clamps, types 36 and 37 In accordance with the LISEGA modular system, the connecting parts are designed to be compatible and are subject to uniform calculation criteria. A generally applicable table of permissible loads can be found on page 0.5 of the Technical Specifications.

The fundamental calculation procedures comply with international regulations and standards and are certified by practical type and suitability tests.

Design Report Summaries in accordance with ASME III NF are available.

Diagram of an operating basis earthquake (O.B.E.)

3.1

PRODUCT GROUP 3 MAIN PRODUCTS

3

Shock absorbers, type 30, 31 The use of shock absorbers (snubbers) is preferred in thermally operating piping systems. In a dynamic event, shock absorbers instantaneously form a practically rigid restraint between the protected component and the structure. Resulting dynamic energy can at once be absorbed and harmlessly transferred. stroke

Through the special function of the shock absorbers, thermal displacements during normal operation remain unhindered.

Energy absorbers, type 32 If only slight operational movement is to be expected at the load application point, then as a rule energy absorbers can be used.

These components allow a small amount of movement, which is limited by an adjustable gap in the end positions. The components affected are protected from overload because, due to the design, the dynamic energy introduced is transformed into deformation energy.

free stroke (adjustable)

Rigid struts, type 39 If no operational movement is to be expected, e.g. at so-called “zero positions�, then rigid struts are used. They form rigid restraints from attachment point to attachment point and do not allow axial movement. However, as they have angular bearings, limited angular movement is permitted.

rigid

3.2

PRODUCT GROUP 3 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR USE Product Group 3 components are dynamically stressed. In their use, the following points must be observed for effective functioning: 1. Where the design of dynamically fixed points is concerned, the stiffness of the supporting system as a whole, i.e. of all components in the support chain, must be considered.

2. In the selection of unit sizes, the total of all loadings avising must be taken into account.

3. For given loads it must be made clear, beyond any doubt, which level of design load (H, HZ, HS, and/or Level A,B,C,D) the data corresponds to. The table of permissible loads on page 0.5 of the Technical Specifications must be observed.

4. The stroke length of shock absorbers should not be fully exploited. An overtravel safety margin of 3/8 inch [10mm] at each end of the snubber should be maintained.

5. When arranging the components, sufficient lateral freedom should be allowed so that there is no jamming at connection lugs.

6. When shock absorbers are arranged in parallel, it is recommended that load reserves be considered. Instead of 50%, in each case it is recommended that both shock absorbers be designed to take 70% of the total calculation load.

Type 35

Type 35

Type 33

Type 37

Type 30

Type 39 Type 30

Type 33

Type 35

Type 35

Type 36 Type 39 Type 36

Type 39

Type 36

Type 30

Type 35

Type 35

Type 35

Type 30

Type 39

Type 36

Type 35

Type 30

7. The installation drawings should clearly indicate how much freedom of angulation may be required by the components.

8. Any necessary torque values for threaded connections in the structural attachments should be indicated.

9. Before commissioning the plant, all support points should again be visually inspected.

10. The LISEGA instructions for commissioning and inspection, as well as the maintenance recommendations, are to be observed.

Special design of dynamic restraint clamp

3.3

Type 35

Type 39

Type 37

Type 39 Type 35

3

SHOCK ABSORBERS TYPE 30, 31 LISEGA shock absorbers have stood the test of time in practical applications for over three decades, and thereby proven their outstanding reliability. Extensive operational experience has, through constant further development, led to a matured product, universally respected and leading worldwide.

Access to shock absorbers after installation is generally difficult and, because of possible danger from radiation when installed in nuclear power plants, involves stringent safety regulations for personnel. The highest demands are therefore made on reliable and maintenance-free continuous service.

For the reliable operational safety of shock absorbers, the quality of the following critical components, together with the functional principle and whole design, is a decisive factor: ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜

sealing systems piston and rod guides hydraulic fluid sliding surfaces corrosion-resistant interiors control valve system

The most frequent causes of failure in shock absorbers are premature wear and tear and corrosion. For this reason LISEGA shock absorbers are manufacured from noncorroding materials and any form of metal to metal contact is precluded by the use of special guide bands.

At LISEGA, the sealing system, guidings and hydraulic fluid are certified through reliable qualification procedures to give at least 23 years trouble free operation in nuclear power stations under normal operating conditions.

The following qualities have led to the recognized superiority of LISEGA shock absorbers: ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜

non-corroding materials special sealing systems vibration proof guide systems pressurized self-contained hydraulic system dynamic function exchangeable control valves (Type 31) 23 years approved maintenance-free operation ➜ 40 year lifespan ➜ certified by ASME - NCA 3800 ➜ certified by TÜV qualification testing

3.4

SHOCK ABSORBERS TYPE 30 Type 30 18 16 to 30 03 12 Series produced Standard design Available from stock or from running production.

Only non-corroding materials are used. Connection lugs (material = carbon steel) attached via threaded connections are galvanized.

travel indicator

conn. lug

sight glass

name plate ball bush

piston rod cover

Type 30 18 16 30 38 16 30 39 16 30 42 16 30 43 16 30 52 13 30 53 13 30 62 16 30 63 16 30 72 16 30 73 16 30 82 16 30 83 16 30 92 13 30 93 13 30 02 12 30 03 12

Order details: Shock absorber type 30 .. ..

With two weld-on brackets type 35 .. .., Marking:…

3.5

Nom. load Emergency (lbs) Level C 675 900 1800 2380 1800 2380 4000 5380 4000 5380 10350 13700 10350 13700 22450 31700 22450 31700 44900 60000 44900 60000 78600 106000 78600 106000 123500 165000 123500 165000 224000 300000 224000 300000

Stroke

4 4 8 5 7/8 11 3/4 5 7/8 11 3/4 5 7/8 11 3/4 5 7/8 11 3/4 5 7/8 11 3/4 5 7/8 11 3/4 5 7/8 11 3/4

D

d3

2 1/8 2 3/4 2 3/4 3 3/8 3 3/8 5 5/16 5 5/16 611/16 611/16 7 7/8 7 7/8 10 5/8 10 5/8 11 3/4 11 3/4 15 3/8 15 3/8

0.393 0.472 0.472 0.590 0.590 0.787 0.787 1.181 1.181 1.968 1.968 2.361 2.361 2.755 2.755 3.936 3.936

See Technical Specifications, table “Permissible loads” on page 0.5 and “Welding the weld-on brackets” on page 3.16 Usual design load for earthquakes and similar load events. See also Technical Specifications, page 0.5 Emin = piston rod retracted Emax = piston rod extended To bridge greater installed lengths, extensions, type 33 (page 3.7) can be used.

E min 8 5/8 12 3/8 16 1/8 15 1/2 21 1/2 17 1/2 23 1/2 21 1/16 27 24 3/16 30 1/8 28 3/4 34 5/8 30 35 7/8 36 7/8 42 3/4

E max 12 5/8 16 3/8 24 1/8 21 3/8 33 1/4 23 3/8 35 1/4 2615/16 38 3/4 30 1/16 41 7/8 34 5/8 46 3/8 35 7/8 47 5/8 42 3/4 54 1/2

F 11/ 16 2 2 2 5/16 2 5/16 2 9/16 2 9/16 3 15/16 3 15/16 5 1/ 8 5 1/ 8 6 1/ 2 6 1/ 2 6 1/ 2 6 1/ 2 9 1/ 2 9 1/ 2

R 9/ 16 13/ 16 13/ 16 7/ 8 7/ 8 1 3/16 1 3/16 1 3/4 1 3/4 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 15/16 2 15/16 4 1/8 4 1/8 5 3/4 5 3/4

SG 0.36 0.40 0.40 0.48 0.48 0.63 0.63 0.87 0.87 1.38 1.38 1.74 1.74 1.93 1.93 2.76 2.76

Weight (lbs ) 4 10 13 18 26 44 64 82 112 135 175 270 325 385 460 860 1015

When exchanging other products, the connection dimensions such as pin diameters and lug lengths can be made to fit the attachments already built into the structure.

Units with longer strokes can be provided on request.

3

SHOCK ABSORBERS TYPE 31

Shock absorbers Type 31 98 16 to 31 58 16

conn. lug ball bush

travel indicator name plate removable valves

weld-on bracket fluid level indicator

Type 31 shock absorbers are specially designed to deal with large loads.

They are mainly used in nuclear power stations to protect steam generators and large pumps. Due to the restricted space in such areas, their dimensions are generally designed to suit the given conditions.

The table on this page therefore serves as general orientation during initial planning.

Housing and connection lugs are high tensile stainless steel castings.

Type 31 98 16 31 99 16 31 08 16 31 09 16 31 28 16 31 38 16 31 48 16 31 58 16

Nom. load (lbs) 123500 123500 224000 224000 448000 670000 900000 1124000

Emergency Level C Stroke D 9 7/16 4 165000 9 7/16 8 165000 4 13 300000 8 13 300000 4 17 5/16 597000 4 21 1/4 898000 4 22 7/8 1195000 4 243/4 1495000

E d3 min 2.755 24 3/8 2.755 28 7/8 3.936 30 1/8 3.936 34 5/8 4.723 34 1/4 5.511 40 1/8 6.299 41 1/4 7.086 45

See Technical Specifications, table “Permissible loads” on page 0.5 and “Welding the weld-on brackets” on page 3.16 Usual design load for earthquakes and similar load events. See also Technical Specifications, page 0.5

E max 28 3/8 36 7/8 34 1/8 42 5/8 38 1/4 44 1/8 45 1/4 49

F

G

3 3/4 3 9/16 3 3/4 3 9/16 4 3/4 4 5/16 4 3/4 4 5/16 6 5/16 6 1/8 7 1/2 7 1/16 8 1/ 8 7 7/ 8 9 1/ 8 8 5/ 8

H

L max. R

12 3/16 41/2 4 1/8 12 3/16 53/4 4 1/8 15 1/8 53/4 5 1/2 15 1/8 8 5 1/ 2 11 17 /16 6 6 5/16 24 7/16 4 7 7/ 8 10 23 9 3/ 4 8 26 3/8 11 1/2

SG Weight (lbs) 1.93 335 1.93 400 2.76 630 2.76 745 3.35 1430 3.55 2135 4.14 2870 4.14 3860

Order details: Shock absorber, type 31 .. ..

With two weld-on brackets type 35 .. ..

Marking:…

Emin = piston rod retracted Emax = piston rod extended

L max at 175°F [80°C] Design of travel indicator for travel range 8 (4˝ [100mm] stroke).

LISEGA shock absorbers type 31 are fitted with exchangeable valves for on site testing

3.6

INSTALLATION EXTENSIONS TYPE 33 Installation extensions type 33 18 18 to 33 03 12 Type 33 extensions are used to bridge larger installation lengths, thus avoiding structural adjustments on site.

Connection to the shock absorber or energy absorber is made at the cylinder base. Standard threaded connections allow the simple substitution of extensions for standard connection lugs. The same applies for special connections, helpful when exchanging units made by other manufacturers, because this way existing structural connections can remain (see page 3.8).

min. thread engagement

extension tube countering ring

Material: Extension tube and countering ring Carbon steel.

L 11/2“

Type

Order details: Installation extension type 33 .. ..

L= …inch for hydr. shock absorber

3.7

lug with ball bushing

33 18 18 33 38 18 33 39 18 33 42 18 33 43 18 33 52 13 33 53 13 33 62 18 33 63 18 33 72 18 33 73 18

Nom. load (lbs) 675 1800 1800 4000 4000 10350 10350 22450 22450 44900 44900

33 82 18

78600

33 83 18

78600

33 92 13 33 93 13 33 02 12 33 03 12

123500 123500 224000 224000

Shock abs. stroke 4 4 8 5 7/8 11 3/4 5 7/8 11 3/4 5 7/8 11 3/4 5 7/8 11 3/4

A 9 1/2 123/8 181/8 161/4 25 177/8 263/4 201/8 29 22 307/8

d3 0.393 0.472 0.472 0.590 0.590 0.787 0.787 1.181 1.181 1.968 1.968

5 7/8 251/4 2.361 11 3/4 34

2.361

5 7/8 11 3/4 5 7/8 11 3/4

2.755 2.755 3.936 3.936

Piston at midposition

263/8 351/4 303/8 391/8

D max 1 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 2 1/2 2 1/2 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/2 4 3 1/2 4 4 1/2 4 1/2 6 1/4 6 1/4

E min 17 1/2 20 25 3/4 24 1/4 33 26 1/2 35 3/8 30 7/8 39 3/4 34 1/2 43 3/8 40 5/8 67 1/2 49 3/8 69 43 3/4 52 5/8 52 1/4 61

E max 30 30 27 1/4 46 1/4 40 5/8 55 1/4 50 3/8 76 3/4 72 7/8 95 84 1/4 67 3/8 94 1/2 68 7/8 91 3/8 113 110 104 3/8 100 3/8

L 11/2“ min 8 7 5/8 7 5/8 8 8 8 5/8 8 5/8 10 3/4 10 3/4 12 1/2 12 1/2 15 3/8 42 1/4 15 3/8 35 17 3/8 17 3/8 21 7/8 21 7/8

L 11/2“ max 20 1/2 17 5/8 9 1/8 30 15 5/8 37 3/8 23 5/8 56 5/8 43 7/8 73 53 3/8 42 1/8 69 1/4 34 7/8 57 3/8 86 5/8 74 3/4 74 61 1/4

Weight (lbs) + per L min 1“ 0.22 1.0 0.31 1.3 0.31 1.3 0.42 2.0 0.42 2.0 0.41 3.3 0.41 3.3 1.10 5.0 1.10 5.0 2.00 11.0 2.00 11.0 1.90 22.0 2.65 99.0 1.90 22.0 2.65 80.0 3.10 73.0 3.10 73.0 5.35 200.0 5.35 200.0

Installation dimensions greater than Emax on load reduction possible. Shorter L dimensions can be supplied, but then without adjustment possibility.

3

WELD-ON BRACKETS TYPE 35

Weld-on brackets Type 35 19 13 to 35 20 19

Type 35 19 13 35 29 13 35 39 13 35 49 13 35 59 19 35 69 19 35 79 19 35 89 19 35 99 11 35 09 13 35 20 19

Nom. load (lbs) 675 900 1800 4000 10350 22450 44900 78600 123500 224000 448000

A

B

1 1 1 3/16 1 3/8 2 1/8 3 9/16 4 5/16 5 7/8 7 15 3/8 20 1/2

1 1/4 1 1/4 1 7/16 111/16 2 1/8 3 1/8 315/16 5 1/8 9 12 3/16 12 5/8

C 7/ 16 7/ 16 1/ 2 1/ 2 9/ 16 7/ 8 15/ 16 1 3/8 1 1/2 2 5/16 2 9/16

See Technical Specifications table “Permissible

d3

E

0.393 0.393 0.472 0.590 0.787 1.181 1.968 2.361 2.755 3.936 4.723

1 3/16 1 3/16 1 5/16 1 9/16 2 2 15/16 3 9/16 4 1/2 6 1/8 8 3/8 9 5/8

F 3/ 8 3/ 8 7/ 16 1/ 2 5/ 8 7/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 4

1 1 2 2 13/16 3 7/16

L

R

1 5/8 1 5/8 1 13/16 2 1/16 2 9/16 3 3/4 4 1/2 6 1/4 8 9/16 11 15/16 12 5/8

1/ 2 1/ 2 9/ 16 11/ 16 1 1/16 1 3/4 2 3/16 2 15/16 3 1/8 3 15/16 5 5/16

Weight (lbs) 0.4 0.4 0.7 1.0 2.0 8.0 17.0 37.0 90.0 291.0 475.0

This unit is used as a connection for shock absorbers type 30 and 31, energy absorbers type 32 and rigid struts type 39 (also for types 16, 20, 27), and forms the structural attachment.

The brackets are made from easily weldable carbon steel S355J2G3 and the precision fit stainless steel connecting pins.

Weld-on brackets type 35 can be supplied with bolton base plates on request.

Pin dia.

loads” on page 0.5 and “Welding of weld-on brackets” on page 3.16

Order details: Weld-on bracket, type 35 .. ..

SPECIAL CONNECTIONS It is a well known fact that most earlier generation shock absorbers do not fulfill current demands and specifications.

The result is failure, and huge maintenance costs. Considerable savings can be made by replacing these units with LISEGA shock or energy absorbers (E-bars).

So that connections already existing on site can still be used, a range of special connections is available.

Flange for connecting to existing extension

Special lugs

Special lugs with length adjustment

Standard extension

3.8

SHOCK ABSORBERS TYPE 30, 31 OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE Operational performance Under dynamic load, LISEGA shock absorbers, depending on the operational load spectrum, offer a constant, predictable, functional performance.

Specified function values As standard, LISEGA shock absorbers maintain the function values listed below. The values are based on cyclic or dynamic load.

The data conforms to international standards and practical requirements.

Adherence to the specifications is proven and recorded by acceptance tests at the factory. By means of design adaptations, special parameters can be complied with on request.

Type 30

Piston rod travel Sb at FN, Rt and 1-35Hz

travel range 8, 2. 9 0.236˝ [6mm]

Piston rod travel Sa (lost motion)

0.02˝ [0.5mm]

Type 31

travel range 3 (stroke 113/4˝)

travel range 8 (stroke 4˝)

travel range 9 (stroke 8˝)

0.315˝ [8mm]

0.393˝ [10mm]

0.472˝ [12mm]

Lockup velocity at Rt

4.72 - 14.17 inch/min [2-6 mm/s]

Bypass velocity at FN and Rt

0.47 - 4.72 inch/min [0.2-2 mm/s] 0.01FN or 45lbs

Frictional resistance

0.015FN or 67lbs

0.01FN

[200N] at FN 4495lbs [300N] at FN 4495lbs [20kN] [20kN]

travel range 8 –4˝ [100 mm], travel range 2 – 57/8˝ [150 mm], travel range 9 – 8˝ [200 mm]

Measured at a constant piston speed of appr. 0.71 inch/min [0.3 mm/s].

Rt = Room temperature. At ambient temperature of 302°F [150°C] (short

If required, Sa can be increased to 0.02 inch [0.5 mm] by conforming to other performance data (KTA 3205.3).

duration, max. 1h) piston rod travel may be increased by up to 50% due to reduced fluid viscosity.

Breakaway force is kept at less than 1.5 of given values.

Force F

(lbs)

Ffaulted

22450

Femergency FN

rigidity

10350

stroke = 113/4˝

piston travel S 4000

1800 -FN

stroke 8˝

-Femergency

675 -Ffaulted

Force travel diagram

3.9

Force and travel amplitudes

Actual performance in relation to normal load and travel range

3

SHOCK ABSORBERS, TYPE 30, 31 PERMISSIBLE STRESS FACTORS Operational Stress Factors LISEGA hydraulic shock absorbers are designed as standard for the operational loads listed below.

The specified values have been confirmed by German TÜV qualification tests. Other values can be agreed upon in exceptional cases by design adaptations.

permanent

max. 176°F [80°C]

short term max. 1h/temp. cycle max. 40h per year

max. 302°F [150°C]

Relative humidity

at 50 - 302°F [10-150°C]

100%

Wet steam atmosphere

max. 302°F [150°C]

X=1

Energy dose

accumulated

107 rad [105J/kg]

continuous

7.25 - 14.5 psi [0.5-1 bar]

short term

72.5 psi [5 bar] excess pressure

Loading due to environmental temperature

Ambient pressure

Optimum testing is achieved by using computer controlled test equipment

The values cited above refer to a shock absorber incl. seals and hydraulic fluid.

Special values for the fluid only are:

Hydraulic fluid (silicone oil)

Pour point

– 58°F [-50°C]

Flash point

572°F [300°C]

Ignition point

932°F [500°C]

Resistance to fatigue Proof of operational durability is based on the following accumulated load spectrum: Normal load FN . . . . . .Load cycles 10 % . . . . . . . . . . . . .2,000,000 50 % . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100,000 80 % . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20,000 100 % (Level A/B) . . . . . . . . .10,000 133 % (Level C) . . . . . . . . . . .100 172 % (LeveI D) . . . . . . . . . . . .10 The number of cycles corresponds to estimated maximum dynamic stresses from diverse load events within a period of forty years. It also complies with the test program requirements of the suitability tests conducted by the German TÜV. The results prove that the shock

absorbers endure these loads while maintaining their functional integrity.

The special guide systems of the shock absorbers make them largely resistant to permanent cyclic operating loads.

This is confirmed by proven practical experience.

Test area for shock absorbers at the Zeven factory, Germany

It has to be considered that the range of possible influential parameters such as frequencies, amplitudes, oscillation shapes, impact directions, mono- and multiaxial effects, as well as possible overlapping, permit no uniform definition of continuous operational vibration.

Testing shock absorbers, type 31 Test load 1000 kips [4500kN]

3.10

SHOCK ABSORBERS MODE OF OPERATION Function scheme of a shock absorber, type 30

A

MODE OF FUNCTION Dynamic event In the event of a sudden shock, an instantaneous, secure and almost rigid connection is produced between the supported component and the fixed point on the structure.

The resulting dynamic loads are at once conducted into the structural connection and dissipated without any harmful consequences.

Normal operational movements of piping and other components remain however unhindered.

Moments of force can often change direction at random within the framework of complex oscillation spectra. The response frequency range for LISEGA shock absorbers is 0.5 100 Hz.

B

C D

spring pressure, and hydraulic fluid flows freely from one side of the piston to the other.

During rapid piston movement (approx.

4.72 inch/min [2mm/s]) above the speed limit, the resulting fluid flow pressure on the valve plate closes the main valve. The flow of the hydraulic fluid is stopped and movement blocked. The compressibility of the fluid cushion has a softening effect on the restriction of the piston. This prevents damaging load spikes.

For movement in the compressive direction, the compensating valve (D) closes almost synchronously with the main valve.

If the pressure on the closed valve subsides, e.g. through reversal of the direction of movement, the main control valve opens automatically when the fluid force falls short of the spring force.

FUNCTION Control valves The function of LISEGA hydraulic shock absorbers type 30 is controlled by the main control valve (B), axially mounted within the hydraulic piston (A).

During the piston movement ( 4.72 inch/min [2mm/s]) the valve is kept open by

3.11

Bypass To prevent the valves from jamming in the blocking position, they are fitted with a bypass system.

3 Function scheme of a shock absorber type 31

C

A

This allows limited piston movement under continuing load and ensures safe opening of the valves by rapid equalization of pressure in both cylinder chambers. The compensating valve works synchronously with the main valve in the same way.

Reservoir For both variable piston rod positions as well as for changes in hydraulic fluid volume caused by temperature changes, volume compensation takes place through a coaxially mounted reservoir (C). The link between the reservoir and main cylinder is regulated by the compensating valve (D).

B

speed limit is exceeded. Because the valves are directly linked to the reservoir, no special compensating valve is needed.

Recurrent testing To facilitate routine maintenance, the control valve system is designed for removal with the shock absorber still in place. The valves can then simply be replaced in the event of a recurrent test by a previously qualified set of valves. A special shut-off device is used to prevent loss of oil. The original valves can then be remotely tested in a surrogate snubber and made ready for use again.

Large bore shock absorbers type 31 The function of the LISEGA shock absorber type 31 is fundamentally the same as for type 30.

The special dimensions, however, require a different design arrangement of the reservoir (C). The valve assembly also differs.

The valves (B) themselves operate similarly to those in type 30. The circulation of the fluid is also blocked by closure of the corresponding valve in each respective direction of movement. This happens whenever a flow-

3.12

SHOCK ABSORBERS DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS Design characteristics The shock absorbers are closed systems with no external threaded pressure connections. Individual parts of the unit are assembled without welding by means of precision fits and threaded connections and secured mechanically (see Fig. 3).

For protection against corrosion, LISEGA shock absorbers are made exclusively from non-corroding materials. The connections are made of galvanized carbon steel.

The guides on piston rods and pistons are made from a special wear-resistant non-metallic material (see Fig. 2).

The fluid reservoir is sealed from the atmosphere by a preset piston, so that slight overpressure in the hydraulic system constantly maintains a slight presetting of the seals.

The control valves are decisive for the dynamic operation of the shock absorber.

To achieve high operational accuracy, the valve parameters have been optimized by extensive testing and special calculation models.

Seals The sealing systems play a vital role in the long term function of a hydraulic shock absorber. Together with the hydraulic fluid and guide bands, the seals form part of the non-metallic components of the shock absorber and are therefore subject to natural ageing and wear. The most important requisite for a lasting sealing effect is the selection of the right sealing material. A good memory for shape retention (compression set) or lowest possible relaxation of tension is thereby an absolute essential.

For optimum exploitation of material characteristics, the shape of the seals and the design of their locations are also important.

3.13

The optimum combination of the following factors is decisive for functional efficiency: ➜ temperature resistance ➜ radiation resistance ➜ abrasion resistance, especially at high frequency vibration ➜ good memory for shape retention ➜ good dry running qualities ➜ limited diffusion tendency into the metal surfaces ➜ minimal stick/slip drag effect The material which best meets these requirements is a special compound on the basis of the fluor elastomer VITON. To exploit the special characteristics to the fullest extent, the following criteria must also be considered: ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜

special design shapes backing compound materials optimum mixture consistency optimally balanced hardness precision in gliding surfaces design of locations for defined presetting of seals

Commercially available seals in shock absorbers do not fulfill these requirements, and as experience has shown, lead to premature failure. For LISEGA shock absorbers, a specific sealing system was developed as early as 1984 in cooperation with a major seal manufacturer. Since then, these seals have demonstrated their worth in practical application.

Alongside other successful qualification procedures through artificial ageing and fatigue tests, a qualification test procedure was carried out on LISEGA shock absorbers in 1992 by order of a major European nuclear utility. The tests certified a maintenance free service life of at least 23 years in nuclear power plants under normal operating conditions.

Control indicators The piston position of the shock absorbers can be read from all sides by checking the scale rings on the body of the cylinder. The sturdy stainless steel shroud connected to the piston rod protects it from mechanical damage, dirt and heat and also serves as an indicator.

The fluid level of the reservoir is indicated by the position of the reservoir piston. A sight glass can be used for checking the minimum level in type 30.

Type 31 has a marked indicator rod attached to the base of the external reservoir.

For details of design and materials, see Technical Specifications.

(Fig. 1)

(Fig. 2)

(Fig. 3)

3

SHOCK ABSORBERS FUNCTION TESTS The particularly stringent requirements within the nuclear industry demand flawless proof concerning the functional parameters for shock absorbers.

This applies both to the first acceptance test as well as to recurrent testing.

LISEGA applies a test procedure using the very latest technology. The test benches operate as dynamic hydro pulse units, with either forcecontrolled or travel-controlled excitation as desired.

The frequency bands range from 0.5 - 30Hz and the test loads from 100 - 1100000 lbs [0.5-5000 kN]. Altogether, seven test benches of various sizes are available for LISEGA in different factories.

At customers’ request, they are frequently used on site as mobile units. Several test benches have been supplied to different countries to

be used on site by local plant personnel for recurrent testing.

Variable test programs permit shock absorber tests for all makes.

All LISEGA test benches are regularly inspected, certified and calibrated by authorized bodies.

Frictional resistance (kN) Quasistatic functional tests Drag velocity (mm/s) Lock up velocity (mm/s) Bypass velocity (mm/s) Load after valve activation (kN) Load at bypass velocity (kN)/bleed rate Dynamic functional tests (Load and travel amplitudes) displacement (mm) compression / tension loads (kN) Load/travel diagram

Acceptance certificate with test diagrams

3.14

SHOCK ABSORBERS TYPE 30, 31 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Shock absorbers are precision-made, safety-related components. Corresponding care must therefore be taken when handling them.

For the flawless functioning of the shock absorbers it is essential that the following instructions are observed.

Transport and storage Shock absorbers and related components should be stored in closed rooms and protected from dirt and damage. Transportation must therefore be carried out with great care.

LISEGA recommends that the shock absorbers remain in their original packing until just before installation. Any damage during shipment, off loading, on site transportation or installation must be reported to the manufacturer immediately.

Delivery condition Shock absorbers are supplied as fully operational units, complete with hydraulic fluid, ready for service. The connecting lugs for type 30 are connected at one end with the base, at the other with the piston rod and secured by locking bolts.

For type 31 the bottom end lug and cylinder base form a unit.

LISEGA shock absorbers are made entirely from non-corroding materials, so they need no additional surface treatment. The threaded connecting lugs are electrogalvanized and white chromatized.

Type 35 weld-on brackets are supplied separately, including fitted pins. Their surface has a protective coating of weldable primer.

For transportation, type 30 shock absorbers are supplied packaged individually in purpose made boxes with pistons fully retracted. Type 31 are fixed on special wooden skids.

piston rod cover weld-on bracket name plate

sight glass travel indicator

conn. lug

Type 30

3.15

For these unit sizes, the actual installation dimensions are preset at the factory.

Installation Shock absorbers must be inspected for damage before installation. Also, the connecting lugs must be checked for tight fits. The structural attachments on site and weld-on brackets must be completely welded. The arrange-ment of the weld-on brackets must be such that the maximum angular displacement takes place in the direction of the greatest thermal expansion in service.

Lateral displacement is limited to a maximum of 6째. Any twisting of the weld-on brackets against each other should be prevented because of the limitation on movement resulting from this.

All welding at the connections or in their vicinity should be completed before installing the shock absorbers.

For installation, type 30 shock absorbers must be set at the required installation length (the connection pin to connection pin dimension) by extending the piston rods. This must be done slowly, smoothly and below the lockup velocity to avoid blocking the shock absorber. Smaller types can be extended by hand.

The weight of the larger shock absorbers can be exploited to help extend them by hanging the unit to the connecting lug of the piston rod.

The shock absorbers can be installed in practically any conceivable position. The piston rod should be connected to the heat conducting component to dissipate, via the protective shroud, any heat from radiation.

The installation position of the absorbers should be so selected as to offer easy access to the sight glass for fluid inspection during service checks.

3 The connections to the various attachment structures must be form-fit for load actuation. All threaded connections in the flux of force must be tightened with sufficient torque.

If, after installation, any welding on the attachment structure is performed near the installed shock absorber, care must be taken that no welding current strays through the body of the snubber.

After installing the complete system, it is recommended that each unit be inspected for the following: A. Correct fitting of form-fit connections for load actuation (locking screws on the connecting lugs, secure pins, threaded connections).

B. All installation points must be checked for adequate freedom of movement during thermal expansion. Care must be taken to allow the connecting lugs to move freely in the connection brackets and care also taken to prevent the piston from reaching the end position.

Welding the weld-on brackets The following procedure is recommended for the welding of weld-on brackets: The minimum weld seam thickness “a“ for type 35 weld-on brackets is dependent on the angular displacement and .

A permissible stress of 13.05 ksi [90N/mm2] at load case Level A formed the basis of the calculation.

If the angular displacement increases to 90°, the permissible loads are reduced by approximately 15% at a constant weld seam thickness (a min at = 45°).

For permissible loads, see load table in Technical Specifications, page 0.5 Welding procedure 1. Remove pins from weld-on brackets 2. Preheat weld-on brackets, from type 35 79 19 onwards, to 212°F [100°C] 3. Use base electrodes 4. Welding should be performed in layers to avoid welding distortion.

(For sequence, see diagram) 5. Allow bracket to cool to 212°F [100°C] after each welding layer

For the piston position, a safety zone of 10mm at each end of the cylinder stroke is recommended. The position can be read from the travel scale.

a (leg length)

Type =15˚

= 6˚ 35 19 13 3/16 35 29 13 3/16 35 39 13 3/16 35 49 13 3/16 35 59 19 5/16 35 69 19 7/16 35 79 19 19/32 35 89 19 13/16 35 99 11 27/32 35 09 13 25/32 35 20 19 1 9/32

=30˚ =45˚

= 6˚ = 6˚ 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 1/ 4 13/ 32 17/ 32 25/ 32 1 1/32 1 1/8 31/ 32

3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 9/ 32 15/ 32 5/ 8 7/ 8 1 3/16 1 9/32 1 1/16

–

–

Before commissioning the plant, a full visual inspection of all shock absorbers and installation situations is recommended.

conn. lug

travel indicator ball bushing

weld-on bracket

name plate fluid level indicator removable valves

Type 31

3.16

SHOCK ABSORBERS MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDATIONS Shock absorbers are components of great safetyrelated significance for a plant. They offer protection to the piping system and other components against dynamic overloading due to unplanned load events. As these are unpredictable, the complete functional safety of the shock absorbers must be guaranteed at all times.

For normal operating conditions shock absorbers are designed to function for the entire 40 year life of a plant. The seals and hydraulic fluid should be changed at least once during this period, at the latest after 20 years.

However, under certain conditions (extreme stresses) shock absorbers can experience premature ageing and increased mechanical wear.

Preventive maintenance is recommended in order to make sure the shock absorbers remain fully operational and reliable. This maintenance is the responsibility of the plant operators.

Measures 1. Regular inspection visual inspection, once per year 2. Extended inspection function tests, 12 years after commissioning at the latest.

Implementation Inspection and maintenance work should be carried out by specially trained personnel.

LISEGA servicing specialists can do this if required. For dynamic function tests, qualified test benches which can also be brought to the plant are available.

1. Regular inspection Regular inspection should involve a visual inspection carried out once a year on all units installed. The first inspection should take place immediately before commissioning.

During the regular inspection, not only the shock absorbers must be inspected, but also the environmental conditions and installation situation. The check list should include the following points: ➜ all units to be inspected, noting installation position ➜ planned operational connection displacements ➜ special environmental or operating conditions. ➜ any maintenance work previously carried out.

Mobile computer controlled LISEGA test bench in a Belgian nuclear power plant

3.17

3 The following should be checked at the installed position: ➜ Conformity of name plate data with check list. ➜ Correct form fitting of all connections for load actuation ➜ Correct freedom of movement of shock absorber during operating displacements ➜ Position of main piston rod as regards sufficient stroke, including travel reserve (minimum 3/8 inch [10 mm] ). ➜ Exterior condition of shock absorber for any damage or leakage. ➜ Surrounding area for possible signs of unusual operating conditions, e.g. increased temperature

The scope of testing and the selection of shock absorbers should be agreed on by the relevant plant department and the service engineer responsible. Special consideration is to be given to various stress factors (temperature, radiation, loads, operational vibrations).

The timing and scope of the next Extended Inspection is to be decided on the basis of inspection results recorded.

After approximately 20 years of operation at the latest, it is recommended that the hydraulic fluid and seals are replaced in all shock absorbers. Following this work, carried out by trained personnel using original LISEGA spare parts, and after successful function testing, the shock absorbers can be used again for a further 20 years.

➜ Fluid indicator level As long as the reservoir piston cannot be seen through the sight glass there is sufficient fluid in the reservoir. If the piston is visible, it must be assumed that fluid has been lost.

Observations and findings are to be recorded on the check list and if required, recommendations for corrective action made.

2. Extended inspection An extended inspection is carried out after 12 years of operation, whereby a number of installed shock absorbers (min. 2 units per type) are subjected to an additional function test. After successful testing, the shock absorbers can be reinstalled for further service.

In the event of deviations in performance, the shock absorber in question should be dismantled and the function-related parts inspected. The plant operators are responsible for taking and documenting any corrective measures.

Examples of shock absorber installation in nuclear plants

3.18

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMPS TYPE 36, 37 In the sphere of dynamic supports, the design of pipe clamps is often not carried out with sufficient care. In spite of impeccable main support units (shock absorbers, rigid struts and energy absorbers), the functioning of the whole construction can be adversely affected by faulty pipe clamps.

Instability caused by twisted clamps of the frictional grip type (fig. 1) is especially dangerous. Because of the unavoidable creep characteristics of preset metals a lasting frictional grip cannot be maintained at high temperatures by way of simple bolt presetting. Even oversize boltings do not solve the problem, because on corresponding presetting they would cause impermissible contraction of the pipe (“pipe squeezer”). ➜ A typical fault is too soft a clamp design (fig. 2), where the necessary stiffness is not attained. ➜ Care should be taken that the connections on the pipe clamps fit snugly.

Fig. 1

➜ So that no constraints arise, sufficient room for lateral movement on displacement in the piping system must be guaranteed.

Prevention of twisting through shear lugs To prevent twisting, LISEGA recommends on principle the use of shear lugs with dynamic pipe clamps (fig. 3, 5, 6). This way, defined and verifiable behavior is ensured.

The lugs maintain the position of the pipe clamps in the expected direction of force and are not subjected to any significant load (fig. 5). Even in the load case, no significant lateral stresses are produced, as the friction forces on the contact surface of the pipe under load provide a secure grip.

Because of the slight forces to be absorbed, welding stress can be kept to a minimum, despite the small dimensions of the shear lugs. Generally, they are kept below 35% of the yield strength, or creep stress limit for load condition H, according to the permissible values in ASME / DIN codes.

Frictional grip with the help of disc springs If the welding of lugs is not possible for any fundamental reason, LISEGA offers dynamic pipe clamps fitted with disc springs (fig. 4).

Via correspondingly dimensioned sets of springs, a lasting torque for permanent friction grip can be produced.

Fig. 2 Fig. 5

Fig. 3

lug lug

OD

Fig. 6

friction tube µ= 0.1...0.4 (friction value)

Fig. 4 friction

Force distribution in a dynamic pipe clamp with shear lug connection

3.19

OD

lug

friction

0-2mm 0 - 0.08 inch [0-2mm]

Lug dimensions

tube

1.5 x N

Catalog dimensions B1 add. 0.08 inch [2mm]

N = Catalog dimension F less 0.04 inch [1mm]

3 LISEGA standard design To provide the ideal solution for all areas of application and at the same time achieve the most favorable performance weight ratios, LISEGA offers four standard designs.

If no special arrangement is ordered, the bracket connection is so fitted that the main angulation range runs along the axis of the pipe. For type 37, the weld-on bracket is to be ordered separately.

Dynamic pipe clamps as hanger clamps The given permissible loads have been calculated for dynamic operation with shock absorbers / rigid struts in accordance with the dynamic load spectra shown on page 3.10.

Type 36 .. .1/2/3

In special cases the dynamic clamps are fitted as hanger clamps, under permanent static load. In this case, the given permissible loads have to be reduced as per the following table: pipe temperature

clamp material

until 660°F [350°C] carbon steel

840°F 930°F 950°F 985°F 1040°F

[450°C] [500°C] [510°C] [530°C] [560°C]

alloy alloy alloy alloy alloy

steel steel steel steel steel

permissible permanent tensile stress

100% 90% 55% 65% 55% 45%

Type 36

Type 37 Type 37. .. 1/2/3/4/5/6

This calculation applies to creep strengths dep. on time in the range of 200,000h at temperatures 840°F [450°C].

Special designs In some cases, special designs can be a useful alternative to pipe clamps types 36 and 37. Especially in cases of parallel and angulated arrangements, standardized design and calculation methods have proven their worth.

Type 36 .. .4/5 Special clamp for angular arrangement

Selection The selection tables are divided according to pipe diameters. Via the temperature ranges and the permissible loads, the type designation for the appropriate clamp is found. After that, the installation dimensions are to be checked using the drawing. Special attention must be given to the lug connections of shock absorbers, energy absorbers or rigid struts.

If the standard pin connection d1 does not fit, another appropriate weld-on bracket (see page 3.8) can be provided.

Type 37 .. .7/8/9

Dynamic axial pipe clamp with shock absorbers

3.20

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP SELECTION TABLE OD 1.33˝ - OD 4.25˝ OD 1.33˝ - 33.7 mm (ND 25/1˝ ) permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax A 43/8 0.393 3 36 03 11 0.90 0.90 0.90 61/8 0.393 3 0.90 0.90 36 03 21 61/4 0.393 3 0.90 0.85 0.65 36 03 31

B 2 2 2

B1

B 2 2 2

B1

B 2 2 2

B1

3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4

max.

F load gr.

2 0.35 2 0.35 2 0.35

lbs 1.7 2.2 2.2

OD 1.67˝ - 42.4 mm (ND 32/11/4˝ ) permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax A 36 04 11 1.80 1.80 1.80 0.472 51/8 31/4 36 04 21 0.472 67/8 31/4 1.45 1.15 36 04 31 0.393 67/8 31/4 0.90 0.85 0.65

3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4

max.

F load gr. lbs 2.4 3 0.35 2.8 3 0.35 2.8 2 0.35

OD 1.90˝ - 48.3 mm (ND 40/11/2˝ ) permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax A 51/8 31/2 0.472 36 05 11 1.80 1.80 1.65 67/8 31/2 1.45 1.15 0.472 36 05 21 67/8 31/2 0.90 0.90 0.65 0.393 36 05 31

3/

4

3/

4

3/

4

max.

F load gr. lbs 0.35 3 2.4 0.35 3 3.1 0.35 2 3.1

OD 2.37˝ - 60.3 mm (ND 50/2˝ )

Type 36 .. .1

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax A 57/8 41/4 36 06 11 3.60 3.25 2.45 0.590 1 7 /2 41/4 36 06 21 1.80 1.80 0.472 5 7 41/4 / 36 06 31 1.60 1.35 0.95 0.472 8

B 2 2 2

max.

B1 F load gr.

1 0.35 4 1 0.35 3 1 0.35 3

lbs 3.9 4.6 4.6

B 2 2 2

B1 1 1 1

max.

F load gr.

0.35 4 0.35 3 0.35 3

lbs 4.6 5.5 5.7

A 5 5 5

B 2 2 2

max.

B1 F load gr. lbs 1 0.35 4 4.8 1 0.35 3 5.7 1 0.35 3 5.9

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax A 53/4 36 09 11 5.15 4.45 4.25 0.787 7 1/4 53/4 36 09 21 4.00 3.50 0.590 9 1 53/4 36 09 31 3.15 2.65 1.85 0.590 9 /4

B 2 2 2

max.

B1 F load gr.

11/4 0.44 5 11/4 0.44 4 11/4 0.44 4

B 2 2 2

B1 13/8 13/8 11/4

OD 2.87˝ - 73 mm (ND 65/21/2˝ ) permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax A 43/4 0.590 61/4 36 07 11 3.55 3.20 2.85 1 8 43/4 / 1.80 1.70 0.472 36 07 21 4 43/4 1.55 1.30 0.95 0.472 81/2 36 07 31 Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

The connecting load group has to be stated in the order.

On selection of a lower load group than stated in the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).

Lug dimensions: F less 0.04 inch; B1 plus 0.08 inch (see page 3.19).

OD 3.00˝ - 76.1 mm (ND 65/21/2˝ ) permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax 0.590 61/4 36 08 11 3.55 3.20 2.95 1.80 1.70 0.472 81/4 36 08 21 1.55 1.30 0.95 0.472 81/2 36 08 31

OD 3.50˝ - 88.9 mm (ND 80/3˝ ) lbs 8.4 9.9 9.5

OD 4.25˝ - 108 mm (ND 100/4˝ ) permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax A 81/8 61/2 0.787 36 10 11 7.20 6.50 5.50 3/ 10 61/2 4.00 3.55 0.590 36 10 21 8 2.95 2.45 1.80 0.590 105/8 61/2 36 10 31

3.21

max.

F load gr. lbs 0.44 5 11 0.44 4 14 0.44 4 12

3

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP SELECTION TABLE OD 4.50˝ - OD 6.625˝ OD 4.50˝ - 114.3 mm (ND 100/4˝ ) permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax 8 1/4 36 11 11 7.15 6.45 5.55 0.787 5/ 10 36 11 21 0.590 4.00 3.50 8 36 11 24 0.787 11 9.00 7.90 36 11 31 0.590 11 2.90 2.45 1.80 36 11 34 0.787 11 3/8 7.20 5.80 3.60

A 7 7 7 7 7

B 2 2 4 2 4

B1 1 3/8 1 3/8 2 3/8 1 1/4 2 3/8

max.

F load gr.

0.44 5 0.44 4 0.51 5 0.44 4 0.51 5

lbs 11 15 26 13 26

B1 1 3/8 1 1/4 2 3/8 1 1/4 2 3/8

max.

F load gr.

5 0.44 4 0.44 5 0.51 4 0.44 5 0.51

lbs 13 15 28 14 29

OD 5.25˝ - 133 mm (ND 125/5˝ ) permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax A 87/8 71/2 36 13 11 7.05 6.40 5.15 0.787 36 13 21 0.590 10 7/8 71/2 4.00 3.25 71/2 36 13 24 0.787 111/4 9.00 8.30 71/2 36 13 31 0.590 111/4 2.90 2.45 1.80 36 13 34 0.787 115/8 71/2 7.40 6.25 4.20

B 2 2 4 2 4

OD 5.50˝ - 139.7 mm (ND 125/5˝ ) permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax 9 36 14 11 7.00 6.35 5.25 0.787 36 14 21 0.590 11 1/4 4.00 3.20 36 14 24 1.181 125/8 9.80 7.75 36 14 31 0.590 115/8 2.85 2.40 1.75 36 14 34 0.787 12 7.20 6.15 4.30

A 8 8 8 8 8

max.

F load gr. lbs 13 5 0.44 16 4 0.44 36 6 0.51 15 4 0.44 30 5 0.51

B 2 2 4 2 4

B1 1 3/8 1 1/4 2 3/8 1 1/4 2 3/8

B 2 2 4 2 4

max.

B1 F load gr. lbs 1 3/8 0.44 15 5 1 1/4 0.44 17 4 2 3/8 0.51 39 6 1 1/4 0.44 17 4 2 3/8 0.51 34 5

B 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 4

B1 1 3/8 1 3/4 1 1/4 1 9/16 2 3/8 1 1/4 1 9/16 3 1/8

Type 36 .. .1/2

OD 6.25˝ - 159 mm (ND 150/6˝ ) permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax A 95/8 8 3/4 0.787 36 16 11 6.90 6.25 5.40 0.590 113/4 8 1/2 4.00 3.15 36 16 21 1.181 131/4 8 1/2 9.75 7.70 36 16 24 0.590 121/4 8 1/2 2.85 2.40 1.75 36 16 31 0.787 125/8 8 1/2 7.20 6.10 4.45 36 16 34

OD 6.625˝ - 168.3 mm (ND 150/6˝ ) permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 36 17 11 6.5 5.9 5.2 36 17 12 11.4 10.1 7.6 3.85 3.10 36 17 21 6.35 5.65 36 17 22 9.75 7.70 36 17 24 2.8 2.3 36 17 31 4.0 3.8 36 17 32 12.4 10.4 36 17 34

1040 °F d1 0.787 1.181 0.590 0.787 1.181 0.590 1.7 0.590 2.9 1.181 7.6

Emax 10 5/8 10 5/8 12 3/8 12 3/8 13 3/8 12 5/8 12 5/8 13 5/8

A 9 9 1/2 9 9 1/2 9 9 9 1/2 9 1/2

max.

F load gr.

0.44 5 0.44 6 0.44 4 0.44 5 0.51 6 0.44 4 0.44 4 0.63 6

lbs 17 25 18 24 41 18 23 58

Type 36 .. .4

Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in the table. the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).

Lug dimensions: F less 0.04 inch; B1 plus 0.08 inch (see page 3.19).

3.22

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP SELECTION TABLE OD 7.625˝ - OD 10.50˝ OD 7.625˝ - 193.7 mm (ND 175/7˝ ) permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 36 19 11 11.4 10.3 8.3 36 19 12 14.7 12.9 11.1 36 19 21 6.2 5.3 36 19 22 9.8 8.2 36 19 24 15.3 13.0 36 19 31 4.0 3.8 36 19 32 7.6 6.4 36 19 34 12.1 10.1

1040 °F d1 Emax A 1.181 11 1/4 10 3/4 1.181 11 1/4 10 3/4 10 1/2 0.787 14 10 3/4 1.181 14 10 1/2 1.181 14 3 0.590 13 /4 10 1/2 2.9 0.787 13 3/4 10 3/4 4.3 1.181 14 3/4 10 1/2 7.4

B 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 4

B1 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 9/16 1 3/4 3 1/8 1 9/16 1 3/4 3 1/8

max.

F load gr.

6 0.44 6 0.51 5 0.44 6 0.51 6 0.51 4 0.44 5 0.51 6 0.63

lbs 28 32 30 37 63 28 34 66

1040 °F d1 Emax A 1.181 12 1/4 11 3/4 1.181 12 1/4 11 3/4 0.787 15 1/8 11 1/2 1.181 15 1/8 11 3/4 1.181 15 1/8 11 1/2 0.590 14 5/8 11 1/2 2.9 0.787 14 5/8 11 3/4 4.5 1.181 15 1/2 11 1/2 7.3

B 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 4

B1 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 9/16 1 3/4 3 1/8 1 9/16 1 3/4 3 1/8

max.

F load gr.

6 0.44 6 0.51 5 0.44 6 0.51 6 0.51 4 0.44 5 0.51 6 0.63

lbs 31 35 31 45 73 28 36 75

A 12 1/2 13 12 1/2 13 12 1/2 13 12 1/2 13 12 1/2 13

B 2 2 2 2 4 4 2 2 4 4

B1 1 3/ 4 1 3/ 4 1 9/16 1 3/ 4 3 1/ 8 3 1/ 2 1 9/16 1 3/ 4 3 1/ 8 3 1/ 2

max.

F load gr. lbs 33 0.44 6 37 0.51 6 33 0.44 5 48 0.51 6 77 0.51 6 106 0.63 7 30 0.44 4 40 0.51 5 80 0.63 6 95 0.63 6

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax A 1.181 13 1/4 13 1/2 36 26 11 11.1 10.0 8.6 1.181 13 1/4 13 3/4 36 26 12 14.7 12.9 10.8 0.787 16 1/8 13 1/2 5.1 6.5 36 26 21 1.181 16 1/8 13 3/4 9.8 7.9 36 26 22 1.181 16 1/8 13 1/2 16.7 13.2 36 26 24 1.968 16 3/4 13 3/4 24.5 19.5 36 26 25 0.590 16 1/8 13 1/2 2.9 3.8 4.0 36 26 31 0.787 16 1/8 13 3/4 7.2 6.1 4.2 36 26 32 1.181 17 1/8 13 1/2 11.7 9.8 7.2 36 26 34 1.181 17 1/8 13 3/4 17.7 14.9 10.7 36 26 35

B 2 2 2 2 4 4 2 2 4 4

B1 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 9/16 1 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 1 9/16 1 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2

max.

F load gr. lbs 35 0.44 6 41 0.51 6 35 0.44 5 49 0.51 6 82 0.51 6 110 0.63 7 32 0.44 4 42 0.51 5 82 0.63 6 99 0.63 6

OD 8.625˝ - 219.1 mm (ND 200/8˝ )

Type 36 .. .1/2

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 36 22 11 11.1 10.0 8.6 36 22 12 14.7 12.9 11.2 36 22 21 6.3 5.1 36 22 22 9.8 7.9 36 22 24 16.1 13.2 36 22 31 4.0 3.8 36 22 32 7.4 6.3 36 22 34 12.0 10.0

OD 9.625˝ - 244.5 mm (ND 225/9˝ ) permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax 36 24 11 11.1 10.1 8.2 1.181 12 5/8 36 24 12 14.7 12.9 10.5 1.181 12 5/8 36 24 21 0.787 15 3/4 6.5 5.1 36 24 22 1.181 15 3/4 9.8 7.8 36 24 24 1.181 15 3/4 16.7 13.1 36 24 25 1.968 16 3/8 24.5 19.5 36 24 31 0.590 15 1/2 4.0 3.8 2.9 36 24 32 0.787 15 1/2 7.4 6.1 4.1 36 24 34 1.181 16 1/2 11.7 9.8 7.2 36 24 35 1.181 16 1/2 17.8 14.9 10.0

OD 10.50˝ - 267 mm (ND 250/10˝ ) Type 36 .. .4/5

Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).

Lug dimensions: F less 0.04 inch; B1 plus 0.08 inch (see page 3.19).

3.23

3

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP SELECTION TABLE OD 10.75˝ - OD 14˝ OD 10.75˝ - 273 mm (ND 250/10˝ ) Type 36 27 11 36 27 12 36 27 14 36 27 15 36 27 21 36 27 22 36 27 24 36 27 25 36 27 31 36 27 32 36 27 34 36 27 35

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax 1.181 13 5/8 10.9 9.8 8.6 1.181 13 5/8 14.7 12.9 10.7 1.968 14 1/8 24.5 22.5 18.3 1.968 14 1/8 37.0 33.5 26.5 0.787 16 1/2 6.4 5.0 1.181 16 1/2 9.8 7.8 1.181 16 1/2 16.5 13.0 1.968 17 1/8 24.5 19.3 0.590 17 1/8 4.0 3.8 2.7 0.787 17 1/8 6.9 5.8 4.1 1.181 18 1/8 11.3 9.5 6.9 1.181 18 1/8 17.2 14.4 10.2

A 13 3/4 14 13 1/2 14 13 1/2 14 13 1/2 14 13 1/2 14 13 1/2 14

B 2 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 2 2 4 4

B1 1 3/4 1 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 1 9/16 1 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 1 9/16 1 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2

max.

F load gr. lbs 38 6 0.44 42 6 0.51 75 7 0.51 93 7 0.63 35 5 0.44 51 6 0.51 82 6 0.51 114 7 0.63 34 4 0.44 44 5 0.51 91 6 0.63 106 6 0.63

B1 1 9/16 1 3/4 2 3/8 3 1/2 4 3/4 1 9/16 1 3/4 2 3/8 3 1/2 4 3/4 1 9/16 1 3/4 2 3/8 3 1/2 4 3/4

max.

F load gr.

0.44 5 0.51 6 0.51 6 0.63 7 0.63 7 0.44 5 0.51 6 0.51 6 0.63 7 0.83 7 0.44 4 0.51 5 0.51 6 0.63 6 0.83 7

lbs 42 53 76 110 156 44 62 86 128 187 41 55 86 119 185

Type 36 .. .1/2/3

B1 1 9/16 1 3/4 2 3/8 3 1/2 4 3/4 1 9/16 1 3/4 2 3/8 3 1/2 4 3/4 1 9/16 1 3/4 2 3/8 3 1/2 4 3/4

max.

F load gr.

5 0.44 6 0.51 6 0.51 7 0.63 7 0.63 5 0.44 6 0.51 6 0.51 7 0.63 7 0.83 4 0.44 5 0.51 6 0.51 6 0.63 7 0.83

lbs 44 55 79 119 168 50 66 93 141 200 44 60 90 130 196

Type 36 .. .4/5

OD 12.75˝ - 323.9 mm (ND 300/12˝ ) permissible load (lbs x 1000) B Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax A 16 2 1/4 36 32 11 8.3 7.9 7.6 0.787 15 16 1/4 2 1/4 36 32 12 14.7 12.9 10.9 1.181 15 17 2 1/4 36 32 13 22.5 22.5 18.2 1.181 15 1 36 32 14 37.0 33.5 30.0 1.968 15 /2 16 1/4 4 3/4 36 32 15 45.0 41.0 36.5 1.968 15 1/2 17 4 3/4 36 32 21 0.787 17 3/4 16 2 1/4 6.3 5.0 36 32 22 1.181 17 3/4 16 1/4 2 1/4 9.8 7.7 36 32 23 1.181 17 3/4 17 2 1/4 15.0 14.2 36 32 24 1.968 18 3/8 16 1/4 4 3/4 24.0 19.2 36 32 25 1.968 18 3/8 17 4 3/4 32.0 30.5 36 32 31 0.590 17 3/4 16 2 1/4 4.0 3.8 2.8 36 32 32 0.787 18 1/2 16 1/4 2 1/4 6.8 5.7 4.2 36 32 33 1.181 18 1/2 17 2 1/4 12.6 10.6 7.1 36 32 34 1.181 18 1/2 16 1/4 4 3/4 17.5 14.7 10.8 36 32 35 1.968 19 1/8 17 4 3/4 30.5 25.5 18.8

OD 14˝ - 355.6 mm (ND 350/14˝ ) permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 0.787 36 36 11 8.3 7.9 7.2 1.181 36 36 12 14.7 12.9 11.7 1.181 36 36 13 22.5 22.5 19.8 1.968 36 36 14 37.0 33.5 31.0 1.968 36 36 15 45.0 41.0 37.0 0.787 6.2 4.9 36 36 21 1.181 9.5 7.5 36 36 22 1.181 15.4 13.8 36 36 23 1.968 23.5 18.8 36 36 24 1.968 32.0 30.5 36 36 25 0.590 4.0 3.8 2.8 36 36 31 0.787 6.7 5.6 4.1 36 36 32 1.181 12.4 10.4 7.5 36 36 33 1.181 17.3 14.5 10.6 36 36 34 1.968 30.0 25.5 18.6 36 36 35

Emax 15 1/2 15 1/2 15 1/2 16 1/8 16 1/8 18 7/8 18 7/8 18 7/8 19 1/2 19 1/2 18 3/4 19 1/2 19 1/2 19 1/2 20 1/8

A 17 1/4 17 1/2 18 1/4 17 1/2 18 1/4 17 1/4 17 1/2 18 1/4 17 1/2 18 1/4 17 1/4 17 1/2 18 1/4 17 1/2 18 1/4

B 2 1/ 4 2 1/ 4 2 1/ 4 4 3/ 4 4 3/ 4 2 1/ 4 2 1/ 4 2 1/ 4 4 3/ 4 4 3/ 4 2 1/ 4 2 1/ 4 2 1/ 4 4 3/ 4 4 3/ 4

Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).

Lug dimensions: F less 0.04 inch; B1 plus 0.08 inch (see page 3.19).

3.24

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP SELECTION TABLE OD 14.5˝ - OD 16˝ OD 14.50˝ - 368 mm (ND 350/14˝ )

Type 36 .. .1/2/3

Type 36 37 11 36 37 12 36 37 13 36 37 14 36 37 15 36 37 21 36 37 22 36 37 23 36 37 24 36 37 25 36 37 31 36 37 32 36 37 33 36 37 34 36 37 35

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax A B 0.787 15 3/4 17 3/4 2 1/4 8.3 7.9 7.6 1.181 15 3/4 18 2 1/4 14.7 12.9 10.9 1.181 15 3/4 18 3/4 2 1/4 22.5 22.5 20.0 1.968 16 3/8 18 4 3/4 37.0 33.5 31.0 2.361 17 3/8 18 3/4 4 3/4 62.5 51.5 35.5 0.787 19 1/8 17 3/4 2 1/4 6.2 4.9 1.181 19 1/8 18 2 1/4 9.5 7.5 1.181 19 1/8 18 3/4 2 1/4 15.7 13.9 1.968 19 5/8 18 4 3/4 23.5 18.9 1.968 19 5/8 18 3/4 4 3/4 32.0 30.5 0.590 18 7/8 17 3/4 2 1/4 4.0 3.8 2.8 0.787 19 5/8 18 2 1/4 6.7 5.7 3.9 1.181 19 5/8 18 3/4 2 1/4 12.5 10.5 7.6 1.181 19 5/8 18 4 3/4 17.3 14.6 10.7 1.968 20 1/4 18 3/4 4 3/4 30.0 25.5 18.7

B1 1 9/16 1 3/4 2 3/8 3 1/2 4 3/4 1 9/16 1 3/4 2 3/8 3 1/2 4 3/4 1 9/16 1 3/4 2 3/8 3 1/2 4 3/4

max.

F load gr.

5 0.44 6 0.51 6 0.51 7 0.63 8 0.63 5 0.44 6 0.51 6 0.51 7 0.63 7 0.83 4 0.44 5 0.51 6 0.51 6 0.63 7 0.83

lbs 46 57 82 121 192 50 69 95 143 205 46 60 95 132 200

B1 A B 19 1/4 2 1/4 1 9/16 19 1/2 2 1/4 1 3/4 20 1/2 2 1/4 2 3/8 19 1/2 4 3/4 3 1/2 20 1/2 4 3/4 4 3/4 19 1/4 2 1/4 1 9/16 19 1/2 2 1/4 1 3/4 20 1/2 2 1/4 2 3/8 19 1/2 4 3/4 3 1/2 20 1/2 4 3/4 4 3/4 19 1/4 12 1/4 9 1/16 19 1/4 2 1/4 1 9/16 19 1/2 2 1/4 1 3/4 20 1/2 2 1/4 2 3/8 19 1/2 4 3/4 3 1/2 20 1/2 4 3/4 4 3/4 19 1/4 12 1/4 9 1/16

max.

F load gr.

0.44 5 0.51 6 0.51 6 0.63 7 0.83 8 0.44 5 0.51 6 0.51 6 0.63 7 0.83 7 0.83 8 0.44 4 0.51 5 0.51 6 0.63 6 0.83 7 0.83 8

lbs 51 62 90 135 214 55 75 101 154 225 423 51 65 100 146 215 436

OD 16˝ - 406.4 mm (ND 400/16˝ )

Type 36 .. .4/5

Type 36 41 11 36 41 12 36 41 13 36 41 14 36 41 15 36 41 21 36 41 22 36 41 23 36 41 24 36 41 25 37 41 27 36 41 31 36 41 32 36 41 33 36 41 34 36 41 35 37 41 37

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 0.787 8.3 7.9 7.6 1.181 14.7 12.7 10.0 1.181 22.5 22.5 18.8 1.968 37.0 33.5 30.5 2.361 62.0 56.5 48.5 0.787 6.1 4.8 1.181 9.4 7.4 1.181 16.5 13.8 1.968 23.5 18.7 1.968 32.0 30.5 2.361 56.5 54.5 0.590 4.0 3.6 2.7 0.787 6.6 5.5 4.0 1.181 12.3 10.3 7.5 1.181 17.1 14.4 10.5 1.968 30.0 25.0 18.4 2.361 54.0 47.0 30.5

Emax 16 7/8 16 7/8 16 7/8 17 1/2 18 1/2 20 1/8 20 1/8 20 1/8 20 5/8 20 5/8 22 7/8 20 1/8 20 7/8 20 7/8 20 7/8 21 1/2 23 5/8

Type 37 .. .7

Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).

Lug dimensions: F less 0.04 inch; B1 plus 0.08 inch (see page 3.19).

3.25

3

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP SELECTION TABLE OD 16.5˝ - OD 18˝ OD 16.50˝ - 419 mm (ND 400/16˝ ) Type 36 42 11 36 42 12 36 42 13 36 42 14 36 42 15 36 42 21 36 42 22 36 42 23 36 42 24 36 42 25 37 42 27 36 42 31 36 42 32 36 42 33 36 42 34 36 42 35 37 42 37

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax A B1 B 0.787 17 3/8 19 3/4 2 1/4 1 9/16 8.3 7.9 7.6 2 1/4 1 3/4 1.181 17 3/8 20 14.7 12.9 10.2 3 3 20 17 2 1/4 2 3/8 / / 1.181 22.5 22.5 19.0 8 4 4 3/4 3 1/2 1.968 17 7/8 20 36.5 33.0 30.5 2.361 18 7/8 20 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 62.0 56.0 49.0 0.787 20 7/8 19 3/4 2 1/4 1 9/16 6.0 4.7 2 1/4 1 3/4 1.181 20 7/8 20 9.2 7.3 1.181 20 7/8 20 3/4 2 1/4 2 3/8 17.0 13.5 4 3/4 3 1/2 1.968 21 1/2 20 23.0 18.4 1 3 1.968 21 /2 20 /4 4 3/4 4 3/4 32.0 30.5 2.361 23 3/8 19 3/4 12 1/4 9 1/16 57.5 54.5 0.590 20 1/2 19 3/4 2 1/4 1 9/16 4.0 3.6 2.7 2 1/4 1 3/4 0.787 21 1/4 20 6.6 5.5 4.0 1 3 1.181 21 /4 20 /4 2 1/4 2 3/8 12.2 10.2 7.5 4 3/4 3 1/2 1.181 21 1/2 20 16.9 14.2 10.4 20 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 1.968 22 29.5 25.0 18.2 2.361 23 7/8 19 3/4 12 1/4 9 1/16 54.0 47.0 30.5

max.

F load gr.

5 0.44 6 0.51 6 0.51 7 0.63 8 0.83 5 0.44 6 0.51 6 0.51 7 0.63 7 0.83 8 0.83 4 0.44 5 0.51 6 0.51 6 0.63 7 0.83 8 0.83

lbs 53 66 93 139 220 58 78 108 161 236 436 50 68 105 150 220 440

max.

F load gr.

0.51 5 0.51 6 0.51 6 0.63 7 0.83 8 0.51 5 0.51 6 0.51 6 0.63 7 0.83 7 0.83 8 0.51 4 0.51 5 0.51 6 0.63 6 0.83 7 0.83 8 1.02 9

lbs 57 73 104 154 240 62 84 115 179 256 461 55 75 115 157 247 471 640

Type 36 .. .1/2/3

OD 18˝ - 457.2 mm (ND 450/18˝ ) Type 36 46 11 36 46 12 36 46 13 36 46 14 36 46 15 36 46 21 36 46 22 36 46 23 36 46 24 36 46 25 37 46 27 36 46 31 36 46 32 36 46 33 36 46 34 36 46 35 37 46 37 37 46 38

permissible load (lbs x 1000) B1 B 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax A 0.787 18 1/2 21 1/4 2 1/4 1 9/16 8.3 7.9 7.2 1.181 18 1/2 21 1/2 2 1/4 1 3/4 14.7 12.9 11.7 1.181 18 1/2 22 1/4 2 1/4 2 3/8 22.5 22.5 21.0 1.968 19 1/8 21 1/2 4 3/4 3 1/2 36.0 32.5 30.0 2.361 20 1/8 22 1/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 61.5 55.5 51.0 0.787 21 5/8 21 1/4 2 1/4 1 9/16 6.0 4.7 1.181 21 5/8 21 1/2 2 1/4 1 3/4 9.2 7.3 1.181 21 5/8 22 1/4 2 1/4 2 3/8 17.1 13.5 21 1/2 4 3/4 3 1/2 1.968 23 22.5 17.9 22 1/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 1.968 23 32.0 30.5 2.361 24 1/4 21 12 1/4 9 1/16 57.5 54.5 0.590 21 5/8 21 1/4 2 1/4 1 9/16 3.6 3.6 2.6 0.787 22 1/2 21 1/2 2 1/4 1 3/4 6.4 5.4 3.9 1.181 22 1/2 22 1/4 2 1/4 2 3/8 12.0 10.1 7.3 1.181 22 5/8 21 1/2 4 3/4 3 1/2 16.7 14.0 10.2 1.968 23 1/4 22 1/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 29.0 24.5 18.0 21 12 1/4 9 1/16 2.361 25 53.5 46.5 30.0 9 7/8 2.755 26 5/8 21 3/4 13 78.0 69.5 46.5

Type 36 .. .4/5

Type 37 .. .7/8 Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).

Lug dimensions: F less 0.04 inch; B1 plus 0.08 inch (see page 3.19).

3.26

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP SELECTION TABLE OD 20˝ - OD 22˝ OD 20˝ - 508 mm (ND 500/20˝ )

Type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax A B 37 51 11 16.9 12.8 9.2 1.181 20 1/4 23 1/2 6 3/4 37 51 12 28.3 22.5 16.4 1.968 20 7/8 24 1/2 6 3/4 24 3/4 9 37 51 13 40.5 30.5 22.0 2.361 22 37 51 14 60.5 43.5 34.5 2.755 23 5/8 25 3/4 13 37 51 17 80.0 60.5 43.5 2.755 23 5/8 23 1/4 12 1/4 37 51 21 1.181 23 3/8 22 3/4 5 1/2 11.6 11.0 37 51 22 1.968 24 3/8 23 1/4 6 3/4 18.2 17.0 37 51 23 1.968 24 3/8 23 3/4 7 26.0 24.5 37 51 24 2.361 25 5/8 24 3/4 9 1/2 40.5 38.5 9 1/2 37 51 25 2.361 25 5/8 25 47.5 45.0 5 1 26 25 9 3/4 / / 37 51 26 2.361 52.5 50.0 8 2 37 51 28 2.755 25 5/8 23 3/4 13 85.5 81.0 37 51 31 1.181 24 5/8 22 3/4 5 1/2 10.2 8.3 6.0 37 51 32 1.181 24 5/8 23 3/4 6 3/4 17.1 16.0 10.6 37 51 33 1.968 25 1/4 23 3/4 7 24.0 21.0 15.2 37 51 34 2.361 26 1/8 25 1/4 9 36.5 33.0 24.5 37 51 35 2.361 26 1/8 25 1/4 9 1/2 44.5 41.0 29.5 23 3/4 13 37 51 38 2.755 28 77.5 69.0 45.0

max.

B1 F load gr.

51/8 0.51 6 53/8 0.51 7 71/8 0.63 8 101/4 0.83 9 91/16 0.83 9 41/8 0.51 6 51/8 0.51 7 53/8 0.63 7 71/8 0.83 8 71/2 0.83 8 71/2 0.83 8 97/8 1.02 9 41/8 0.51 6 51/8 0.51 6 53/8 0.63 7 71/8 0.83 8 71/2 1.02 8 97/8 1.02 9

lbs 102 156 242 426 494 94 151 208 322 395 440 650 97 144 211 317 400 685

max.

B1 F load gr.

B 1040 °F d1 Emax A 21 5/8 25 1/2 6 3/4 5 1/8 0.51 6 1.181 1/ 22 26 1/2 6 3/4 5 3/8 0.51 7 1.968 4 23 3/8 26 3/4 9 7 1/8 0.63 8 2.361 25 27 3/4 13 10 1/4 0.83 9 2.755 25 25 1/4 12 1/4 9 1/16 0.83 9 2.755 1 25 24 3/4 5 1/2 4 1/8 0.51 6 / 1.181 4 25 3/4 25 1/4 6 3/4 5 1/8 0.51 7 1.968 25 3/4 25 3/4 7 5 3/8 0.63 7 1.968 3 1 1 26 /4 26 /2 9 /2 7 1/8 0.83 8 2.361 26 3/4 27 9 1/2 7 1/2 0.83 8 2.361 26 3/4 28 1/2 9 3/4 7 1/2 0.83 8 2.361 28 1/2 25 3/4 13 9 7/8 1.02 9 2.755 5 3 1 25 /8 24 /4 5 /2 4 1/8 0.51 6 1.181 6.0 25 5/8 25 1/2 6 3/4 5 1/8 0.51 6 1.181 11.6 26 1/8 25 1/2 7 5 3/8 0.63 7 1.968 15.2 27 3/8 27 1/4 9 7 1/8 0.83 8 2.361 24.0 3 1 1 27 /8 27 /4 9 /2 7 1/2 0.83 8 2.361 29.5 29 25 3/4 13 9 7/8 1.02 9 2.755 44.0 29 26 1/2 15 1/4 11 7/16 1.02 9 2.755 59.0

lbs 111 165 256 442 530 105 162 221 337 410 471 730 105 154 221 333 415 725 890

OD 22˝ - 558.8 mm (ND 550/22˝ )

Type 37 .. .7/8/9

Type 37 56 11 37 56 12 37 56 13 37 56 14 37 56 17 37 56 21 37 56 22 37 56 23 37 56 24 37 56 25 37 56 26 37 56 28 37 56 31 37 56 32 37 56 33 37 56 34 37 56 35 37 56 38 37 56 39

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 16.8 12.7 9.2 28.3 22.5 16.3 40.5 30.5 22.0 60.5 44.0 34.5 80.0 60.5 43.5 11.4 10.8 18.1 17.1 26.0 24.5 40.5 38.5 47.5 45.0 52.0 49.5 83.0 78.0 10.3 8.3 17.1 16.0 24.0 21.0 36.5 33.0 44.5 40.5 77.5 68.0 93.0 86.5

Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).

Lug dimensions: F less 0.04 inch; B1 plus 0.08 inch (see page 3.19).

3.27

3

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP SELECTION TABLE OD 24˝ - OD 26˝ OD 24˝ - 609.6 mm (ND 600/24˝ ) permissible load (lbs x 1000) max.

B1 F load gr. lbs Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax A B 37 61 11 16.9 12.8 9.2 1.181 22 5/8 27 1/2 63/4 51/8 0.63 118 6 37 61 12 28.3 22.5 16.4 1.968 23 1/4 28 1/2 63/4 53/8 0.63 173 7 71/8 0.63 37 61 13 40.5 31.0 22.0 2.361 24 3/8 28 3/4 9 265 8 29 3/4 13 101/4 0.63 37 61 14 60.5 44.0 34.5 2.755 26 455 9 27 1/4 121/4 91/16 0.83 37 61 17 80.5 61.0 44.0 2.755 26 556 9 27 3/4 13 97/8 0.83 37 61 18 122.0 92.5 66.5 2.755 26 650 9 37 61 21 1.181 263/8 263/4 51/2 41/8 0.63 113 6 11.4 10.8 27 1/4 63/4 51/8 0.63 37 61 22 1.968 27 173 7 18.1 17.2 27 3/4 7 53/8 0.63 37 61 23 1.968 27 232 7 26.0 24.5 1 1 1 37 61 24 2.361 28 /8 28 /2 9 /2 71/8 0.83 365 8 40.5 38.0 91/2 71/2 0.83 37 61 25 2.361 28 1/8 29 435 8 47.0 45.0 37 61 26 2.361 28 1/8 30 1/4 93/4 71/2 0.83 480 8 52.0 49.5 37 61 28 2.755 29 7/8 27 3/4 13 97/8 1.02 780 9 82.5 78.0 26 3/4 51/2 41/8 0.63 37 61 31 1.181 27 114 6 10.2 8.3 5.8 27 1/2 63/4 51/8 0.63 37 61 32 1.181 27 166 6 17.1 16.0 11.4 53/8 0.63 37 61 33 1.968 27 1/2 27 1/2 7 233 7 24.0 20.5 15.4 71/8 0.83 37 61 34 2.361 283/4 291/4 9 350 8 36.5 33.0 24.0 37 61 35 2.361 283/4 291/4 91/2 71/2 0.83 435 8 44.0 40.5 29.5 97/8 1.02 37 61 38 2.755 303/8 273/4 13 770 9 77.0 67.5 44.0 37 61 39 2.755 30 3/8 28 1/2 151/4 117/16 1.02 950 9 92.5 85.5 62.0

Type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6

OD 26˝ - 660.4 mm (ND 650/26˝ ) permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax 37 66 11 16.9 12.8 9.2 1.181 23 7/8 37 66 12 28.3 22.5 16.4 1.968 24 3/8 37 66 13 40.5 31.0 22.0 2.361 25 5/8 37 66 14 61.5 44.5 34.5 2.755 27 1/8 37 66 17 80.5 61.0 44.0 2.755 27 1/8 37 66 18 122.0 92.5 67.0 2.755 27 1/8 37 66 21 1.181 27 1/2 11.6 11.0 37 66 22 1.968 28 1/8 17.8 17.2 37 66 23 1.968 28 1/8 26.0 24.5 37 66 24 2.361 29 1/2 40.5 38.0 37 66 25 2.361 29 1/2 47.0 45.0 37 66 26 2.361 29 1/2 52.0 49.5 37 66 28 2.755 31 1/8 82.0 78.0 37 66 31 1.181 28 1/8 10.4 8.5 6.0 37 66 32 1.181 28 1/8 17.4 16.2 12.0 37 66 33 1.968 28 3/4 24.0 21.0 15.4 37 66 34 2.361 29 3/4 36.5 33.0 24.0 37 66 35 2.361 29 3/4 44.5 41.0 29.5 37 66 38 2.755 31 1/4 77.0 68.0 44.0 37 66 39 2.755 31 1/4 92.5 85.5 62.0

A 29 1/2 30 1/4 30 3/4 31 3/4 29 1/4 29 3/4 28 3/4 29 1/4 29 3/4 30 1/2 31 32 1/4 29 3/4 28 3/4 29 1/2 29 1/2 31 1/4 31 1/4 29 3/4 30 1/4

B1 B 6 3/4 51/8 6 3/4 53/8 9 71/8 13 101/4 12 1/4 91/16 13 97/8 5 3/4 45/16 7 53/8 7 53/8 9 1/2 71/8 9 1/2 71/2 9 3/4 71/2 13 97/8 5 3/4 45/16 7 53/8 7 53/8 9 71/8 9 1/2 71/2 13 97/8 1 15 /4 117/16

max.

F load gr. lbs 121 0.63 6 186 0.63 7 278 0.63 8 473 0.63 9 588 0.83 9 685 0.83 9 128 0.63 6 199 0.63 7 243 0.63 7 375 0.83 8 456 0.83 8 505 0.83 8 820 1.02 9 131 0.63 6 194 0.63 6 245 0.63 7 365 0.83 8 454 0.83 8 810 1.02 9 1.02 9 1000

Type 37 .. .7/8/9

Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).

Lug dimensions: F less 0.04 inch; B1 plus 0.08 inch (see page 3.19).

3.28

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP SELECTION TABLE OD 28˝ - OD 30˝ OD 28˝ - 711.2 mm (ND 700/28˝ )

Type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6

permissible load (lbs x 1000) max.

B1 F load gr. lbs Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax A B 31 1/2 6 3/4 51/8 0.63 6 37 71 11 16.9 12.8 9.2 1.181 25 129 5 37 71 12 28.3 21.5 15.4 1.968 25 /8 32 1/2 6 3/4 53/8 0.63 7 199 9 71/8 0.63 8 37 71 13 41.0 31.0 22.5 2.361 26 3/4 33 292 37 71 14 62.0 44.5 35.0 2.755 28 3/8 33 3/4 13 101/4 0.63 9 487 37 71 15 75.0 54.5 42.0 2.755 28 3/8 34 3/4 13 101/4 0.83 9 556 97/8 0.83 9 37 71 18 122.0 93.0 67.0 2.755 28 3/8 32 13 720 37 71 21 1.181 28 1/2 30 3/4 5 3/4 45/16 0.63 6 136 11.7 11.1 53/8 0.63 7 37 71 22 1.968 29 3/8 31 1/4 7 200 17.8 17.2 7 53/8 0.63 7 37 71 23 1.968 29 3/8 32 257 26.0 24.5 37 71 24 2.361 30 3/8 32 3/4 9 1/2 71/8 0.83 8 385 40.5 38.5 9 1/2 71/2 0.83 8 37 71 25 2.361 30 3/8 33 470 47.5 45.5 37 71 26 2.361 30 3/8 34 1/2 9 3/4 71/2 0.83 8 525 52.5 50.0 97/8 1.02 9 37 71 28 2.755 32 1/8 32 13 860 82.5 78.5 37 71 31 1.181 29 1/8 30 3/4 5 3/4 45/16 0.63 6 137 10.5 8.5 6.0 53/8 0.63 6 37 71 32 1.181 29 1/8 31 3/4 7 206 17.5 16.3 12.1 53/8 0.63 7 37 71 33 1.968 29 3/4 31 3/4 7 257 24.5 21.0 15.2 71/8 0.83 8 37 71 34 2.361 30 3/4 33 1/4 9 375 37.0 33.5 24.5 37 71 35 2.361 30 3/4 33 1/4 9 1/2 71/2 0.83 8 475 44.5 41.0 30.0 97/8 1.02 9 37 71 38 2.755 32 1/2 32 13 850 77.5 67.5 43.5 37 71 39 2.755 32 1/2 32 1/2 15 1/4 117/16 1.02 9 1050 93.0 86.0 62.0

OD 30˝ - 762 mm (ND 750/30˝ )

Type 37 .. .8/9

permissible load (lbs x 1000) max.

B1 F load gr. lbs Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax A B 37 76 11 16.8 12.7 9.2 1.181 26 1/8 33 1/2 63/4 51/8 0.63 6 138 37 76 12 28.0 22.0 15.8 1.968 26 3/4 34 1/2 63/4 53/8 0.63 7 207 34 3/4 9 71/8 0.63 8 37 76 13 41.0 31.0 22.5 2.361 28 309 37 76 14 63.0 48.5 35.0 2.755 29 1/2 35 3/4 13 101/4 0.63 9 509 37 76 15 75.0 55.0 42.0 2.755 29 1/2 36 1/2 13 101/4 0.83 9 581 37 76 16 89.5 67.5 53.0 2.755 29 1/2 36 3/4 13 101/4 0.83 9 666 97/8 0.83 9 37 76 18 122.0 93.0 67.0 2.755 29 1/2 33 3/4 13 750 37 76 21 1.181 29 7/8 32 3/4 53/4 45/16 0.63 6 145 11.6 11.0 53/8 0.63 7 37 76 22 1.968 30 1/2 33 1/4 7 211 17.8 17.2 53/8 0.63 7 37 76 23 1.968 30 1/2 33 3/4 7 271 26.0 24.5 37 76 24 2.361 31 1/2 34 3/4 91/2 71/8 0.83 8 410 41.0 38.5 37 76 26 2.361 31 1/2 36 1/2 93/4 71/2 0.83 8 561 53.0 50.0 97/8 1.02 9 37 76 28 2.755 33 1/4 33 3/4 13 900 83.0 78.5 37 76 31 1.181 30 1/8 32 3/4 53/4 45/16 0.63 6 146 10.6 8.5 6.2 53/8 0.63 6 37 76 32 1.181 30 1/8 33 3/4 7 205 17.6 16.4 12.0 53/8 0.63 7 37 76 33 1.968 30 3/4 33 3/4 7 270 24.5 21.0 15.5 71/8 0.83 8 37 76 34 2.361 31 3/4 35 1/4 9 390 37.0 33.5 24.5 37 76 35 2.361 31 3/4 35 1/4 91/2 71/2 0.83 8 490 45.0 41.5 30.0 97/8 1.02 9 37 76 38 2.755 33 1/2 33 3/4 13 890 78.0 68.5 44.0 37 76 39 2.755 33 1/2 34 1/2 151/4 117/16 1.02 9 1100 93.5 86.5 62.5

Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).

Lug dimensions: F less 0.04 inch; B1 plus 0.08 inch (see page 3.19).

3.29

3

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP SELECTION TABLE OD 32˝ - OD 36˝ OD 32˝ - 812.8 mm (ND 800/32˝ ) permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax 37 81 11 16.7 12.6 9.1 1.181 27 1/2 37 81 12 28.0 22.0 16.0 1.968 28 1/8 37 81 13 40.5 30.5 22.0 2.361 29 3/8 37 81 14 63.0 48.5 35.0 2.755 30 7/8 37 81 15 75.0 54.5 42.0 2.755 30 7/8 37 81 16 89.0 67.5 52.5 2.755 30 7/8 37 81 18 122.0 92.5 67.0 2.755 30 7/8 37 81 21 1.181 31 1/8 11.6 11.0 37 81 22 1.968 31 3/4 17.8 17.2 37 81 23 1.968 31 3/4 26.0 24.5 37 81 24 2.361 32 5/8 41.0 38.5 37 81 26 2.361 32 5/8 53.0 50.0 37 81 28 2.755 34 1/2 83.0 78.5 37 81 31 1.181 31 1/8 10.6 8.6 6.3 37 81 32 1.181 31 1/8 17.7 16.5 12.2 37 81 33 1.968 31 3/4 24.5 21.0 15.5 37 81 34 2.361 32 5/8 37.5 34.0 24.0 37 81 35 2.361 32 5/8 45.0 41.5 30.0 37 81 38 2.755 34 1/2 78.5 68.5 44.5 37 81 39 2.755 34 1/2 94.0 86.5 63.0

A 35 3/4 36 1/2 36 3/4 37 3/4 38 1/2 38 3/4 35 3/4 34 3/4 35 1/4 35 3/4 36 3/4 38 1/2 35 3/4 34 3/4 35 3/4 35 3/4 37 1/4 37 1/4 35 3/4 36 1/2

B 63/4 63/4 9 13 13 13 13 53/4 7 7 91/2 93/4 13 53/4 7 7 9 91/2 13 151/4

B1 51/8 53/8 71/8 101/4 101/4 101/4 97/8 45/16 53/8 53/8 71/8 71/2 97/8 45/16 53/8 53/8 71/8 71/2 97/8 117/16

max.

F load gr. lbs 142 6 0.63 216 7 0.63 313 8 0.63 531 9 0.63 603 9 0.83 693 9 0.83 821 9 0.83 154 6 0.63 234 7 0.63 282 7 0.63 420 8 0.83 587 8 0.83 940 9 1.02 153 6 0.63 226 6 0.63 279 7 0.63 400 8 0.83 505 8 0.83 920 9 1.02 1140 9 1.02

B1 51/8 53/8 71/8 101/4 101/4 101/4 97/8 45/16 53/8 53/8 71/8 71/2 97/8 117/16 45/16 53/8 53/8 71/8 71/2 97/8 117/16

max.

F load gr.

6 0.63 7 0.63 8 0.63 9 0.63 9 0.83 9 0.83 9 0.83 6 0.63 7 0.63 7 0.63 8 0.83 8 0.83 9 1.02 9 1.02 6 0.63 6 0.63 7 0.63 8 0.83 8 0.83 9 1.02 9 1.02

Type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6

OD 36˝ - 914.4 mm (ND 900/36˝ ) permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 °F d1 Emax A 37 91 11 16.6 12.6 9.1 1.181 29 7/8 39 1/2 37 91 12 27.0 21.0 15.2 1.968 30 1/2 40 1/2 37 91 13 40.5 30.5 22.0 2.361 31 3/4 41 37 91 14 63.0 48.5 35.0 2.755 33 1/4 41 3/4 37 91 15 75.0 55.0 42.0 2.755 33 1/4 42 1/2 37 91 16 89.5 67.5 53.0 2.755 33 1/4 43 37 91 18 122.0 93.0 67.0 2.755 33 1/4 39 3/4 37 91 21 1.181 33 1/8 38 3/4 11.7 11.1 37 91 22 1.968 33 5/8 39 1/4 18.0 17.4 37 91 23 1.968 33 5/8 39 3/4 26.0 25.0 37 91 24 2.361 34 5/8 40 1/2 41.0 39.0 37 91 26 2.361 34 5/8 42 1/2 53.5 50.5 37 91 28 2.755 36 3/8 39 3/4 84.0 79.5 37 91 29 2.755 36 3/8 40 1/4 101.0 95.5 37 91 31 1.181 33 1/2 38 3/4 10.6 8.5 6.2 37 91 32 1.181 33 1/2 39 1/2 17.6 16.5 12.2 39 3/4 37 91 33 1.968 34 24.5 21.5 14.8 5 1 34 / 37 91 34 2.361 37.5 33.5 21.5 8 41 /4 37 91 35 2.361 34 5/8 41 1/4 45.5 42.0 30.5 37 91 38 2.755 36 7/8 39 3/4 79.0 69.0 44.5 37 91 39 2.755 36 7/8 40 1/2 94.5 87.0 63.5

B 63/4 63/4 9 13 13 13 13 53/4 7 7 91/2 93/4 13 151/4 53/4 7 7 9 91/2 13 151/4

lbs 157 238 343 553 644 747 860 167 258 316 458 636 1010 1220 167 254 309 444 556 1000 1260

Type 37 .. .8/9

Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).

Lug dimensions: F less 0.04 inch; B1 plus 0.08 inch (see page 3.19).

3.30

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMPS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS LISEGA dynamic pipe clamps are supplied ready for installation complete with all the nuts and bolts required.

It is recommended that units be stored only in closed rooms. If storage in the open is unavoidable, they must be protected from dirt and moisture.

Type 36 .. .1/2/3

Prevention of twisting To prevent the clamp from twisting, it is recommended that a shear lug be welded to the pipe (see also page 3.19).

The lug dimensions can be found in the selection tables for dynamic clamps on pages 3.21 – 3.30.

Type 36 This design has a solid upper yoke with integrated connection bracket and, depending on the load range, one or two U-bolts with inlay plate are provided.

Type 37 This is the heavier type for larger pipe diameters and higher loads. Normally, the bracket type 35 is welded to the upper yoke.

If the bracket is supplied loose on customer request, it must be welded on site following the welding instructions on page 3.16. The counterpart to the yoke consists of one or two flat steel straps depending on load. The straps are pinned to the yoke to make transport easier. For installation, the straps must be removed from the forked blocks by loosening the pin connection. The yoke is placed on the shear lug. From the opposite side the flat steel strap is fitted into the bolton clevises, fixed with the pins and secured by cotter pins. The clamp is then checked and positioned as required.

Type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6

Type 36 .. .4/5

For installation, remove the preassembled U-bolts. Then place the yoke over the shear lug. Reassemble the U-bolt and inlay from the opposite side, tightening the nuts only lightly at first. Then check and position the clamp as required. Finally, the nuts can be properly tightened and countered.

Type 37 .. .7/8/9

3.31

Finally the nuts are properly tightened. The hex nuts must be locked in position by bending the tab washers to prevent unintentional loosing.

3

3.32

ENERGY ABSORBER TYPE 32

A fully developed concept is needed for the best possible protection of plant components against pressure shocks. In the specific use of the most appropriate components, safety and economic efficiency need not exclude each other.

Field of application The field of application for LISEGA energy absorbers lies roughly between the LISEGA rigid struts and shock absorbers. Energy absorbers are used just like these components, to suppress abrupt displacements in piping or other components. In contrast to rigid struts and shock absorbers, energy absorbers are equipped with an adjustable free stroke (0 - 11/8 inch [0 –30mm] ) allowing slight thermal movements without any resistance.

Conversion into deformation energy After passing through the free stroke, possible pressure shocks are absorbed by limiting stops, and up to a defined load maximum (nominal load) are transferred to the surrounding structure. Forces in excess of this or peaks of force are converted into deformation energy by the energy absorbers, rather than loading the other attached components.

Piping displacements within the adjusted range of the free stroke are acceptable, provided that the permissible stresses are not thereby exceeded. If necessary, corresponding proof must be supplied. Special software and advice can be offered if required.

Maintenance-free use LISEGA energy absorbers are ideal for dealing with small or negligible thermal movements when connected components are to be protected from dynamic overload in a controlled manner. The energy absorbers contain no wear parts of any kind, and therefore require no maintenance.

Protection from water hammer Energy absorbers are ideal for protecting other connected components against possible water hammer.

3.33

Short lived but high magnitude fluid transient loads can be compensated by smaller, defined support loads. As a result, if energy absorbers are installed, any reinforcement of existing structures can be dispensed with.

In new constructions, the load limitation permits a more economical use of steel right from the start.

Replacement for box frame constructions Energy absorbers are ideally suited to the guidance and limitation of thermal movements. This way, not only are the usual and often expensive box frame constructions not required, but frictional forces between the piping and the frame are also avoided.

Pipe whip restraint An ideal application for energy absorbers is as protection from pipe whip. When used in angular arrangements, large forces can be absorbed. The direction of defined lines of force can be determined by the arrangement.

The advantage over U-bolt designs consists in the far less restricted effective radius.

Energy absorber used instead of a dual guide.

The box frame can be dispensed with.

3 Replacement of shock absorbers Where thermal movements are relatively small, energy absorbers constitute an ideal replacement for earlier types of shock absorbers, often prone to failure. In this way, costly repairs and recurrent tests are avoided. flange

special lug

Analysis of piping behavior Where energy absorbers are used, the GAPP program can be applied to perform seismic and fluid transient analysis. GAPP allows piping to displace within the permissible tolerance for the movements. For the load event, the specific load limiting property of energy absorbers is taken into account.

In response spectrum analyses, the program reproduces an equivalent linear spring characteristic to approximate to the non-linear situation. When fluid transient analyses are performed, the program uses time history methods.

short extension extension kit type 33 To enable energy absorbers to be fitted to existing connections, an assortment of special adaptors is available besides the standard extension (type 33)

Development cooperation The development of type 32 energy absorbers is the result of specific and successful cooperation between SARGENT & LUNDY, a leading American engineering company, and LISEGA. SARGENT & LUNDY also created the calculation software, or GAPP program. Both this prog-ram and the energy absorbers themselves have been rigorously tested by the American NRC (Nuclear Reactor Commission), and approved for use in nuclear power stations.

The unique capacity of the energy absorber to take up and convert kinetic energy brings the user valuable benefits: ➜ limitation of dynamic loads for attached components ➜ lighter steel constructions enabled ➜ no need to strengthen auxiliary structures ➜ small installation dimensions minimize danger of interference ➜ thermal piping movement not impeded ➜ no maintenance required due to absence of wear parts ➜ no recurrent testing required ➜ simple installation via length adjustment

3.34

ENERGY ABSORBERS TYPE 32 INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

free stroke adjustment

indicator for absorbed energy

total length adjustment

min. thread engagement

free stroke (compression)

When the nominal load is exceeded, the increased force and movement is converted into deformation energy.

Maximum deformation travel in the direction of tension and compression.

Dimensions at the midpoint of free strokes t1/t2, and a length adjustment of A dimension.

When changing t2, E dimension is either reduced or increased.

Order details: Energy absorber type 32 .. 16 t1= … t2= … inch with two weld-on brackets type 35 .. ..

Marking:…

3.35

Type 32 18 16 32 38 16 32 42 16 32 52 16 32 62 16 32 72 16 32 82 16 32 92 16

Nom.load (lbs) 675 1800 4000 10350 22450 44900 78600 123500

s 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 1/ 4 3/ 8 1/ 2

free stroke (tension)

t1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

to 3/4 to 7/8 to 1 to 1 to 1 to 1 1/8 to 1 1/8

0 0 0 0 0 0 0

t2

D

d3

to 3/4 to 7/8 to 1 to 1 to 1 to 1 1/8 to 1 1/8

21/4 23/8 31/4 45/8 51/8 73/4 97/8

0.393 11 3/4 33/8 2 33/4 2 0.472 14 0.590 17 3/8 47/8 3 0.787 19 1/4 57/8 3 1.181 22 5/8 61/2 3 1.968 28 1/8 67/8 3 2.361 37 1/4 87/8 3 on demand

Individual use The standard designs shown in the table do not show the full scope of supply possibilities.

LISEGA can adapt the products to the special requirements of the user.

E

A

F 11/

R 16

2 2 5/16 2 9/16 3 15/16 5 1/8 6 1/2

9/ 16 13/ 16 7/ 8 1 3/16 1 3/4 2 3/8 2 15/16

SG 0.36 0.40 0.48 0.63 0.87 1.38 1.74

Weight (lbs) 1.8 4.0 8.0 25.4 41.0 104.0 231.0

This especially relates to applications where load and stroke exceed standard parameters.

3

ENERGY ABSORBER MODE OF OPERATION free stroke (compression)

free stroke (tension) wedge B

A

E

C

F

D

total length adjustment free stroke adjustment H

The unit consists of an austenitic outer sleeve (A) with a defined undersize, into which tapered bronze disks (B) have been force fitted. The outer sleeve is closed off with a base plate (C), onto which the connection lug (D) is attached. Forces are transferred throughout the whole unit by the stops (E) and the shaft (F).

is required, using the adjustment device (H).

Corresponding procedures are repeatable up to a maximum deformation travel (s).

Installation The energy absorbers correspond to the load groups in Product Group 3 (dynamic components) and are correspondingly load and connection compatible with other connection components of this product group. Attention is drawn to the notices on pages 3.3 and 3.15 to 3.16.

Functional qualification The LISEGA energy absorbers have undergone a stringent test program to prove their functional reliability. Adequate safety margins have been proven by numerous dynamic and static loading tests.

-0.12

In the event of a dynamic force exceeding the insertion force of the tapered disks (nominal load), the disk affected is driven forward and leads to an expansion of the sleeve. This way, the excess forces are kept clear of the attachment structures via conversion into deformation energy. If such a process has occurred, the advance of the tapered disk affected can be read off on the indicator rod (G). For further use of the energy absorber, only a corresponding readjustment of the free stroke for the new position

10

load load(kips) F / kN

MODE OF OPERATION An energy absorber works via an adjustable free stroke that absorbs thermal movements.

The adjustment of this free stroke can be made in the range of 11/8 inch [30 mm] (for a medium sized design). Within this range the pipe is free to move without resistance.

Dynamic shocks, on the other hand, are limited in their movement by stops. The resulting forces are transferred to the surrounding structures up to the given nominal load, and when above that, are transformed into deformation energy by the energy absorber. This has the effect of providing a controlled protection from overload for the attached components.

indicator for absorbed energy G

-0.08

6

-0.04

2

-2

0.04

0.08

0.12

stroke s(inch) / mm stroke -6

-10 Tested load/travel characteristics on oscillating loadings nominal load.

3.36

RIGID STRUTS TYPE 39 In modern support concepts, rigid struts play an important role in the optimum support system under all operating conditions.

Secure and reliable positioning is a key element in its operational safety and long life.

Tasks LISEGA rigid struts type 39 have a number of important functions for the operational safety of piping systems: ➜ Absorption of shocks from unexpected load events. (See page 3.1) ➜ Guidance of pipe systems to control direction of calculated thermal displacement direction. ➜ Stabilization of flexible pipe systems by fixing the so-called “zero” positions.

LISEGA rigid struts differ from ordinary designs by offering the following advantages: ➜ length adjustable by left hand / right hand threads ➜ no welding

➜ Design of axial stops (“movable” fixed points).

➜ secure locking of joints due to fine threads

Mode of operation Rigid struts form rigid connections with ball bushings between the piping and structure.

No restriction is placed on the limited movement of the pipe within the angular displacement of the strut. Any movement in the axial direction of the strut is suppressed.

➜ favorable performance weight ratios

Design The struts consist of a rigid body with a ball bushing joint as a connection at both ends.

The structural attachment is formed by a weldon bracket type 35 (see page 3.8). The connection to the piping is formed by the appropriate dynamic clamp type 36 / 37 (see pages 3.21 - 3.30).

The body is made from a tube tapered at the ends by forging. The shape corresponds to the flux of force, and allows a favorable performance/ weight ratio. Welding has been completely dispensed with. The connections are designed as ball bushing joints with turnbuckle function having left hand / right hand threads and enable a length adjustment in a range of 6 or 12 inch [150 or 300 mm]. Flat faces are forged on the body to allow a proper use of wrench and facilitate length adjustments in the installed condition.

Fine threads are used on the ball bushing joints to ensure secure locking.

3.37

The strut bodies are manufactured in standard lengths. This way, LISEGA rigid struts are available from stock, TÜV qualification tested and ASME qualified.

➜ qualification tested by independent authority

3 Material: Carbon steel

minimum thread engagement

ball bushing joint right hand thread

left hand thread

3 3 6 6

Type 39 2. .4 39 3. .4 39 4. .4 39 5. .4 39 6. .4 39 7. .4 39 8. .4 39 9. .3 39 0. .3

Nom. load A (lbs x 1000) 1 1 /8 0.90 11/2 1.80 15/8 4.00 23/8 10.35 31/4 22.45 43/4 44.90 57/8 78.60 81/4 123.50 11 224.00

D

d3

11/2 13/4 21/4 23/8 31/4

0.393 0.472 0.590 0.787 1.181 1.968 2.361 2.755 3.936

4 41/2 41/2 61/4

E min 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4 153/4 153/4 191/2 291/2 311/2 391/4

E max 74 3/4 84 3/4 94 1/2 94 1/2 114 1/4 134 134 143 3/4 163 1/2

SW1

SW2

SG

1.06 1.26 1.42 2.36 2.36 2.75 3.74 4.33 6.10

1.26 1.42 1.81 1.97 2.75 3.35 3.94 3.94 5.31

0.36 0.40 0.48 0.63 0.87 1.38 1.74 1.93 2.76

Minimum engagement marked with groove in thread.

Width of ball bushing Has to be completed with

length indication (4th and 5th digit of type number, see page 3.39)

The rigid strut with right/lefthand threads can be length adjusted like a turnbuckle Shorter E dimensions are available as a special design

Tube Ă˜ 41/2 up to E-middle = 1081/4, spanner width 3.94 Tube Ă˜ 5 from E-middle = 1081/4, spanner width 4.33

Order details: Rigid strut type 39 .. ..

3.38

RIGID STRUTS TYPE 39 Selection When selecting rigid struts from the following tables, the following should be observed:

If the intersection is below the dividing line, it is a case of an overlength with reduced load which must be checked in the table on page 3.40 for conformity with the given operating load.

1. The given operating load must be covered by the nominal load.

2. The nominal load determines the load group at the same time.

5. For ordering, the type number must be completed at the 3rd digit with the number of the load group.

3. The suitable adjustment range must be selected for the given installation length.

4. The weight is shown at the intersection of load group and adjustment range.

Permissible load and weights Nom. load (lbs x 1000)

0.90 Type 39 .0 34 39 .0 44 39 .0 54 39 .0 74 39 .0 84 39 .1 04 39 .1 24 39 .1 54 39 .1 74 39 .2 04 39 .2 24 39 .2 54 39 .2 74 39 .3 04 39 .3 24 39 .3 54 39 .3 74 39 .4 04 39 .4 24 39 .4 54 39 .4 74 39 .5 04

Adjustmentrange 11 3/4 - 17 3/4 15 3/4 - 21 3/4 19 1/2 - 25 1/2 23 1/2 - 35 1/2 29 1/2 - 35 1/2 33 1/4 - 45 1/4 43 1/4 - 55 1/4 53 - 65 62 3/4 - 74 3/4 72 3/4 - 84 3/4 82 1/2 - 94 1/2 92 1/4 - 104 1/4 102 1/4 - 114 1/4 112 - 124 122 - 134 131 3/4 - 143 3/4 141 1/2 - 153 1/2 151 1/2 - 163 1/2 161 1/4 - 173 1/4 171 1/4 - 183 1/4 181 - 193 190 3/4 - 202 3/4

1.80

4.00

10.35

123.5

Load group E-middle

2

3

4

5

14 3/4 2.8 18 3/4 3.7 22 1/2 4.4 29 1/2 5.3 32 1/2 39 1/4 7.0 49 1/4 8.8 59 11 68 3/4 13 78 3/4 (15) 88 1/2 (16) 98 1/4 108 1/4 118 128 137 3/4 147 1/2 157 1/2 167 1/4 177 1/4 187 196 3/4

The type designation has to be completed in the 3rd digit by the load group.

6

7

8

Weight (lbs) 4.2 5.1 5.9 6.8 9.2 11 14 16 19 (21) (23)

5.9 7.5 8.8 14 18 21 24 28 32 35 39 42 (45) (48) (53)

14 16 18

21 24 28

22 25 30 34 39 42 46 51 (55) (59) (63) (67)

36 45 54 63 72 80 89 98 107 116 125 133 (142) (151) (160) (169)

lengths at reduced loads see page 3.40 number in ( ) slenderness ratio 位 150 位 200

3.39

Nom. load (lbs x 1000)

22.45 44.9 78.6

40 46 58 73 86 100 114 127 141 154 168 181 196 209 223 236 249 262 (278)

93 101 122 143 165 187 207 229 249 271 293 313 335 357 377 400 420 440

Type 39 .083 39 .093 39 .103 39 .113 39 .123 39 .133 39 .123 39 .153 39 .173 39 .203 39 .223 39 .253 39 .273 39 .303 39 .323 39 .353 39 .373 39 .403 39 .423 39 .453 39 .473 39 .503 39 .523 39 .553 39 .573 39 .603

AdjustmentE-middle range 31 1/2 - 37 1/2 34 1/2 35 1/2 - 41 1/2 38 1/2 39 1/4 - 45 1/4 42 1/4 43 1/4 - 49 1/4 46 1/4 47 1/4 - 53 1/4 50 1/4 51 1/4 - 57 1/4 54 1/4 43 1/4 - 55 1/4 49 1/4 59 53 - 65 62 3/4 - 74 3/4 68 3/4 72 3/4 - 84 3/4 78 3/4 82 1/2 - 94 1/2 88 1/2 92 1/4 - 104 1/4 98 1/4 102 1/4 - 114 1/4 108 1/4 118 112 - 124 128 122 - 134 131 3/4 - 143 3/4 137 3/4 141 1/2 - 153 1/2 147 1/2 151 1/2 - 163 1/2 157 1/2 161 1/4 - 173 1/4 167 1/4 171 1/4 - 183 1/4 177 1/4 187 181 - 193 190 3/4 - 202 3/4 196 3/4 200 3/4 - 212 3/4 206 3/4 210 1/2 - 222 1/2 216 1/2 220 1/4 - 232 1/4 226 1/4 230 1/4 - 242 1/4 236 1/4

224

Load group

9

0

Weight (lbs) 150 159 385 170 405 420 440 192 465 220 520 251 575 282 625 313 680 344 730 373 785 405 835 530 890 570 940 610 995 650 1045 690 1100 730 1150 770 1200 810 1255 850 1310 (890) 1365 (925) 1415

3 Table of permissible normal loads at normal / excess lengths

500 400 300

500 400 300

200

39 0. .3

200

100 90 80 70

39 9. .3 39 8. .4

100 90 80 70

39 7. .4

50 40

50 40 30

30

20

20

39 6. .4

10 9 8 7

10 9 8 7

39 5. .4

5 4 3

load (lbs x 1000)

The adjacent diagram indicates the reduced load values as against nominal load that are to be considered in the event of overlengths.

5 4 3

39 4. .4

2

2 39 3. .4

1 0.9 0.8 0.7

1 0.9 0.8 0.7

39 2. .4

0.5

0.5 70

90

110

130

150

170

190

210

230

250

length (inch) broken line: slenderness ratio: 150 ≤ Ν ≤ 200

Stock of rigid struts

Angled arrangement of rigid struts

3.40

PIPE WHIP RESTRAINTS

Pipe whip restraints One speciality in the area of dynamic pipe supports is the pipe whip restraint. Alongside the energy absorber type 32, which provides the optimum solution to this problem, a U-bolt design for specially large loads has proven to be highly successful.

Pipe whip restraints are exclusively used in the nuclear industry. They dampen and absorb the kinetic energy of bursting pipes in emergency cases. For this purpose, the elongation capacity of the encompassing U-bolts is used, as they are designed to absorb the expected dynamic loads.

3.41

Pipe whip restraints have safety-related significance and are subject to the highest demands in quality, design and manufacture.

As a large scale supplier to the latest generation of nuclear plants, LISEGA has successfully proven its qualification to supply this specific design.

PIPE CLAMPS, CLAMP BASES, PIPE CONNECTING PARTS

4 PRODUCT GROUP

4

PIPE CONNECTION PARTS

CONTENTS

PAGE

0

Pipe clamps and clamp bases_______________________________________4.1 Horizontal clamps type 41, 42, 43, 44 _______________________________4.3

1

Riser clamps type 45, 46, 48 _______________________________________4.4 Clamp bases, type 49______________________________________________4.5 Special designs ___________________________________________________4.7

2

U-bolts, type 40 __________________________________________________4.8 Selection of weld-on lugs, type 41___________________________________4.9 Weld-on lugs for pipe elbows, type 41 ______________________________4.10

3

Selection of pipe clamps and clamp bases___________________________4.11 Selection overview OD 0.84” – OD 36” _____________________________4.12

PRODUCT GROUP

Selection overview, temp. 1130 – 1200°F, OD 1.33” – OD 36”__________4.46 Lift-off restraints for clamp bases, type 49 ___________________________4.54 Connection plates, type 77 ________________________________________4.55

5

Installation instructions ___________________________________________4.56

6 7 8 9 4.0

4

PIPE CLAMPS AND CLAMP BASES, PRODUCT GROUP 4 In high temperature piping systems, pipe clamps and clamp bases are the most highly stressed and therefore most vulnerable components in the support system, owing to the additional effects of high temperatures. In spite of this, pipe clamps are seldom checked, as access is difficult after commissioning due to the surrounding insulation.

Standardization Pipe clamps, clamp bases, pipe weld-on lugs and U-bolts constitute the group of pipe connection components. Regarding these products, the design criteria for piping systems lead to a wide variation and hence to a particularly large number of components.

The dynamic clamps in Product Group 3 (see page 3.19) also belong in principle to this group. The design of both horizontal and vertical piping is determined by ➜ diameters ➜ loads ➜ temperature of the medium For appropriate coverage of the whole spectrum with safe products, LISEGA provides a complete program of standardized products for the whole field of application. In line with the special requirements of the field of application, the corresponding ideal design shape has been developed. Diameters range from OD 0.84 to 36 inch [OD 21.3 to OD 914.4], the temperature range extends to

1200°F [650°C] and the loads – divided into economical areas of operation – cover the highest level of the practical field of application.

Fields of application of standardized pipe clamps

Type 43 - 48 at T = 660°F

Type 43 - 48 at T = 1040°F

permissible load

kips

Type 46/48

Type 46/48

Type 44/2x

Type 48

Type 44

Type 45

nominal diameter

4.1

Type 44/2x

Type 43 - 48 at T = 1200°F

Type 43

Type 44

Type 43

Type 45 Type 43

inch

Type 44

4 These standardized components are an integral part of the LISEGA modular system, so connection and load compatibility to the load groups are correspondingly assured.

Quality Because of their exposed field of application, the design and construction of the pipe connection components require particular attention. Just as much care should be spent on the pipe supports as on the piping itself, since:

Through standardization of the entire application spectrum with sophisticated designs, plant designers, constructors and operators can draw equal profit: ➜ Comprehensive and clearly structured data tables simplify planning work ➜ all supplies from a single source through integration into a complete support program (LISEGA modular system)

Piping can never be better than its supports!

➜ superior quality at competitive prices through rational series production and favorable designs

The most important prerequisite for dependable component quality is general standardization.

➜ consistent standardization enables instant availability

When purchasing pipe connection components, confidence should only be placed in products of proven suitability.

➜ favorable performance/weight ratios, easy to install designs and connection compatibility of LISEGA components allow rational installation ➜ the uniform design with guaranteed safety factors ensures maximum operational safety ➜ a correspondingly compact design prevents excessive heat loss ➜ certification from type tests by independent authorities is on hand

4.2

HORIZONTAL CLAMPS WITH CONNECTION PARTS TYPE 41, 42, 43, 44 1. Weld-on lug type 41 This type is used principally as a pipe connection for piping under 175째F [80째C] on horizontal pipes or elbows.

Typ 41

Material: carbon steel

Horizontal clamps with connecting parts

Type 42 .. .9 Type 43

Type

2. Horizontal clamp type 42 This clamp can be used as a construction component or hanger clamp in cold piping systems. For larger pipe diameters the load range is limited.

Dispensing completely with weldings, the individual parts are form-fitted with non-welded connections and bolted together with threaded securing studs.

(Patent-No. DE3817059)

Material: carbon steel

The horizontal clamp type 44 is used where type 43 reaches its economic limits.

This is essentially the high temperature, large diameter or high load range.

Heat resistant materials (Construction component clamp) Type 42 .. 29 - 16Mo3/A204 Type 42 .. 39 - 13CrMo4-5/A387 Gr.12 Type 42 .. 49 - 10CrMo9-10/A387 Gr.22

Type 42 .. 17

44 .. .1 Type .2 .3

44 .. .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9

4. Horizontal clamp type 44 A rigid yoke takes on the load from a pipesurrounding U-bolt with an inlay plate. From certain diameters, temperatures or load ranges, a flat steel strap is used instead of a U-bolt.

3. Horizontal clamp type 43 This hanger clamp corresponds to the traditional shape made from flat steel. Its use is limited to an economical range up to a unit weight of approx. 55 lbs [25kg]. Connection to the load chain is made via connecting pins and LISEGA eye nut type 60.

Through the temperature dependence, the load-related application range of the pipe clamps can be extended over a number of LISEGA load groups.

For this, the eye nuts are so designed that at least 3 corresponding screw diameters can be accommodated.

Material: carbon steel, 16Mo3/A204 13CrMo 4-5, A387 Gr.12 10CrMo9-10, A387 Gr.22 F91(1.4903), A387 Gr.91Cl.II

Connection to the load chain is made via a lug and LISEGA clevis type 61. The connection lug is designed to accommodate connection pins of a number of LISEGA load groups.

Material: carbon steel 16Mo3/A204/A387 Gr.22 13CrMo4-5/A387 Gr.12/Gr.22 21CrMoV5-7 1OCrMo9-1O/A387 Gr.22 F91(1.4903)/A387 Gr.91 Cl.II

Comparison of a LISEGA pipe clamp type 44 with a clamp of traditional design following the same criteria.

(Load 7200 lbs [32kN], temperature 570째F [300째C])

Type 44 .. 51 .2 .3 .4 .5

pipe clamp with U-bolt Type 44 weight 31 lbs

4.3

pipe clamp Type 43 weight 60 lbs

4

RISER CLAMPS TYPE 45, 46, 48 1. Riser clamp type 45 With the riser clamp type 45, the lower range suited to this design is covered.

Connection to the vertical piping is made via the shear lugs welded to the pipe. The design and application of the lugs is the responsibility of the piping manufacturer.

Connection to the load chain is made via connection pins and LISEGA eye nuts type 60. Up to 3 LISEGA load groups can be accommodated.

When ordering, the desired span (dimension L) is to be given.

Material: carbon steel 13CrMo4-5/A387 Gr.12/Gr.22 2. Riser clamp type 46/48 The design of this riser clamp exploits the box shape as the best precondition for the economical use of material. The individual parts are bolted together without weldings via socket connections.

(Patent no. DE3817015)

Material: carbon steel 16Mo3/A204/A387 Gr.22 13CrMo4-5/A387 Gr.12/Gr.22 10CrMo9-10/A387 Gr.22 Only for type 48 F91(1.4903)/A387 Gr.91Cl.II 3. Special designs ➜ For equipping austenitic pipe systems, all pipe clamps can be fitted with austenitic inlay plates.

Riser clamp type 45 with connecting parts

➜ For special diameters not contained in the selection table, corresponding intermediate sizes are available or, for minimal diameter differences, appropriate inlay plates are supplied. ➜ The riser clamp type 48 can quite easily be supplied as a special design in conjunction with LISEGA rigid struts type 39 as an axial stop for both directions, also for dynamic loads (see “Special Designs” on page 4.7).

Connection to the vertically assembled piping can be made in two different ways and therefore demands two different designs:

Riser clamp type 46 with connecting parts

Riser clamp type 48 with connecting parts

➜ Type 46 for load support through either 4 or 2 shear lugs welded to the pipe.

In general, two lugs come into operation only at ND 6 inch and are to be so arranged that they lie laterally to the longitudinal axis. ➜ Type 48 for load support through trunnions welded to the pipe.

The bore diameter for the trunnions is approximately 1/3 of the pipe diameter based on ASME Code case N-392-3 and DIN EN 13480-3.

Connection to the load chain is formed by integrated lugs designed for connection to LISEGA clevises, type 61.

The connection lugs are designed to accommodate the connection pins for a number of LISEGA load groups.

Type 43 with inlay plate Type 44 with inlay plate

Special design of a riser clamp type 46

4.4

CLAMP BASE TYPE 49 Clamp bases are generally used as slide bearings (loose supports) for horizontally arranged piping systems.

The fixed installation heights relate, for all diameters, to the respective lower rim of the pipe and have a dimension range of 2 or 4 inch [50 or 100mm] increments.

As with pipe clamps, the application spectrum embraces a diameter range of OD 0.84 to 36 inch [OD 21.3 to OD 914.4mm] and a temperature range up to 1110°F [600°C].

The standard dimensions selected for the support height of pipes as well as the length of the slide bases cover the most common cases of application.

Different application conditions through temperature and loading demand different clamp base designs.

Besides the support load, the operational temperature of the piping is an essential design criterion in the design of clamp bases.

The material to be used is determined by this. The installation height is governed by the thickness of the heat insulation.

If required, components with special dimensions can be supplied (see also “Special Designs”, page 4.7).

To keep within a clear level of available sizes, fixed installation heights are assigned to the temperature ranges.

Clamp base heights dependent on temperature of the medium and pipe diameter.

Possible stress effects on a clamp base

4.5

Temp. up to

H

2

4

57/8

77/8

660°F (350°C)

pipe Ø

0.84-3.50

0.84-22

4.25-36

12.75-36

Temp up to

H

4

57/8

77/8

97/8

117/8

930°F (500°C)

pipe Ø

0.84-1.06

1.33-3

3.50-7.625

8.625-18

20-36

Temp. up to

H

57/8

77/8

97/8

117/8

1040°F(560°C)

pipe Ø

0.84-3

3.50-6.625

7.625-12.75

14-36

Temp. up to

H

57/8

77/8

97/8

117/8

1110°F(600°C)

pipe Ø

0.84-3

3.50-6.625

7.625-12.75

14-36

4 1. Design for lower temperatures and smaller pipe diameters The design for this field of application consists of two shaped halves. On installation with the piping, the lower section of both halves is bolted on firmly and provides the slide base.

In the upper section the pipe is secured in position via a preset screw.

Through the free space under the pipe allowed by the design of the component, constant ventilation of the area is assured.

This is essential for cold piping systems, because otherwise permanent moisture would develop here after only a short time, causing corrosion of the piping.

Material: A36

2. Design for medium and high temperatures This design consists of a shaped lower metal part firmly welded to two pipe clamps.

The lower section is fitted, according to the respective design load, with a reinforcement gosset.

The clamp bases are versatile in application.

By the use of two lower sections set against each other, a double guide can easily be produced. By the additional application of lateral guides, a manifold guiding system can be provided. The shape of the support plate permits the simple mounting of lift-off restraints. The lower section is so designed that it can be equipped with a stainless steel plate as a sliding surface for a PTFE bearing.

Material: A36 16Mo3/A204/A387 Gr.22 13CrMo4-5/A387 Gr.12/Gr.22 10CrMo9-10/A387 Gr.22 Applications of clamp bases on trapezes or PTFE see page 4.5.

3. Special designs ➜ For the support of austenitic piping systems, all clamp bases can be fitted with corresponding stainless steel inlay plates.

Clamp base for smaller pipe diameters type 49 .. .1, 49 .. .2

➜ Special lengths or heights are possible if required. In cases of great expansion it might be more expedient to arrange for correspondingly long support surfaces on site. ➜ The slide bearings of all clamp bases can be supplied as sliding surfaces for a PTFE or graphite bearing. ➜ For special diameters not contained in the selection table, corresponding intermediate sizes are supplied. For minimal diameter differences suitable inlay plates are provided.

Clamp base for medium and high temperatures type 49 .. .3, .. .4, .. .5

➜ The clamp bases can if required be fitted with lift-off restraints. ➜ Two-fold or manifold guidings using standard clamp bases can be supplied if required (see “Special Designs” on page 4.7).

Clamp base type 49 with PTFE slide bearing to standard design.

Clamp base with lift-off restraints, permissible loads and dimensions, see page 4.54 (Fig. 1) Clamp base as double guide (horizontal application) (Fig. 2) Clamp base as manifold guide (vertical application) (Fig. 3)

(Fig. 1)

(Fig. 2)

(Fig. 3)

4.6

SPECIAL DESIGNS

The use of standard components in the field of pipe supports has long since proven its superiority, leading to enormous savings in time and costs associated with engineering, delivery and installation.

This especially includes pipe clamps and clamp bases.

However, because of an extremely wide range of applications and the complexity of piping, in some cases special designs are required. In such situations it is important to have experts on hand to ensure tried and tested solutions and to profit from proven calculation procedures.

Special designs Although the standardized LISEGA range of pipe surrounding support components is comprehensive and covers all common areas of application, more complicated cases sometimes arise where only a special solution can solve the problem.

Among other cases, special designs are most often required especially for the following specific applications: ➜ exceptionally restricted areas ➜ interferences insurmountable by common techniques ➜ tailor-made fixed point designs ➜ exceptionally high load requirements ➜ especially high temperatures (up to 1800°F) ➜ abnormal insulation thicknesses ➜ irregularly inclining pipes ➜ special trunnion diameters LISEGA’s customers are not left on their own in this regard. For such particular assignments an experienced team of technicians and engineers is available, ready to react speedily and flexibly with appropriate solutions. They are supported by a kit of special tools such as modern CAD programs and individual inhouse calculation software. In addition to this, a broad repertoire of well proven basic designs is on hand.

Every problem has a solution – this conviction motivates LISEGA’s experts in support technology. For our clients this can be demonstrated as required at any time!

4.7

4

U-BOLTS TYPE 40

U-bolts type 40 01 .8 to 40 91 .8

OD

Type 40 serves mainly to secure piping of max. 175째F [80째C] temp. to secondary steel structure.

Type 40 01 .8 40 02 .8 40 03 .8 40 04 .8 40 05 .8 40 06 .8 40 07 .8 40 09 .8 40 10 .8 40 11 .8 40 14 .8 40 17 .8 40 22 .8 40 27 .8 40 32 .8 40 36 .8 40 41 .8 40 46 .8 40 51 .8 40 61 .8 40 71 .8 40 76 .8 40 91 .8

OD 0.84 1.06 1.33 1.67 1.90 2.37 2.87 3.50 4.25 4.50 5.50 6.63 8.63 10.75 12.75 14 16 18 20 24 28 30 36

5. digit:

A 1 3/16 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 1/16 2 3/8 213/16 3 7/16 4 1/16 4 7/8 5 1/16 6 1/8 7 3/8 9 3/8 11 5/8 13 3/4 15 17 19 1/8 21 1/8 25 1/8 29 1/8 31 1/8 37 1/8

B 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 7/8 3 3 1/4 3 3/4 4 4 1/2 4 1/2 5 6 1/8 7 1/8 8 3/8 9 5/8 10 1/4 11 1/4 12 5/8 13 5/8 15 5/8 17 5/8 18 5/8 21 5/8

d2 x L 1/ UNC x 23/ 4 8 1/ UNC x 23/ 4 8 1/ UNC x 23/ 4 8 3/ UNC x 23/ 8 8 3/ UNC x 21/ 8 2 3/ UNC x 21/ 8 2 1/ UNC x 3 2 1/ UNC x 3 2 1/ UNC x 3 2 1/ UNC x 3 2 1/ UNC x 3 2 5/ UNC x 33/ 8 4 5/ UNC x 33/ 8 4 3/ UNC x 4 4 7/ UNC x 41/ 8 4 7/ UNC x 41/ 8 4 7/ UNC x 41/ 8 4 1 UNC x 43/4 1 UNC x 43/4 1 UNC x 43/4 1 UNC x 43/4 1 UNC x 43/4 1 UNC x 43/4

E

1 1 1 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 15 18

7/ 16 1/ 2 11/ 16 13/ 16 15/ 16 1/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 4 1/ 8 1/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8

weight (lbs) 0.12 0.13 0.13 0.35 0.37 0.40 0.85 0.92 1.00 1.03 1.15 2.18 2.54 4.44 5.05 5.38 5.91 12.10 13.10 15.00 16.90 17.90 20.70

2 = carbon steel 4 = stainless steel 1.4301

4.8

WELD-ON LUGS FOR PIPES TYPE 41 Weld-on lugs for pipes Type 41 D9 11 to 41 79 12

OD

Permissible load at 175°F [80°C] = normal load (load case A) of the corresponding load group (3rd digit of the type designation, see “Max. permissible load for static components”, page 0.5) Stress present in the given welding seam 7.25 ksi [50N/mm2] at 4° load angle.

Material: carbon steel Type 41 .. 11 Smax = 3/8 inch Type 41 .. 12 Smax = 4 inch

Reduction factors of the permiss. load at increased temperatures:

Order details: Weld-on lug for pipes, type 41 .9 1.

4.9

R

H

Type

A

d3

41 D9 11 41 D9 12 41 29 11 41 29 12 41 39 11 41 39 12 41 49 11 41 49 12 41 59 11 41 59 12 41 69 11 41 69 12 41 79 11 41 79 12

1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 5/8 1 7/8 2 7/8 3 1/8 4 3/4 3 3/8 5 1/4 4 3/4 6 1/2 6 3/4 9

0.41 0.41 0.50 0.50 0.65 0.65 0.81 0.81 1.00 1.00 1.34 1.34 1.60 1.60

1 4 1/2 1 4 1/2 1 1/8 4 3/4 1 5/8 4 7/8 1 5/8 5 1/8 2 5 1/2 2 3/8 5 7/8

T

F perm. (T)

480°F [250°C] 660°F [350°C]

0.7 F perm. (175°F) 0.5 F perm. (175°F)

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2

5/ 8 5/ 8 3/ 4 3/ 4 7/ 8 7/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 4 1/ 4 5/ 8 5/ 8

C 5/ 8 5/ 8 7/ 8 7/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 2 1/ 2 5/ 8 5/ 8

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 5/8 2 5/8

G 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8

a leg length

t 5/

16

3/

16

5/

16

3/

16

3/

8

3/

16

3/

8

3/

16

1/

2

1/

4

1/

2

1/

4

5/

8

1/

4

5/

8

1/

4

3/

4

5/

16

3/

4

5/

16

3/

8

3/

8

3/

8

3/

8

1 1 1 1/ 4 1 1/ 4

weight (lbs) 0.14 0.50 0.24 1.08 0.46 1.66 1.16 3.52 1.66 5.10 3.52 9.10 7.10 16.10

4

WELD-ON LUGS FOR PIPES TYPE 41

Permissible load at 175°F [80°C] is normal load (load case A) of the highest of the load groups indicated (see “Max. permissible

OD 2.37 2.87 3 3.5 3.5 4.25 4.25 4.5 4.5 5.25 5.25 5.5 5.5 6.25 6.25 6.63 6.63 7.63 7.63 8.63 8.63 9.63 9.63 10.5 10.5 10.75 10.75 12.75 12.75 14 14 14.5 14.5 16 16 16.5 16.5 18 18 20 20 22 22 24 24 26 26 28 28 30 30

Load group C 7/ C-2 8 7/ C-2 8 7/ C-2 8 7/ C-2 8 2-3 1 1/8 7/ C-2 8 1 2-3 1 /8 7/ C-2 8 2-3 1 1/8 7/ C-2 8 1 2-3 1 /8 7/ C-2 8 3-4 1 1/2 7/ C-2 8 1 3-4 1 /2 2-3 1 1/8 4-5 1 5/8 2-3 1 1/8 4-5 1 5/8 2-3 1 1/8 4-5 1 5/8 2-3 1 1/8 4-5 1 5/8 2-3 1 1/8 4-5 1 5/8 2-3 1 1/8 4-5 1 5/8 3-4 1 1/2 5-6 2 3-4 1 1/2 5-6 2 3-4 1 1/2 5-6 2 3-4 1 1/2 5-6 2 3-4 1 1/2 5-6 2 4-5 1 5/8 6-7 2 5/8 4-5 1 5/8 6-7 2 5/8 4-5 1 5/8 6-7 2 5/8 4-5 1 5/8 6-7 2 5/8 4-5 1 5/8 6-7 2 5/8 4-5 1 5/8 6-7 2 5/8 4-5 1 5/8 6-7 2 5/8

R1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 7/ 8 3/ 4 7/ 8 3/ 4 7/ 8 3/ 4 7/ 8 3/ 4 1/ 8 3/ 4 1/ 8 7/ 8 1/ 4 7/ 8 1/ 4 7/ 8 1/ 4 7/ 8 1/ 4 7/ 8 1/ 4 7/ 8 1/ 4 1/ 8 5/ 8 1/ 8 5/ 8 1/ 8 5/ 8 1/ 8 5/ 8 1/ 8 5/ 8 1/ 4

t 5/ 16 5/ 16 5/ 16 5/ 16 3/ 8 5/ 16 3/ 8 5/ 16 3/ 8 5/ 16 3/ 8 5/ 16 5/ 8 5/ 16 5/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 4 3/ 8 3/ 4 3/ 8 3/ 4 3/ 8 3/ 4 3/ 8 3/ 4 3/ 8 3/ 4 5/ 8 3/ 4 5/ 8 3/ 4 5/ 8 3/ 4 5/ 8 3/ 4 5/ 8 3/ 4 3/ 4

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1/4 3/4 1 2 1 1/4 3/4 1 2 1 1/4 3/4 1 2 1 1/4 3/4 2 1 1 1/4 3/4 1 2 1 1/4 3/4 1 2

loads for static components”, page 0.5).

Stress present in the given welding seam 7.25 ksi [50N/mm2] at 4° load angle.

d3 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.65 0.50 0.65 0.50 0.65 0.50 0.65 0.50 0.81 0.50 0.81 0.65 1.00 0.65 1.00 0.65 1.00 0.65 1.00 0.65 1.00 0.65 1.00 0.81 1.34 0.81 1.34 0.81 1.34 0.81 1.34 0.81 1.34 1.00 1.60 1.00 1.60 1.00 1.60 1.00 1.60 1.00 1.60 1.00 1.60 1.00 1.60

Weld-on lugs for pipes (R 1.5 OD) type 41 06 13 up to 41 76 16

R1 a

OD

smax = 4 inch[100mm] weight a Type E leg length (lbs) 3/ 0.92 41 06 15 5 3/8 16 3/ 0.9 41 07 15 5 3/8 16 3/ 0.9 41 08 15 5 3/8 16 3/ 0.9 41 09 15 5 3/8 16 1/ 1.46 41 09 16 5 1/2 4 3/ 0.94 41 10 15 5 3/8 16 1 1/ 1.52 41 10 16 5 /2 4 3/ 0.92 41 11 15 5 3/8 16 1/ 1.46 41 11 16 5 1/2 4 3/ 0.98 41 13 15 5 3/8 16 1/ 1.52 41 13 16 5 1/2 4 3/ 0.94 41 14 15 5 3/8 16 1/ 3.6 41 14 16 5 3/4 4 3/ 0.98 41 16 15 5 3/8 16 1/ 3.8 41 16 16 5 3/4 4 1 1/ 5 / 1.5 41 17 15 2 4 5/ 4.6 41 17 16 5 7/8 16 1/ 1.54 41 19 15 5 3/8 4 5/ 4.8 41 19 16 5 3/4 16 3 1/ 5 / 1.52 41 22 15 8 4 5/ 4.8 41 22 16 5 3/4 16 1/ 1.56 41 24 15 5 1/8 4 5/ 4.8 41 24 16 5 3/4 16 7 1/ 4 / 1.56 41 26 15 8 4 5/ 4.8 41 26 16 5 1/2 16 1/ 1.54 41 27 15 5 1/8 4 5/ 4.8 41 27 16 5 3/4 16 1 1/ 5 / 3.6 41 32 15 8 4 3/ 7.2 41 32 16 5 3/4 8 1/ 3.8 41 36 15 4 1/2 4 3/ 7.2 41 36 16 4 7/8 8 1/ 3.8 41 37 15 4 3/4 4 3/ 7.2 41 37 16 5 1/8 8 1/ 3.8 41 41 15 4 1/8 4 3/ 7.2 41 41 16 4 1/2 8 1/ 3.8 41 42 15 4 1/2 4 3/ 7.2 41 42 16 4 7/8 8 5/ 4.8 41 46 15 3 7/8 16 3/ 14.8 41 46 16 4 3/4 8 5/ 5 41 51 15 3 3/4 16 3/ 14.8 41 51 16 4 3/8 8 5/ 5 41 56 15 3 3/8 16 1 3/ 14.8 41 56 16 4 /8 8 5/ 5 41 61 15 3 1/8 16 3/ 14.6 41 61 16 3 3/4 8 5/ 5 41 66 15 2 3/4 16 3 3/ 14.6 41 66 16 3 /8 8 5/ 5 41 71 15 2 3/8 16 3/ 14.6 41 71 16 3 1/8 8 5/ 5 41 76 15 2 16 3 3/ 14.6 41 76 16 2 /4 8

41 .. 13 14 15 16

678678

smax = 1/2 inch[10mm] weight a Type E leg length (lbs) 3/ 0.26 41 06 13 1 3/8 16 3/ 0.24 41 07 13 1 1/8 16 3/ 0.24 41 08 13 1 3/8 16 3/ 0.24 41 09 13 1 1/8 16 3/ 0.46 41 09 14 1 3/8 16 3/ 0.24 41 10 13 1 1/8 16 3/ 0.46 41 10 14 1 3/8 16 3/ 0.24 41 11 13 1 1/8 16 3/ 0.46 41 11 14 1 3/8 16 3/ 0.24 41 13 13 1 16 3/ 0.46 41 13 14 1 1/8 16 3/ 0.24 41 14 13 1 16 1/ 1.24 41 14 14 1 5/8 4 3/ 0.24 41 16 13 1 16 1/ 1.26 41 16 14 1 5/8 4 3/ 0.44 41 17 13 1 16 5/ 1.72 41 17 14 1 5/8 16 3/ 0.46 41 19 13 3/4 16 5/ 1.74 41 19 14 1 3/8 16 3/ 0.44 41 22 13 3/4 16 5/ 1.7 41 22 14 1 3/8 16 3/ 0.44 41 24 13 5/8 16 5/ 1.72 41 24 14 1 1/8 16 3 3/ / 0.46 41 26 13 8 16 5/ 1.72 41 26 14 1 16 3/ 0.44 41 27 13 5/8 16 5/ 1.68 41 27 14 1 16 1/ 1.2 41 32 13 5/8 4 3/ 2.6 41 32 14 1 8 1/ 1.22 41 36 13 - 3/8 4 3/ 2.6 41 36 14 1/4 8 1/ 0 1.22 41 37 13 4 3/ 2.6 41 37 14 5/8 8 1/ 1.22 41 41 13 - 5/8 4 3/ 2.6 41 41 14 - 1/4 8 3 1/ / 1.22 41 42 13 8 4 3/ 2.6 41 42 14 1/4 8 5/ 1.7 41 46 13 - 3/4 16 3/ 6.8 41 46 14 0 8 5/ 1.7 41 51 13 -1 1/8 16 3/ 6.8 41 51 14 - 3/8 8 5/ 1.68 41 56 13 -1 5/8 16 3/ 6.6 41 56 14 - 3/4 8 3 5/ -1 / 1.68 41 61 13 4 16 3/ 6.6 41 61 14 -1 1/8 8 5/ 1.68 41 66 13 -2 1/8 16 3/ 6.6 41 66 14 -1 3/8 8 5/ 1 -2 / 1.68 41 71 13 2 16 3/ 6.4 41 71 14 -1 3/4 8 5/ 1.68 41 76 13 -3 16 3/ 6.4 41 76 14 -2 1/8 8

smax =1/2 inch smax =4 inch

Reduction factors of the permiss. load at increased temperatures: T

F perm. (T)

480°F [250°C] 0.7 F perm. (175°F) 660°F [350°C] 0.5 F perm. (175°F)

Order details: Weld-on lugs for pipes R 1.5 OD type 41 .. 1.

4.10

SELECTION OF PIPE CLAMPS AND CLAMP BASES The selection tables on the following pages offer a general view of the fields of application. They have been arranged in ascending order according to pipe diameters. All pipe clamps and clamp bases to be considered for a given design of pipe system can therefore be found clearly set out on one page.

The following points are important for application purposes: 1. In the selection table, all the information can be found that is required for determining the correct component and placing an order free of uncertainty.

2. The component with the lowest permissible load to cover in the appropriate temperature range is at the same time the most economical of all those listed.

3. The geometrical values of the connections are compatible with those of LISEGA connection components. Via the wide load application range, connections in various LISEGA load groups can be linked up.

4. The lengths of connection lugs are so designed that the connection points lie outside the economical insulation thicknesses.

5. For use in pipe systems made of austenitic material, all pipe clamps and clamp bases can be equipped with corresponding inlay plates.

6. In selecting an appropriate pipe clamp, the following procedure should be followed: 6.1 Determination of the correct page for the external dimensions (OD) of the piping to be supported.

6.2 Determination of the correct temperature range in the column for the desired support type, horizontal or vertical.

6.3 Determination of the permissible load to be covered.

By coupling two pipe clamps with type 77 (see page 4.55), the loads can be doubled

4.11

6.4 Checking of the installation dimension E and width B for agreement with the installation conditions prevailing.

6.5 For riser clamps, checking of the span (L-dimension).

6.6 For riser clamps of Type 46/48, the decision as to whether shear lugs or trunnions should be used.

6.7 On the basis of the properly fitting LISEGA load group ranges provided, the conformity of the connection with the load chain required can be ascertained.

6.8 Determination of the selected component through specification of the appropriate LISEGA type designation.

7.0 In selecting a suitable clamp base, proceed according to points 6.1 – 6.3.

In addition, attention should be paid to the choice of the correct height (dimension H) which is determined by the thickness of the heat insulation.

7.1 The heights given (dimension H) as well as the lengths (dimension A) are standard dimensions and cover the most common application cases. If required, components of different dimensions can be supplied.

8. The supply of pipe clamps and clamp bases is possible as special designs for particular uses and conditions (see pages 4.4 and 4.6 in this regard).

9. In the design and construction of LISEGA pipe clamps and clamp bases, nuclear applications have also been considered.

However, separate fabrication is required in this case with strict adherence to the LISEGA quality management system. The type designation hereby differs in the 5th digit by addition of a 5 (see also page 0.7 in this respect).

SELECTION TABLE OD 0.84˝- 21.3mm

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46 Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 0.84˝ (ND 15/1/2˝), types 42, 43, 45, 49 permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d4 Type 0.41 42 01 17 0.56

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 42 01 19 1.20 0.85 0.65

950

985 1040 1075 1110°F

A B 13/4 1

lbs 0.3

load group C-D

d2 E B 0.40 11/8 11/4

lbs 0.7

load group C-2

d1 0.48 0.48 0.48

4 51/4 51/4

B 11/4 11/4 11/8

lbs 1.1 1.3 1.3

load group C-2 C-2 C-2

E 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

B 2 2 2 2 2 23/4 23/4 23/4 23/4

load lbs group L 4.4 C-4 10 113/4 5.1 C-4 153/4 6.6 C-4 193/4 7.9 C-4 231/2 9.3 C-4 113/4 8.6 C-4 153/4 11.0 C-4 193/4 13.4 C-4 231/2 15.9 C-4

E 7/

8

4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 43 01 19 1.30 1.00 0.65 43 01 39 1.30 1.15 0.75 0.65 0.45 0.25 43 01 49 0.54 0.40 0.29

Type 45 01 11 45 01 11 45 01 11 45 01 11 45 01 11 45 01 31 45 01 31 45 01 31 45 01 31

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 0.95 0.80 0.55 0.80 0.65 0.45 0.60 0.45 0.30 0.45 0.35 0.25 0.40 0.30 0.20 1.75 1.60 1.05 0.90 1.30 1.20 0.80 0.65 1.05 0.95 0.60 0.55 0.85 0.75 0.50 0.40

985 1040 1075 1110°F

0.65 0.45 0.35 0.30

0.35 0.25 0.20 0.15

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 49 01 11 0.25 0.18 0.13 49 01 12 0.35 0.25 0.20 49 01 25 0.22 0.20 0.13 49 01 35 0.50 0.36 0.31 0.22 0.13 49 01 45 0.27 0.20 0.13

d1 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48

E 23/8 43/8 43/8 61/4 61/4

A 4 6 63/4 63/4 63/4

E

B 11/2 21/2 21/2 31/2 31/2

C 9 9 9

H 2 4 4 57/8 57/8

lbs 1.3 2.9 4.5 6.6 6.6

4.12

SELECTION TABLE OD 1.06˝- 26.9mm

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 1.06˝ (ND 20/ 3/4˝), types 42, 43, 45, 49

Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d4 E 42 02 17 0.56 0.41 1

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 42 02 19 1.20 0.85 0.65

950

985 1040 1075

1110°F

A B 17/8 1

E d2 0.40 11/4

B 11/4

lbs 0.3

load group C-D

lbs 0.7

load group C-2

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) E Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d1 43 02 19 1.30 1.00 0.65 0.48 43/8 43 02 39 1.30 1.15 0.75 0.65 0.45 0.25 0.48 51/4 43 02 49 0.54 0.40 0.29 0.48 51/4

Type 45 02 11 45 02 11 45 02 11 45 02 11 45 02 11 45 02 31 45 02 31 45 02 31 45 02 31

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 1.00 0.80 0.55 0.80 0.65 0.45 0.60 0.45 0.35 0.45 0.35 0.25 0.40 0.30 0.20 1.80 1.65 1.10 0.95 1.35 1.20 0.80 0.70 1.05 0.95 0.65 0.55 0.85 0.80 0.50 0.45

985 1040 1075 1110°F d1 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.65 0.35 0.48 0.50 0.25 0.48 0.40 0.20 0.48 0.30 0.15 0.48

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 49 02 11 0.25 0.18 0.13 49 02 12 0.35 0.25 0.20 49 02 25 0.22 0.20 0.13 49 02 35 0.50 0.36 0.31 0.22 0.13 49 02 45 0.27 0.20 0.13

4.13

E 21/2 41/2 41/2 61/2 61/2

E 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

A 4 6 63/4 63/4 63/4

B 2 2 2 2 2 23/4 23/4 23/4 23/4

B 11/2 21/2 21/2 31/2 31/2

load group C-2 C-2 C-2

B 11/4 11/4 11/8

lbs 1.1 1.3 1.4

L 10 113/4 153/4 193/4 231/2 113/4 153/4 193/4 231/2

load lbs group 4.4 C-4 5.1 C-4 6.6 C-4 7.9 C-4 9.3 C-4 8.6 C-4 11.0 C-4 13.4 C-4 15.9 C-4

C 9 9 9

H 2 4 4 57/8 57/8

lbs 1.3 3.1 4.7 6.9 6.9

SELECTION TABLE OD 1.33˝- 33.7mm

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46 Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 1.33˝ (ND 25/1˝), types 42, 43, 45, 49

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d4 E Type 0.41 11/4 42 03 17 0.56

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 42 03 19 1.20 0.85 0.65

950

985 1040 1075 1110°F

A B 21/8 1

lbs 0.4

load group C-D

E d2 B 0.40 11/2 11/4

lbs 0.9

load group C-2

B 11/4 11/4 15/8

lbs 1.3 1.8 2.3

load group C-2 C-2 C-2

L 10 113/4 153/4 193/4 231/2 113/4 113/4 153/4 153/4 193/4 193/4 231/2 231/2

lbs 5.3 6.2 7.7 9.5 11.0 8.6 22.3 11.0 28.5 13.4 34.5 16.0 41.0

load group C-4 C-4 C-4 C-4 C-4 C-4 C-4 C-4 C-4 C-4 C-4 C-4 C-4

4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 43 03 19 1.30 1.00 0.65 43 03 39 1.30 1.15 0.75 0.65 0.45 0.25 43 03 49 0.63 0.47 0.36

Type 45 03 11 45 03 11 45 03 11 45 03 11 45 03 11 45 03 31 45 03 32 45 03 31 45 03 32 45 03 31 45 03 32 45 03 31 45 03 32

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 1.30 1.00 0.70 1.05 0.85 0.60 0.75 0.60 0.40 0.55 0.45 0.30 0.45 0.40 0.25 1.90 1.70 1.10 1.00 2.15 1.80 1.75 1.70 1.35 1.25 0.80 0.70 2.15 1.80 1.75 1.70 1.10 1.95 0.65 0.55 2.15 1.80 1.75 1.70 0.85 0.80 0.50 0.45 2.15 1.80 1.75 1.70

985 1040 1075 1110°F

0.70 1.70 0.50 1.70 0.40 1.70 0.30 1.70

0.35 1.65 0.25 1.45 0.20 1.10 0.15 0.90

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 49 03 11 0.25 0.18 0.13 49 03 12 0.35 0.25 0.20 49 03 25 0.27 0.22 0.16 49 03 35 0.60 0.45 0.36 0.27 0.16 49 03 45 0.31 0.25 0.16

d1 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48

E 25/8 45/8 65/8 65/8 65/8

E d1 0.48 43/4 0.48 61/2 0.48 61/2

E 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

A 4 6 63/4 63/4 63/4

B 23/8 23/8 23/8 23/8 23/8 23/4 31/2 23/4 31/2 23/4 31/2 23/4 31/2

B 13/4 23/4 4 4 4

C 9 9 9

H 2 4 57/8 57/8 57/8

lbs 1.5 3.3 7.7 7.7 7.7

4.14

SELECTION TABLE OD 1.67˝- 42.4mm

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 1.67˝ (ND 32/11/4˝), types 42, 43, 45, 49

Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type A B 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d4 E 42 04 17 0.56 0.41 13/4 25/8 1

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 42 04 19 1.20 0.85 0.65 Type

985 1040 1075 1110°F

d2 0.40

lbs 0.4

load group C-D

E B lbs 15/8 11/4 0.9

load group C-2

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 43 04 19 1.30 1.00 0.65 43 04 39 1.30 1.15 0.75 0.65 0.45 0.25 43 04 49 0.63 0.47 0.36 Type

Type 45 04 11 45 04 11 45 04 11 45 04 11 45 04 39 45 04 31 45 04 32 45 04 39 45 04 31 45 04 32 45 04 39 45 04 31 45 04 32 45 04 39 45 04 31 45 04 32

210 2.00 1.45 1.10 0.90

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 480 660 840 930 950 985 1.60 1.10 1.15 0.80 0.85 0.65 0.70 0.50 1.12 3.35 2.90 2.20 1.95 1.35 4.90 4.25 4.00 4.00 3.35 1.12 1.06 2.45 2.20 1.65 1.45 1.05 4.90 4.25 4.00 3.55 2.65 1.12 0.85 2.05 1.85 1.30 1.15 0.85 4.90 4.25 3.35 2.90 2.15 1.12 0.98 0.70 1.75 1.55 1.10 0.95 0.65 4.25 3.80 2.65 2.45 1.75

1040 1075 1110°F

0.75 0.75 1.95 0.55 0.55 1.45 0.45 0.45 1.15 0.35 0.35 0.95

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 49 04 11 0.25 0.18 0.13 49 04 12 0.35 0.25 0.20 49 04 25 0.27 0.22 0.16 49 04 35 0.60 0.45 0.36 0.27 0.16 49 04 45 0.31 0.25 0.16 Type

4.15

d1 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.63 0.63 0.48 0.63 0.63 0.48 0.63 0.63 0.48 0.63 0.63

E 23/4 43/4 63/4 63/4 63/4

d1 0.48 0.48 0.48

E 1 1 1 1 1 11/8 11/8 1 11/8 11/8 1 11/8 11/8 1 11/8 11/8

A 4 6 63/4 63/4 63/4

E B 51/4 11/4 71/8 11/4 71/8 15/8

B 23/4 23/4 23/4 23/4 23/4 23/4 4 23/4 23/4 4 23/4 23/4 4 23/4 23/4 4

B 13/4 23/4 4 4 4

L 113/4 153/4 193/4 231/2 133/4 133/4 133/4 173/4 173/4 173/4 213/4 213/4 213/4 251/2 251/2 251/2

C 9 9 9

lbs 1.5 2.0 2.5

load group C-2 C-2 C-2

lbs 9 12 14 17 16 16 29 19 19 36 23 23 43 27 27 50

load group C-4 C-4 C-4 C-4 C-D 1-4 1-4 C-D 1-4 1-4 C-D 1-4 1-4 C-D 1-4 1-4

H 2 4 57/8 57/8 57/8

lbs 1.5 3.5 7.8 7.8 7.8

SELECTION TABLE OD 1.90˝- 48.3mm

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46 Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 1.90˝ (ND 40/11/2˝), types 42, 43, 45, 49

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d4 E Type 0.41 21/8 42 05 17 0.56

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 42 05 19 1.20 0.85 0.65 Type

950

985 1040 1075 1110°F

lbs 0.6

load group C-D

E 13/4

B lbs 11/4 0.9

load group C-2

d1 0.48 0.48 0.48

E 51/2 71/4 71/4

B 11/4 11/4 15/8

lbs 1.5 2.0 2.6

load group C-2 C-2 C-2

E

B 31/8 31/8 31/8 31/8 31/8 31/8 43/4 31/8 31/8 43/4 31/8 31/8 43/4 31/8 31/8 43/4

L 113/4 153/4 193/4 231/2 133/4 133/4 133/4 173/4 173/4 173/4 213/4 213/4 213/4 251/2 251/2 251/2

lbs 11 13 16 19 18 18 35 22 22 45 26 26 52 31 31 60

load group C-4 C-4 C-4 C-4 C-D 1-4 1-4 C-D 1-4 1-4 C-D 1-4 1-4 C-D 1-4 1-4

d2 0.40

A 3

B 1

4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 43 05 19 1.30 1.00 0.65 43 05 39 1.30 1.15 0.75 0.65 0.45 0.25 43 05 49 0.63 0.47 0.36 Type

Type 45 05 11 45 05 11 45 05 11 45 05 11 45 05 39 45 05 31 45 05 32 45 05 39 45 05 31 45 05 32 45 05 39 45 05 31 45 05 32 45 05 39 45 05 31 45 05 32

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 2.40 1.80 1.30 1.70 1.30 0.90 1.30 1.00 0.70 1.10 0.80 0.60 1.12 4.00 3.55 2.45 2.20 1.60 4.90 4.25 4.00 4.00 4.00 1.12 2.90 2.65 1.95 1.70 1.20 4.90 4.25 4.00 4.00 3.10 1.12 0.98 2.20 2.20 1.55 1.35 0.95 4.90 4.25 4.00 3.55 2.45 1.12 0.83 2.00 1.80 1.30 1.10 0.80 4.90 4.25 3.35 2.90 2.20

1040 1075 1110°F

0.85 0.85 2.20 0.65 0.65 1.80 0.50 0.50 1.45 0.40 0.40 1.20

d1 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.63 0.63 0.48 0.63 0.63 0.48 0.63 0.63 0.48 0.63 0.63

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F E 49 05 11 0.25 0.18 0.13 3 49 05 12 0.35 0.25 0.20 47/8 49 05 25 67/8 0.30 0.25 0.18 49 05 35 67/8 0.65 0.50 0.43 0.31 0.18 49 05 45 0.34 0.25 0.18 67/8 Type

1 1 1 1 1 11/8 11/8 1 11/8 11/8 1 11/8 11/8 1 11/8 11/8

A 4 6 63/4 63/4 63/4

B 2 3 4 4 4

C 9 9 9

H 2 4 57/8 57/8 57/8

lbs 1.8 3.7 7.9 7.9 7.9

4.16

SELECTION TABLE OD 2.37˝- 60.3mm

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46 Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 2.37˝ (ND 50/2˝), types 42, 43, 45, 49

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d4 E A Type 0.41 27/8 33/4 42 06 17 0.56

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 42 06 19 1.65 1.20 0.85 Type

950

d2 0.48

985 1040 1075 1110°F

B 1

lbs 0.6

load group C-D

E B 21/8 11/2

lbs 1.7

load group C-2

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 43 06 19 1.65 1.20 0.85 43 06 39 1.95 1.75 1.15 1.00 0.70 0.40 43 06 49 0.90 0.65 0.49 Type

Type 45 06 11 45 06 12 45 06 11 45 06 12 45 06 11 45 06 12 45 06 11 45 06 12 45 06 39 45 06 31 45 06 32 45 06 39 45 06 31 45 06 32 45 06 39 45 06 31 45 06 32 45 06 39 45 06 31 45 06 32

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 2.00 1.50 1.05 5.35 4.00 2.90 1.45 1.05 0.75 3.80 2.90 2.10 1.10 0.85 0.60 2.90 2.20 1.65 0.90 0.65 0.45 2.45 1.90 1.35 1.12 4.45 3.80 2.65 2.45 1.75 4.90 4.25 4.00 4.00 3.80 1.12 3.35 2.90 2.20 1.90 1.35 4.90 4.25 4.00 4.00 2.90 1.12 2.65 2.45 1.80 1.55 1.10 4.90 4.25 3.80 3.35 2.45 1.12 0.97 2.20 2.10 1.50 1.30 0.95 4.90 4.25 3.35 2.90 2.05

1040 1075 1110°F

0.95 0.95 2.15 0.75 0.75 1.65 0.60 0.60 1.35 0.50 0.50 1.10

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 49 06 11 0.30 0.23 0.16 49 06 12 0.40 0.30 0.22 49 06 25 0.30 0.25 0.18 49 06 35 0.65 0.50 0.43 0.31 0.18 49 06 45 0.40 0.27 0.18 Type

4.17

d1 0.48 0.48 0.48

E 61/8 77/8 77/8

B 11/2 2 2

lbs 2.6 3.5 4.6

load group C-4 C-4 C-4

E

B 23/4 31/8 23/4 31/8 23/4 31/8 23/4 31/8 4 4 43/4 4 4 43/4 4 4 43/4 4 4 43/4

L 113/4 113/4 153/4 153/4 193/4 193/4 231/2 231/2 153/4 153/4 153/4 193/4 193/4 193/4 231/2 231/2 231/2 271/2 271/2 271/2

lbs 10 16 12 20 15 25 17 29 25 25 40 30 30 48 36 36 55 41 41 65

load group C-4 1-4 C-4 1-4 C-4 1-4 C-4 1-4 C-D 1-4 1-4 C-D 1-4 1-4 C-D 1-4 1-4 C-D 1-4 1-4

d1 0.48 0.63 0.48 0.63 0.48 0.63 0.48 0.63 0.48 0.63 0.63 0.48 0.63 0.63 0.48 0.63 0.63 0.48 0.63 0.63

E 31/8 51/8 71/8 71/8 71/8

1 11/8 1 11/8 1 11/8 1 11/8 1 11/8 11/8 1 11/8 11/8 1 11/8 11/8 1 11/8 11/8

A 6 8 85/8 85/8 85/8

B 2 3 41/4 41/4 41/4

C 111/4 111/4 111/4

H 2 4 57/8 57/8 57/8

lbs 2.9 5.3 10.9 10.9 10.9

SELECTION TABLE OD 2.87˝- 73mm Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 2.87˝ (ND 65/21/2˝), types 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49 permissible load (kN) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 42 07 17 1.12

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 42 07 19 1.65 1.20 0.85

950

4

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46 Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

1040 1075 1110°F d4 E A 0.51 33/4 43/4

985

1040 1075 1110°F

B lbs 11/4 1.1

lbs 1.8

load group C-2

lbs 2.6 4.0 5.0

load group C-4 C-4 C-4

E B 23/8 11/2

d2 0.48

load group C-2

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type 210 43 07 19 1.65 43 07 39 43 07 49

Type 45 07 19 45 07 11 45 07 12 45 07 19 45 07 11 45 07 12 45 07 19 45 07 11 45 07 12 45 07 19 45 07 11 45 07 12

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 1.20 0.85 1.95 1.75 1.15 1.00 0.70 0.40 0.90 0.65 0.49

E d1 0.48 61/2 0.48 81/2 0.48 81/2

permissible load (lbs x 1000) E 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d1 1.12 0.48 1 3.80 2.90 2.05 0.63 11/8 6.05 5.15 3.55 0.63 11/8 1.12 0.48 1 3.10 2.20 1.65 0.63 11/8 4.90 3.55 2.45 0.63 11/8 1.12 0.48 1 2.45 1.85 1.30 0.63 11/8 3.80 2.65 2.00 0.63 11/8 1.12 1.05 0.48 1 2.00 1.45 1.05 0.63 11/8 2.90 2.20 1.60 0.63 11/8

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 4. 07 31 3.55 3.35 2.45 2.20 1.55 0.85 4. 07 32 4.70 4.45 3.35 2.90 2.20 1.30 4. 07 33 9.65 7.85 5.80 5.15 3.80 2.20 4. 07 41 1.50 4. 07 42 2.40 4. 07 43 4.00

1075 1110°F d3 0.81 0.81 1.00 1.1 0.8 0.81 1.7 1.3 0.81 2.9 2.2 1.00

EK

ER 1/ 23/4 2 1 3 11/4 37/8 1/ 23/4 2 1 33/8 11/4 41/2

B 23/4 23/4 4 23/4 23/4 4 23/4 23/4 4 23/4 23/4 4

B 11/2 2 2

L 113/4 113/4 113/4 153/4 153/4 153/4 193/4 193/4 193/4 231/2 231/2 231/2

load lbs group 14 C-D 14 1-4 19 1-4 17 C-D 17 1-4 24 1-4 21 C-D 21 1-4 30 1-4 24 C-D 24 1-4 35 1-4

L lbs min. max. min. max.

133/4 291/2 15 32 133/4 291/2 16 41 133/4 291/2 21 57 14 291/2 15 33 14 291/2 20 42 14 291/2 24 58

load group C-4 C-4 3-5 C-4 C-4 3-5

Type 46

Type 48

13/8

Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 12% less..

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F E 49 07 11 0.30 0.23 0.16 31/2 49 07 12 0.40 0.30 0.22 53/8 49 07 25 73/8 0.38 0.31 0.22 49 07 35 73/8 1.00 0.75 0.65 0.47 0.27 49 07 45 0.54 0.38 0.27 73/8

A 6 8 85/8 85/8 85/8

B C 21/8 31/8 41/4 111/4 41/4 111/4 41/4 111/4

H lbs 3.3 2 5.7 4 57/8 11.3 57/8 11.3 57/8 11.3

4.18

SELECTION TABLE OD 3.00˝- 76.1mm

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 3.00˝ (ND 65/21/2˝), types 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49

Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

permissible load (lbs x 1000) A B 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d4 E Type 0.51 33/4 43/4 11/4 42 08 17 1.12

lbs 1.2

load group C-2

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 42 08 19 1.65 1.20 0.85

E d2 B 0.48 21/2 11/2

lbs 2.0

load group C-2

E

B 11/2 2 2

lbs 2.6 4.0 5.0

load group C-4 C-4 C-4

L 113/4 113/4 113/4 153/4 153/4 153/4 193/4 193/4 193/4 231/2 231/2 231/2

lbs 15 15 21 18 18 26 22 22 31 25 25 36

load group C-D 1-4 1-4 C-D 1-4 1-4 C-D 1-4 1-4 C-D 1-4 1-4

950

985 1040 1075 1110°F

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 43 08 19 1.65 1.20 0.85 43 08 39 1.95 1.75 1.15 1.00 0.70 0.40 43 08 49 0.90 0.65

Type 45 08 19 45 08 11 45 08 12 45 08 19 45 08 11 45 08 12 45 08 19 45 08 11 45 08 12 45 08 19 45 08 11 45 08 12

Type 46

Type 48

13/8

1110°F

0.49

d1 0.48 0.48 0.48

permissible load (lbs x 1000) E 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d1 1.12 0.48 1 3.80 2.90 2.05 0.63 11/8 6.05 5.15 3.55 0.63 11/8 1.12 0.48 1 3.10 2.20 1.65 0.63 11/8 4.90 3.55 2.45 0.63 11/8 1.12 0.48 1 2.45 1.85 1.30 0.63 11/8 3.80 2.65 2.00 0.63 11/8 1.12 1.05 0.48 1 2.00 1.45 1.05 0.63 11/8 2.90 2.20 1.60 0.63 11/8

61/2 81/2 81/2

B 23/4 23/4 4 23/4 23/4 4 23/4 23/4 4 23/4 23/4 4

L lbs permissible load (lbs x 1000) load Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d3 EK ER min. max. min. max. group 4. 08 31 C-4 3.55 3.35 2.45 2.20 1.55 0.85 0.81 1/2 23/4 133/4 291/2 15 32 4. 08 32 C-4 4.70 4.45 3.35 2.90 2.20 1.30 0.81 1 3 133/4 291/2 15 41 4. 08 33 3-5 9.65 7.85 5.80 5.15 3.80 2.20 1.00 1 1 / 4 37/8 133/4 291/2 24 57 4. 08 41 C-4 0.8 0.81 1/2 23/4 14 291/2 15 33 1.5 1.1 4. 08 42 C-4 1.3 0.81 1 33/8 14 291/2 20 42 2.4 1.7 4. 08 43 3-5 2.2 1.00 11/4 41/2 14 291/2 29 60 4.0 2.9 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 14% less.

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F E 31/2 49 08 11 0.30 0.23 0.16 51/2 49 08 12 0.40 0.30 0.22 73/8 49 08 25 0.38 0.31 0.22 73/8 49 08 35 1.00 0.75 0.65 0.47 0.27 49 08 45 0.54 0.38 0.27 73/8

4.19

A 6 8 85/8 85/8 85/8

B 21/8 31/8 41/4 41/4 41/4

C 111/4 111/4 111/4

H lbs 2 3.3 4 5.7 57/8 11.3 57/8 11.3 57/8 11.3

SELECTION TABLE OD 3.50˝- 88.9mm Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 3.50˝ (ND 80/3˝), types 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49

Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

permissible load (lbs x 1000) A 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d4 E B Type 0.51 33/4 43/4 11/4 42 09 17 1.12

lbs 1.3

load group C-2

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 42 09 19 1.45 1.00 0.75

B 11/2

lbs 2.2

load group C-2

B

lbs 3.1 3.1 4.2 4.2 5.4

load group C-D 1-4 C-D 1-4 C-4

950

4

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46

E d2 0.48 23/4

985 1040 1075 1110°F

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 43 09 18 0.46 43 09 19 1.65 1.20 0.85 43 09 38 0.46 0.40 43 09 39 1.95 1.75 1.15 1.00 0.70 0.40 43 09 49 0.90 0.65 0.49

Type 45 09 19 45 09 11 45 09 12 45 09 19 45 09 11 45 09 12 45 09 19 45 09 11 45 09 12 45 09 19 45 09 11 45 09 12 Type 4. 0931 4. 09 32 4. 09 33 4. 09 41 4. 09 42 4. 09 43

210 3.80 6.05 2.65 4.25 2.00 2.90 1.55 2.20

d1 0.48 0.63 0.48 0.63 0.48

E 63/4 63/4 91/4 91/4 91/4

11/2 11/2 2 2 2

permissible load (lbs x 1000) E 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d1 1.12 0.48 1 2.90 2.10 0.63 11/8 5.15 3.55 0.63 11/8 1.12 0.48 1 2.00 1.40 0.63 11/8 3.10 2.20 0.63 11/8 1.12 0.48 1 1.45 1.05 0.63 11/8 2.20 1.60 0.63 11/8 1.12 0.80 0.48 1 1.15 0.80 0.63 11/8 1.75 1.25 0.63 11/8

B 23/4 23/4 4 23/4 23/4 4 23/4 23/4 4 23/4 23/4 4

L 113/4 113/4 113/4 173/4 173/4 173/4 231/2 231/2 231/2 291/2 291/2 291/2

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 3.55 3.35 2.45 2.20 1.55 0.85 4.70 4.45 3.35 2.90 2.20 1.30 9.65 7.85 5.80 5.15 3.80 2.20 1.5 1.1 2.4 1.7 4.2 2.9

1110°F d3 0.81 0.81 1.00 0.8 0.81 1.3 0.81 2.2 1.00

EK 1/ 2

1 13/8 1/ 2

1 13/8

ER 3 33/8 37/8 3 37/8 41/8

load lbs group 15 C-D 15 1-4 21 1-4 20 C-D 20 1-4 28 1-4 26 C-D 26 1-4 36 1-4 31 C-D 31 1-4 44 1-4

L lbs load min. max. min. max. group C-4 133/4 331/2 16 46 C-4 133/4 331/2 16 58 3-5 133/4 331/2 24 66 C-4 14 331/2 18 40 C-4 14 331/2 20 53 3-5 14 331/2 26 77

Type 46

Type 48

13/8

Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 15% less.

Type 49 09 11 49 09 12 49 09 25 49 09 35 49 09 45

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 0.40 0.33 0.23 0.55 0.44 0.30 0.50 0.43 0.31 1.20 0.90 0.80 0.56 0.35 0.65 0.49 0.35

E A 33/4 6 53/4 8 95/8 105/8 95/8 105/8 95/8 105/8

B 23/8 33/8 53/4 53/4 53/4

C 131/4 131/4 131/4

H 2 4 77/8 77/8 77/8

lbs 5.1 8.4 17.4 17.4 17.4

4.20

SELECTION TABLE OD 4.25˝- 108mm

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46 Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 4.25˝ (ND 100/4˝), types 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49 permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 42 10 19 2.20 1.70 1.30

E d2 0.63 31/2

985 1040 1075 1110°F

B 2

lbs 4.4

load group 1-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type 210 43 10 19 2.20 43 10 29 43 10 38 43 10 39 43 10 49

Type 45 10 19 45 10 11 45 10 19 45 10 11 45 10 19 45 10 11 45 10 19 45 10 11 Type 46

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 480 660 840 930 950 1.70 1.30 0.65 0.40

0.56 0.50 2.45 2.20 1.55 1.35 0.95 0.50 1.35 0.99 0.74

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 1.12 3.80 2.90 2.15 1.12 2.65 2.05 1.50 1.12 2.10 1.55 1.10 1.12 0.85 1.65 1.25 0.85

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 4. 10 12 4.0 3.1 2.2 4. 10 31 4.7 4.4 3.8 3.3 2.4 4. 10 32 8.0 6.7 5.1 4.4 3.3 4. 10 33 13.9 11.2 8.9 7.8 5.6 4. 10 41 4. 10 42 4. 10 43

Type 48

d1 0.63 0.48 0.48 0.63 0.63

985 1040 1075 1110°F

985 1040 1075 1110°F

1040 1075 1110°F d3 1.00 1.3 0.81 1.7 1.00 3.3 1.34 2.4 1.7 1.3 0.81 3.1 2.2 1.7 1.00 5.3 4.0 3.3 1.34

d1 0.48 0.63 0.48 0.63 0.48 0.63 0.48 0.63

EK

ER 1/ 23/4 4 1/ 33/8 2 1 33/8 13/8 43/4 1/ 37/8 2 1 43/8 13/8 51/8

E 1 11/8 1 11/8 1 11/8 1 11/8

E

load group 1-4 C-4 C-D 1-4 1-4

8 91/2 101/2 101/2 101/2

B 2 11/2 2 2 23/4

lbs 5.5 2.9 6.6 6.6 9.0

B 31/8 31/8 31/8 31/8 31/8 31/8 31/8 31/8

load L lbs group 133/4 18 C-D 133/4 18 1-4 193/4 25 C-D 193/4 25 1-4 251/2 31 C-D 251/2 31 1-4 311/2 37 C-D 311/2 37 1-4

L lbs load min. max. min. max. group 131/2 311/2 17 41 3-5 133/4 371/2 19 57 C-4 133/4 371/2 32 72 3-5 133/4 371/2 35 101 3-6 14 371/2 22 63 C-4 14 371/2 31 80 3-5 14 371/2 40 116 3-6

Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 16% less.

2

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 49 10 11 0.50 0.40 0.30 49 10 12 0.70 0.55 0.40 49 10 25 0.65 0.60 0.45 49 10 35 1.20 1.05 0.90 0.65 0.40 49 10 45 0.74 0.54 0.40

4.21

E A 6 6 8 8 10 103/8 10 103/8 10 103/8

B 33/4 5 6 6 6

C 131/2 131/2 131/2

H 4 57/8 77/8 77/8 77/8

lbs 9 14 23 23 23

SELECTION TABLE OD 4.50˝- 114.3mm Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 4.50˝ (ND 100/4˝), types 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49 permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 Type 42 11 19 2.20 1.70 1.30

950

985

4

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46 Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55) E d2 0.63 35/8

1040 1075 1110°F

B 2

lbs 4.6

load group 1-4

B 2 11/2 2 2 23/4

lbs 5.7 3.3 6.6 6.6 9.1

load group 1-4 C-4 C-D 1-4 1-4

L 133/4 133/4 193/4 193/4 251/2 251/2 311/2 311/2

lbs 19 19 25 25 32 32 38 38

load group C-D 1-4 C-D 1-4 C-D 1-4 C-D 1-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 43 11 19 2.20 1.70 1.30 0.65 0.40 43 11 29 0.56 43 11 38 2.45 2.20 1.55 1.35 0.95 43 11 39 43 11 49

Type 45 11 19 45 11 11 45 11 19 45 11 11 45 11 19 45 11 11 45 11 19 45 11 11

Type 4. 1112 4. 11 31 4. 11 32 4. 11 33 4. 11 41 4. 11 42 4. 11 43

210 3.80 2.65 2.10 1.65

1040 1075 1110°F

0.50 0.50 1.35 0.99

0.74

d1 0.63 0.48 0.48 0.63 0.63

permissible load (lbs x 1000) E 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d1 1.12 0.48 1 2.90 2.15 0.63 11/8 1.12 0.48 1 2.05 1.50 0.63 11/8 1.12 0.48 1 1.55 1.10 0.63 11/8 1.12 0.85 0.48 1 1.25 0.85 0.63 11/8

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d3 4.0 3.1 2.2 1.00 4.7 4.4 3.8 3.3 2.4 1.3 0.81 8.0 6.7 5.1 4.4 3.3 1.7 1.00 13.9 11.2 8.9 7.8 5.6 3.3 1.34 2.4 1.7 1.3 0.81 3.1 2.2 1.7 1.00 5.3 4.0 3.3 1.34

EK 1/ 4 1/ 2

1 13/8 1/ 2

1 13/8

ER 23/4 33/8 33/8 43/4 37/8 43/8 51/8

E 8 91/2 101/2 101/2 101/2

B 31/8 31/8 31/8 31/8 31/8 31/8 31/8 31/8

L lbs load min. max. min. max. group 131/2 311/2 17 42 3-5 133/4 371/2 19 58 C-4 133/4 371/2 33 74 3-5 133/4 371/2 37 102 3-6 14 371/2 22 63 C-4 14 371/2 33 80 3-5 14 371/2 42 117 3-6

Type 46

Type 48

Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 17% less.

2

Type

210 49 11 11 0.50 49 11 12 0.70 49 11 25 49 11 35 49 11 45

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F E A 61/4 6 0.40 0.30 81/8 8 0.55 0.40 101/8 103/8 0.65 0.60 0.45 101/8 103/8 1.20 1.05 0.90 0.65 0.40 0.74 0.54 0.40 101/8 103/8

B 33/4 5 6 6 6

C 131/2 131/2 131/2

H 4 57/8 77/8 77/8 77/8

lbs 9 14 23 23 23

4.22

SELECTION TABLE OD 5.25˝- 133mm

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 5.25˝ (ND 125/5˝), types 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49 permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 42 13 19 2.20 1.70 1.25

950

985 1040 1075 1110°F

Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55) d2 0.63

E 4

load group 1-4

B 2

lbs 4.9

B 2 2 2 23/8 23/8 23/4

load lbs group 6.2 1-4 5.1 C-D 5.1 1-4 8.6 C-D 8.6 1-4 12.0 1-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 43 13 19 2.20 1.70 1.30 0.56 43 13 28 1.00 0.60 43 13 29 0.56 0.55 43 13 38 2.65 2.45 1.65 1.45 1.05 0.55 43 13 39 1.35 0.99 0.74 43 13 49

Type 45 13 19 45 13 11 45 13 19 45 13 11 45 13 19 45 13 11 45 13 19 45 13 11

E d1 0.63 83/4 0.48 101/2 0.63 101/2 0.48 111/2 0.63 111/2 0.63 111/2

permissible load (lbs x 1000) E 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d1 1.12 0.48 1 4.00 3.10 2.20 0.63 11/8 1.12 0.48 1 2.90 2.15 1.55 0.63 11/8 1.12 0.48 1 2.20 1.65 1.15 0.63 11/8 1.12 0.90 0.48 1 1.75 1.30 0.90 0.63 11/8 210

B 31/2 31/2 31/2 31/2 31/2 31/2 31/2 31/2

L 153/4 153/4 211/2 211/2 271/2 271/2 331/2 331/2

lbs 24 24 31 31 38 38 45 45

load group C-D 1-4 C-D 1-4 C-D 1-4 C-D 1-4

Type 46

Type 4. 13 12 4. 13 31 4. 13 32 4. 13 33 4. 13 41 4. 13 42 4. 13 43

Type 48

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 4.9 4.0 2.9 5.1 4.7 4.4 3.8 2.6 8.3 7.8 5.8 5.1 3.8 14.6 12.3 10.1 8.9 6.5

1040 1075 1110°F d3 1.00 0.81 1.5 1.00 2.2 1.34 3.8 2.6 2.0 1.5 0.81 4.0 2.9 2.2 1.00 6.9 5.1 3.8 1.34

EK 3/ 8 1/ 2 1/ 4 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 4 1/ 2

1 1 1 1

ER 23/4 33/4 37/8 51/8 41/8 41/2 53/4

L lbs load min. max. min. max. group 151/2 331/2 28 51 3-5 153/4 391/2 25 71 C-4 153/4 391/2 34 86 3-5 153/4 391/2 51 128 4-6 16 391/2 29 76 C-4 16 391/2 40 99 3-5 16 391/2 57 148 4-6

Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 18% less.

2

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 49 13 11 0.55 0.45 0.33 49 13 12 0.85 0.65 0.45 1.00 0.85 0.60 49 13 25 1.90 1.45 1.30 0.95 0.55 49 13 35 0.99 0.74 0.55 49 13 45 Type

4.23

E A B C 61/2 6 41/8 81/2 8 51/8 101/2 101/2 61/4 133/4 101/2 101/2 61/4 133/4 101/2 101/2 61/4 133/4

H 4 57/8 77/8 77/8 77/8

lbs 12 18 24 24 24

SELECTION TABLE OD 5.50˝- 139.7mm Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 5.50˝ (ND 125/5˝), types 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49 permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 Type 42 14 19 2.20 1.65 1.15

950

4

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46

985 1040 1075 1110°F

Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55) E B 41/8 2

d2 0.63

lbs 5.3

load group 1-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 43 14 19 2.20 1.70 1.30 43 14 28 0.56 43 14 29 1.00 0.60 43 14 38 0.56 43 14 39 2.65 2.45 1.65 1.45 1.05 0.55 43 14 49 1.35 0.99 0.74

Type 45 14 19 45 14 11 45 14 19 45 14 11 45 14 19 45 14 11 45 14 19 45 14 11

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d1 1.12 0.48 4.00 3.10 2.20 0.63 1.12 0.48 2.90 2.15 1.55 0.63 1.12 0.48 2.20 1.65 1.15 0.63 1.12 0.90 0.48 1.75 1.30 0.90 0.63

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 4. 14 12 4.9 3.8 2.6 4. 14 31 5.1 4.7 4.4 3.8 2.6 4. 14 32 8.3 7.8 5.8 5.1 3.8 4. 14 33 14.6 12.3 10.1 8.9 6.5 4. 14 41 4. 14 42 4. 14 43 Type

1040 1075 1110°F d3 1.00 1.5 0.81 2.2 1.00 3.8 1.34 2.6 2.0 1.5 0.81 4.0 2.9 2.2 1.00 6.9 5.1 3.8 1.34

EK 3/ 8 1/ 2 1/ 4 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 4 1/ 2

1 1 1 1

ER 23/4 33/4 37/8 51/8 41/8 41/2 53/4

d1 0.63 0.48 0.63 0.48 0.63 0.63

E 1 11/8 1 11/8 1 11/8 1 11/8

E 83/4 103/4 103/4 111/2 111/2 111/2

B 31/2 31/2 31/2 31/2 31/2 31/2 31/2 31/2

load B lbs group 2 6.4 1-4 2 5.5 C-D 2 5.5 1-4 23/8 9.0 C-D 23/8 9.0 1-4 23/4 12.0 1-4

L 153/4 153/4 211/2 211/2 271/2 271/2 331/2 331/2

L min. max.

151/2 331/2 153/4 391/2 153/4 391/2 153/4 391/2 16 391/2 16 391/2 16 391/2

lbs 24 24 32 32 39 39 45 45

load group C-D 1-4 C-D 1-4 C-D 1-4 C-D 1-4

lbs load min. max. group 56 3-5 21 71 C-4 26 86 3-5 37 47 128 4-6 77 C-4 31 44 103 3-5 57 146 4-6

Type 46

Type 48

Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 19% less.

2

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 49 14 11 0.55 0.45 0.33 49 14 12 0.85 0.65 0.45 49 14 25 1.00 0.85 0.60 49 14 35 1.90 1.45 1.30 0.95 49 14 45 Type

1040 1075 1110°F

0.55 0.99 0.74 0.55

A E 63/4 6 83/4 8 105/8 101/2 105/8 101/2 105/8 101/2

B C 41/8 51/8 61/4 133/4 61/4 133/4 61/4 133/4

H 4 57/8 77/8 77/8 77/8

lbs 12 19 25 25 25

4.24

SELECTION TABLE OD 6.25˝- 159mm

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 6.25˝ (ND 150/6˝), types 42, 43, 46, 48, 49 permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 42 16 19 2.00 1.45 1.05

985 1040 1075 1110°F

Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55) d2 0.63

E B 41/2 2

lbs 5.5

load group 1-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d1 0.63 43 16 19 2.20 1.65 1.20 1.65 1.20 0.75 0.63 43 16 29 3.35 3.10 2.65 2.20 1.65 0.90 0.63 43 16 39 1.84 1.37 1.01 0.63 43 16 49

Type 4. 16 11 4. 16 12 4. 16 31 4. 16 32 4. 16 33 4. 16 41 4. 16 42 4. 16 43

Type 46

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 4.0 3.1 2.2 6.2 4.9 3.5 5.1 4.4 4.2 3.8 10.3 8.9 6.9 6.0 16.8 13.0 11.9 10.3

985 1040 1075 1110°F d3 0.81 1.00 0.81 2.9 1.5 1.00 4.4 2.4 1.34 7.6 4.4 2.6 2.0 1.5 0.81 4.2 3.1 2.4 1.00 7.8 5.8 4.4 1.34

EK 1/ 2 1/ 2

1 11/2 2 1 11/2 2

ER 31/2 33/8 37/8 43/4 57/8 43/8 51/8 61/2

E 93/4 113/4 121/2 121/2

B 2 2 31/8 31/8

load lbs group 6.8 1-4 7.5 1-4 15.2 1-4 18.0 1-4

L lbs min. max. min. max.

171/2 351/2 24 55 171/2 351/2 26 71 173/4 411/2 30 79 173/4 411/2 41 107 173/4 411/2 61 154 18 411/2 37 84 18 411/2 49 113 18 411/2 73 177

load group C-4 3-5 C-4 3-5 4-6 C-4 3-5 4-6

Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 16% less.

Type 48

21/2

Type 49 16 11 49 16 14 49 16 25 49 16 35 49 16 45

4.25

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 0.55 0.45 0.33 1.00 0.80 0.75 1.25 1.15 0.85 2.70 2.05 1.80 1.35 0.75 1.44 1.08 0.75

E 7 9 11 11 11

A 8 95/8 121/4 123/8 123/8

C B 41/2 51/2 131/2 63/4 151/2 63/4 153/4 63/4 153/4

H lbs 15 4 57/8 24 77/8 28 77/8 28 77/8 28

SELECTION TABLE OD 6.625˝- 168.3mm Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 6.625˝ (ND 150/6˝), types 42, 43, 46, 48, 49 permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 Type 42 17 19 1.90 1.40 1.00

950

4

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46

985 1040 1075 1110°F

Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55) E d2 0.63 43/4

lbs 5.7

load group 1-4

B lbs 2 7.1 2 7.9 31/8 16.1 31/8 19.0

load group 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4

B 2

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d1 43 17 19 2.10 1.60 1.10 0.63 43 17 29 1.75 1.60 1.00 0.63 43 17 39 3.35 3.10 2.65 2.20 1.65 0.90 0.63 43 17 49 1.84 1.37 1.01 0.63

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 4. 1711 4.0 3.1 2.2 4. 17 12 6.2 4.9 3.5 5.1 4.4 4.2 3.8 2.9 1.5 4. 17 31 10.3 8.9 6.9 6.0 4.4 2.4 4. 17 32 16.8 13.0 11.9 10.3 7.6 4.4 4. 17 33 2.6 2.0 1.5 4. 17 41 4.2 3.1 2.4 4. 17 42 7.8 5.8 4.4 4. 17 43 Type

d3 0.81 1.00 0.81 1.00 1.34 0.81 1.00 1.34

EK 1/ 2 1/ 2

1 11/2 2 1 11/2 2

ER 31/2 33/8 37/8 43/4 57/8 43/8 51/8 61/2

E 93/4 113/4 121/2 121/2

L min. max.

171/2 351/2 171/2 351/2 173/4 411/2 173/4 411/2 173/4 411/2 18 411/2 18 411/2 18 411/2

lbs load min. max. group 25 55 C-4 42 72 3-5 31 80 C-4 47 107 3-5 64 163 4-6 37 85 C-4 51 117 3-5 75 179 4-6

Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 19% less.

Type 46

Type 48

21/2

Type 49 17 11 49 17 14 49 17 25 49 17 35 49 17 45

permissible load (lbs x 1000) E 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F A 71/4 8 0.55 0.45 0.33 91/4 95/8 1.05 0.90 0.85 111/4 121/4 1.30 1.20 0.85 111/4 123/8 2.70 2.05 1.80 1.35 0.75 1.46 1.10 0.75 111/4 123/8

B 43/4 6 63/4 63/4 63/4

C 131/2 151/2 153/4 153/4

H 4 57/8 77/8 77/8 77/8

lbs 15 25 29 29 29

4.26

SELECTION TABLE OD 7.625˝- 193.7mm

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 7.625˝ (ND 175/7˝), types 42, 43, 46, 48, 49 permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 Type 42 19 19 1.55 1.20 0.85

985

1040 1075 1110°F

Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55) d2 0.63

E B 51/2 2

lbs 6.4

load group 1-4

lbs 10.3 9.3 23.8 23.8 34.0

load group 1-5 1-5 1-3 3-6 3-6

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type 210 43 19 19 2.65 43 19 29 43 19 38 43 19 39 43 19 49

permissible load (lbs x 1000) E 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d1 2.00 1.45 0.63 101/2 1.30 0.80 0.63 133/4 2.20 2.10 2.00 1.90 1.75 1.30 0.63 14 4.90 4.45 4.00 3.55 2.90 1.60 0.79 14 2.92 2.25 1.69 0.79 14

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 4. 1911 5.3 4.2 2.9 4. 19 12 8.3 6.5 4.7 4. 19 21 5.6 4.9 3.5 4. 19 22 8.9 7.6 5.6 4. 19 31 3.3 2.2 4. 19 32 6.2 5.6 4.0 4. 19 33 8.7 7.6 5.6 4. 19 34 15.9 13.0 9.6 4. 19 41 4. 19 42 4. 19 43 4. 19 44 Type

Type 46

Type 48

1040 1075 1110°F d3 0.81 1.00 0.81 1.00 0.81 1.3 1.00 2.2 1.00 3.1 1.60 5.6 2.2 1.7 1.3 0.81 3.8 2.9 2.2 1.00 5.3 4.0 3.1 1.00 10.1 7.4 5.6 1.60

EK 1/ 2 3/ 4 1/ 2 1/ 4

1 1 11/4 11/2 2 1 11/4 11/2 2

ER 31/8 31/2 37/8 43/8 43/8 43/8 51/8 61/4 41/2 51/8 51/2 61/4

L min.

191/2 191/2 193/4 193/4 213/4 213/4 213/4 213/4 211/2 211/2 211/2 211/2

B 2 2 23/4 23/4 37/8

lbs load max. min. max. group 371/2 31 63 C-4 371/2 38 92 3-5 391/2 31 70 C-4 391/2 44 94 3-5 451/2 36 87 C-4 451/2 56 118 3-5 451/2 69 139 3-5 451/2 100 208 4-7 451/2 44 92 C-4 451/2 62 128 3-5 451/2 82 172 3-5 451/2 119 241 4-7

Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 19% less.

21/2

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F E A B 73/4 95/8 51/8 49 19 13 0.95 0.85 0.80 93/4 93/4 6 49 19 14 1.60 1.50 1.30 113/4 121/2 71/8 1.80 1.55 1.15 49 19 25 133/4 121/2 8 3.60 2.70 2.50 1.75 1.00 49 19 35 2.05 1.53 1.00 133/4 121/2 8 49 19 45 Type

4.27

C 131/2 137/8 153/4 161/4 161/4

H 4 57/8 77/8 97/8 97/8

lbs 22 31 31 47 48

SELECTION TABLE OD 8.625˝- 219.1mm

Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 8.625˝ (ND 200/8˝), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49 permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 42 22 19 1.55 1.15 0.80 Type

4

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46

985

1040 1075 1110°F

E d2 0.63 53/4

985

1040 1075 1110°F

E d1 0.63 111/2 0.63 141/2

lbs 6.8

load group 1-4

B 2 2

lbs 11 12

load group 1-5 1-5

B

lbs 24 19 30 48 23 33 52

load group 3-6 C-4 4-6 5-8 C-4 4-6 5-8

B 2

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 43 22 19 2.65 2.00 1.45 43 22 29 2.00 1.75 1.10 Type

permissible load (lbs x 1000) E 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d3 44 22 12 6.5 5.1 4.0 1.34 103/4 44 22 31 2.0 1.7 2.2 2.0 1.1 0.81 143/4 44 22 32 5.1 4.0 2.4 6.5 5.8 5.3 1.34 143/4 44 22 33 7.8 6.5 3.8 11.9 10.1 8.5 1.80 143/4 44 22 41 1.3 1.1 0.81 143/4 2.0 44 22 42 3.1 2.4 1.34 143/4 4.2 44 22 43 11.5 5.3 3.8 1.80 143/4 7.4 Type

33/8 35/8 33/4 43/4 37/8 37/8 51/8

Type 46

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d3 4. 2211 5.3 4.0 2.9 0.81 4. 22 12 9.4 7.1 5.1 1.00 4. 22 21 1.00 7.4 6.9 4.9 4. 22 22 1.34 10.5 9.4 6.9 4. 22 31 0.81 3.3 2.2 1.3 4. 22 32 1.00 8.0 6.9 5.1 2.9 4. 22 33 1.60 11.4 9.4 6.9 4.0 4. 22 34 1.80 19.7 16.1 11.9 6.9 4. 22 41 2.2 1.7 1.3 0.81 4. 22 42 5.1 3.8 2.9 1.00 4. 22 43 7.1 5.3 4.0 1.60 4. 22 44 12.3 9.2 6.9 1.80 Type

EK 1/ 2

1 13/8 11/2 1 11/2 2 21/2 1 11/2 2 21/2

ER 41/8 43/8 43/4 57/8 51/8 57/8 63/4 77/8 51/8 61/8 71/4 77/8

L min.

191/2 191/2 193/4 193/4 213/4 213/4 213/4 213/4 211/2 211/2 211/2 211/2

max.

431/2 431/2 471/2 471/2 471/2 471/2 471/2 471/2 53 53 53 53

lbs load min. max. group 34 87 C-4 52 119 3-5 46 122 3-5 55 160 4-6 41 109 C-4 72 173 3-5 93 218 4-7 134 313 5-8 49 120 C-4 86 207 3-5 106 252 4-7 154 369 5-8

Type 48

6431/8

Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 18% less.

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F E 81/4 49 22 13 1.50 1.30 1.25 101/4 49 22 14 2.20 1.90 1.80 141/4 2.10 2.00 1.45 49 22 25 141/4 4.45 3.40 2.90 2.25 1.30 49 22 35 2.25 1.82 1.30 141/4 49 22 45 Type

A 95/8 101/8 123/8 123/8 123/8

B 51/8 61/8 81/4 81/4 81/4

C 133/4 141/4 153/4 161/4 161/4

H 4 57/8 97/8 97/8 97/8

lbs 26 33 37 49 50

4.28

SELECTION TABLE OD 9.625˝- 244.5mm

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46 Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 9.625˝ (ND 225/9˝), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49 permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 42 24 19 1.40 1.05 0.75 Type

950

985 1040 1075 1110°F

d2 E 0.63 61/4

load lbs group 7.3 1-4

B 2

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 43 24 19 2.65 2.45 1.85 2.00 1.75 1.10 43 24 29 Type

permissible load (lbs x 210 480 660 840 44 24 12 4.4 3.5 2.6 44 24 13 8.5 7.8 6.5 44 24 31 2.1 44 24 32 6.7 5.8 44 24 33 11.6 10.1 44 24 41 44 24 42 44 24 43 Type

1000) 930 950

2.0 5.3 8.5

1.9 5.1 7.8

985 1040 1075 1110°F

d1 0.63 0.63

985 1040 1075 1110°F

d3 1.34 1.80 0.81 1.34 1.80 0.81 1.34 1.80

1.7 4.0 6.5

11.5

1.1 2.4 3.8 2.0 4.0 7.4

1.3 3.1 5.3

1.1 2.4 3.8

E 121/4 151/4

E 113/4 13 151/2 151/2 151/2 151/4 151/4 151/4

B 2 2

lbs 13 13

load group 1-5 1-5

B

lbs 19 27 20 33 51 24 36 55

load group 3-6 5-8 C-4 4-6 5-8 C-4 4-6 5-8

27/8 31/8 35/8 33/4 43/4 37/8 37/8 51/8

Type 46

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 9851040 1075 1110°F d3 EK 4. 2411 6.7 5.1 3.8 1.00 1 4. 24 12 11.2 8.9 6.2 1.34 13/8 4. 24 21 8.5 7.6 5.3 1.00 11/2 4. 24 22 11.9 10.1 7.6 1.34 13/4 3.8 2.6 1.5 1.00 11/4 4. 24 31 8.9 7.6 5.3 3.1 1.00 13/4 4. 24 32 4.4 12.5 10.3 7.6 1.60 2 4. 24 33 21.5 18.0 13.0 7.6 1.80 21/2 4. 24 34 2.6 2.0 1.5 1.00 11/4 4. 24 41 5.6 4.0 3.1 1.00 13/4 4. 24 42 8.0 6.0 4.4 1.60 2 4. 24 43 13.7 10.3 7.6 1.80 21/2 4. 24 44 Type

Type 48

64 31/8

L ER 37/8 43/4 51/8 57/8 43/8 57/8 61/4 71/8 43/4 57/8 61/4 71/2

min.

191/2 191/2 213/4 213/4 213/4 213/4 213/4 213/4 211/2 211/2 211/2 211/2

max.

431/2 431/2 471/2 471/2 531/2 531/2 531/2 531/2 53 53 53 53

lbs min. max.

42 104 63 137 55 134 74 171 48 124 81 186 103 237 150 340 57 134 95 224 119 275 172 397

load group 3-5 4-6 3-5 4-6 3-5 3-5 4-7 5-8 3-5 3-5 4-7 5-8

Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 22% less.

Type 49 24 13 49 24 14 49 24 25 49 24 35 49 24 45

4.29

permissible load (lbs 210 480 660 840 1.55 1.30 1.25 2.50 2.15 2.05 2.90 2.65 6.05

x 1000) 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F

1.90 4.50 4.00 2.90 1.70 3.37 2.47

E 83/4 103/4 145/8 145/8 1.70 145/8

A 95/8 101/8 123/8 125/8 125/8

B 51/8 63/4 83/4 83/4 83/4

C 133/4 141/4 161/4 161/2 161/2

H 4 57/8 97/8 97/8 97/8

lbs 27 36 51 53 54

SELECTION TABLE OD 10.50˝- 267mm Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 10.50˝ (ND 250/10˝), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49 permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 Type 42 26 19 1.45 1.10 0.75

4

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46 Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

985 1040 1075 1110°F

d2 0.79

985 1040 1075 1110°F

d1 E 0.63 131/2 0.95 131/2 0.95 161/4

B lbs 23/8 10

E 7

load group 3-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 43 26 18 2.05 2.00 1.90 43 26 19 6.50 4.00 3.10 43 26 29 2.45 1.65

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d3 Type 1.34 3.5 44 26 12 5.8 4.7 1.80 9.4 44 26 13 13.2 12.1 0.81 2.0 1.9 1.7 1.7 1.1 44 26 31 1.34 5.1 4.9 4.7 3.8 2.4 44 26 32 1.80 10.5 8.9 8.5 7.8 6.5 4.0 44 26 33 1.1 0.81 1.7 1.3 44 26 41 2.4 1.34 4.4 3.3 44 26 42 4.0 1.80 11.0 7.4 5.3 44 26 43

E 131/2 141/4 163/4 163/4 163/4 163/4 163/4 163/4

B 23/4 23/4 23/4

lbs 26 26 23

load group 1-3 3-6 3-6

B

lbs 22 45 22 34 54 29 42 59

load group 4-6 5-8 C-4 4-6 5-8 C-4 4-6 5-8

27/8 43/8 35/8 33/4 43/4 41/8 41/2 51/8

Type 46

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 Type 4. 2611 7.8 6.2 4.4 4. 26 12 11.9 9.2 6.7 8.9 8.0 5.8 4. 26 21 12.1 11.2 8.0 4. 26 22 4.4 3.3 1.7 4. 26 31 9.2 7.8 5.6 3.3 4. 26 32 13.2 11.0 8.0 4.7 4. 26 33 22.4 18.8 13.7 8.0 4. 26 34 3.1 2.2 4. 26 41 6.0 4.4 4. 26 42 8.5 6.2 4. 26 43 14.6 11.0 4. 26 44 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 20% less.

permissible load (lbs Type 210 480 660 840 49 26 13 1.90 1.60 1.55 49 26 14 3.55 3.10 2.90 3.40 3.15 49 26 25 7.20 49 26 35 49 26 45

x 1000) 930 950 985

2.25 5.40 4.75 3.40

1110°F d3 1.00 1.34 1.00 1.34 1.00 1.00 1.60 1.80 1.7 1.00 3.3 1.00 4.7 1.60 8.0 1.80

EK 13/8 13/4 13/4 2 11/4 2 2 23/4 11/4 2 2 23/4

1040 1075 1110°F

2.00 3.82 2.92

2.00

L ER min. max.

41/8 211/2 451/2 51/8 211/2 451/2 51/2 233/4 511/2 57/8 233/4 511/2 43/4 233/4 551/2 57/8 233/4 551/2 61/4 233/4 551/2 71/4 233/4 551/2 51/2 231/2 55 67/8 231/2 55 61/2 231/2 55 81/8 231/2 55

E 91/4 111/8 151/8 151/8 151/8

A 93/4 105/8 131/2 133/4 133/4

B 61/4 63/4 9 9 9

lbs load min. max. group 52 122 3-5 69 155 4-6 65 160 3-5 79 212 4-6 69 144 3-5 93 207 3-5 119 262 4-7 174 378 5-8 79 165 3-5 112 247 3-5 143 304 4-7 203 444 5-8

C 141/4 151/2 173/4 18 18

H 4 57/8 97/8 97/8 97/8

Type 48

5 803 /8

lbs 36 47 61 62 63

4.30

SELECTION TABLE OD 10.75˝- 273mm

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46 Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 10.75˝ (ND 250/10˝), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49 permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 42 27 19 1.40 1.05 0.75

985 1040 1075 1110°F

d2 0.79

E 7

B 23/8

lbs 10

load group 3-4

lbs 28 28 24

load group 1-3 3-6 3-6

lbs 22 46 22 35 56 29 42 60

load group 4-6 5-8 C-4 4-6 5-8 C-4 4-6 5-8

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 Type 43 27 18 2.05 2.00 1.90 43 27 19 6.50 4.00 3.10 2.90 1.95 43 27 29

permissible load 210 480 660 Type 4.7 3.5 44 27 12 5.8 44 27 13 13.2 12.1 9.4 44 27 31 44 27 32 10.7 44 27 33 44 27 41 44 27 42 44 27 43

(lbs x 1000) 840 930 950

2.0 5.6 8.9

1.9 5.1 8.5

1.9 4.9 7.8

985 1040 1075 1110°F

985 1040 1075 1110°F

1.7 4.0 6.5

11.0

1.1 2.4 4.0 1.7 4.4 7.4

1.3 3.3 5.3

1.1 2.4 4.0

B d1 E 0.63 131/2 23/4 0.95 131/2 23/4 0.95 161/4 23/4

d3 1.34 1.80 0.81 1.34 1.80 0.81 1.34 1.80

E 131/2 141/4 163/4 163/4 163/4 163/4 163/4 163/4

B 27/8 43/8 35/8 33/4 43/4 41/8 41/2 51/8

Type 46

Type 48

80 35/8

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 9851040 1075 1110°F d3 1.00 4. 2711 7.8 6.2 4.4 1.34 4. 27 12 11.9 9.4 6.7 9.2 8.0 5.8 1.00 4. 27 21 12.1 11.2 8.0 1.34 4. 27 22 4.4 3.3 1.7 1.00 4. 27 31 9.2 7.8 5.6 3.3 1.00 4. 27 32 13.2 11.0 8.0 4.7 1.60 4. 27 33 22.4 18.8 13.7 8.0 1.80 4. 27 34 3.1 2.2 1.7 1.00 4. 27 41 6.0 4.4 3.3 1.00 4. 27 42 8.5 6.2 4.7 1.60 4. 27 43 14.6 11.0 8.0 1.80 4. 27 44 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 22% less.

permissible load (lbs 210 480 660 840 Type 49 27 13 1.90 1.60 1.55 49 27 14 3.55 3.10 2.90 3.40 3.15 49 27 25 7.20 49 27 35 49 27 45

4.31

EK 13/8 13/4 13/4 2 11/4 2 2 23/4 11/4 2 2 23/4

x 1000) 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F

ER 41/8 51/8 51/2 57/8 43/4 57/8 61/4 71/4 51/2 67/8 61/2 81/8

E 93/8 111/4 2.25 151/4 5.40 4.75 3.40 2.00 151/4 3.82 2.47 2.00 151/4

L min. max.

211/2 451/2 211/2 451/2 233/4 511/2 233/4 511/2 233/4 551/2 233/4 551/2 233/4 551/2 233/4 551/2 231/2 55 231/2 55 231/2 55 231/2 55

A 93/4 105/8 131/2 133/4 133/4

B 61/4 63/4 9 9 9

lbs load min. max. group 61 125 3-5 72 157 4-6 69 163 3-5 88 213 4-6 70 145 3-5 95 209 3-5 121 264 4-7 181 381 5-8 82 167 3-5 115 248 3-5 146 307 4-7 212 453 5-8

C 141/4 151/2 173/4 18 18

H 4 57/8 97/8 97/8 97/8

lbs 36 47 61 62 63

SELECTION TABLE OD 12.75˝- 323.9mm Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 12.75˝ (ND 300/12˝), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49 permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 42 32 19 1.25 0.90 0.65

4

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46 Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55) E 81/8

B lbs 23/8 12

load group 3-4

d1 E 0.63 143/4 0.95 143/4 0.95 171/4

B lbs 31/8 35 31/8 35 23/4 33

load group 1-3 3-6 3-6

985 1040 1075 1110°F d2 0.79

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type 210 43 32 18 2.05 43 32 19 6.70 43 32 29

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 480 660 840 930 950 2.00 1.90 4.90 3.55 4.00 3.80 2.45

Type 210 44 32 12 8.3 44 32 13 15.7 44 32 31 44 32 32 44 32 33 44 32 41 44 32 42 44 32 43

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d3 E 1.80 143/4 7.1 5.1 2.00 151/4 13.4 11.2 1.00 181/2 4.7 4.4 4.2 3.8 2.2 1.60 181/2 8.3 7.8 7.1 6.0 3.8 1.80 181/2 15.7 13.4 13.0 12.1 10.5 6.5 4.4 3.3 2.2 1.00 181/2 7.4 5.3 3.8 1.60 181/2 13.3 12.3 9.2 6.5 1.80 181/2

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 5.1 3.8 9.4 6.7 13.9 10.3 6.0 4.4 13.4 11.4 8.3 18.6 15.7 11.4 6.2 4.7 2.6 14.1 11.4 8.5 4.9 19.1 15.5 11.4 6.7 24.7 21.3 15.7 8.7 32.5 26.7 19.7 11.4 4.7 8.9 12.1 15.7 20.9

Type 210 4. 3211 6.7 4. 32 12 11.9 4. 32 13 18.8 4. 32 21 4. 32 22 4. 32 23 4. 32 31 4. 32 32 4. 32 33 4. 32 34 4. 32 35 4. 32 41 4. 32 42 4. 32 43 4. 32 44 4. 32 45 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 22%

985

1040 1075 1110°F

L 1075 1110°F d3 1.00 1.34 1.60 1.00 1.34 1.80 1.00 1.60 1.80 1.80 2.00 3.5 2.6 1.00 6.5 4.9 1.60 8.9 6.7 1.80 11.9 8.7 1.80 15.7 11.4 2.00

EK 13/8 11/2 21/4 11/4 11/4 11/4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

ER 43/4 51/2 53/8 43/4 57/8 61/4 57/8 71/8 75/8 81/8 77/8 61/2 71/8 81/4 87/8 91/4

min.

231/2 231/2 231/2 271/2 271/2 271/2 273/4 273/4 273/4 273/4 311/2 271/2 271/2 271/2 271/2 311/2

B 31/8 41/2 43/8 41/2 61/2 41/2 51/8 63/4

lbs 36 64 44 60 107 49 68 116

load group 5-8 6-9 3-5 5-7 5-8 3-5 5-7 5-8

lbs load max. min. max. group 70 128 3-5 471/2 97 176 4-6 471/2 471/2 133 239 5-7 74 137 3-5 511/2 511/2 109 206 4-6 511/2 143 266 5-8 551/2 101 189 3-5 551/2 153 286 4-7 551/2 188 360 5-8 551/2 225 429 5-8 551/2 295 510 6-9 123 235 3-5 55 185 341 4-7 55 218 423 5-8 55 258 499 5-8 55 344 598 6-9 55

Type 46

Type 48

9345/8

less.

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F E A B C 49 32 13 2.90 2.50 2.20 101/4 101/8 7 143/4 49 32 14 4.50 3.80 3.60 141/4 105/8 9 151/2 49 32 25 4.45 4.00 2.90 161/4 131/2 93/4 173/4 49 32 35 7.85 7.20 6.30 4.70 2.70 161/4 133/4 10 18 49 32 45 4.95 3.60 2.70 161/4 133/4 10 18

H 4 77/8 97/8 97/8 97/8

lbs 41 65 67 69 72

4.32

SELECTION TABLE OD 14˝- 355.6mm

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46 Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 14˝ (ND 350/14˝), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49 permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 42 36 19 1.15 0.85 0.60

B E 83/4 23/8

lbs 13

load group 3-4

B 1075 1110°F d1 E 0.63 151/4 31/2 0.95 151/4 31/2 0.95 181/2 31/2

lbs 42 42 45

load group 1-3 3-6 3-6

lbs 45 71 47 70 113 53 72 120

load group 6-8 6-9 3-5 5-7 5-8 3-5 5-7 5-8

1040 1075 1110°F d2 0.79

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 43 36 18 2.05 2.00 1.90 43 36 19 6.95 5.15 3.55 43 36 29 4.90 4.45 2.90 Type

permissible load (lbs Type 210 480 660 840 44 36 12 9.8 8.5 6.2 44 36 13 15.7 13.4 11.9 44 36 31 4.7 44 36 32 8.7 44 36 33 15.7 13.4 44 36 41 44 36 42 44 36 43

985 1040

x 1000) 930 950

985 1040 1075 1110°F d3 1.80 2.00 1.00 4.4 4.2 3.8 2.2 1.60 8.3 7.8 6.2 3.8 1.80 13.0 12.1 10.5 6.5 2.2 1.00 4.4 3.3 3.8 1.60 7.4 5.3 6.5 1.80 13.3 12.3 9.4

Type 46

Type 48

5 93 4 /8

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d3 1.34 4. 3611 8.3 6.5 4.7 1.34 4. 36 12 14.8 11.2 8.5 1.80 4. 36 13 20.8 16.4 11.9 5.3 3.8 1.00 4. 36 21 7.4 5.3 1.34 4. 36 22 16.8 14.6 10.5 1.60 4. 36 23 21.1 18.0 13.2 2.00 4. 36 24 5.3 3.8 2.2 1.00 4. 36 31 7.1 5.3 3.1 1.34 4. 36 32 15.0 12.5 9.2 5.3 1.60 4. 36 33 25.3 21.3 15.5 8.9 1.80 4. 36 34 37.3 30.3 22.4 13.2 2.00 4. 36 35 4.0 2.9 2.2 1.00 4. 36 41 5.6 4.2 3.1 1.34 4. 36 42 9.6 7.1 5.3 1.60 4. 36 43 16.1 12.1 8.9 1.80 4. 36 44 24.0 17.9 13.2 2.00 4. 36 45 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 23% less.

L EK 13/8 11/2 21/2 11/4 11/2 11/2 13/4 11/2 2 21/2 21/2 23/4 11/2 2 21/2 21/2 23/4

ER 43/4 51/8 53/4 41/2 51/2 61/8 61/4 53/8 61/4 71/8 81/8 9 61/8 63/4 71/2 91/2 95/8

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F E 49 36 13 4.90 4.25 4.00 11 49 36 14 6.05 5.15 4.90 147/8 49 36 25 5.80 5.20 3.80 167/8 49 36 35 10.10 9.20 8.10 5.85 3.40 183/4 49 36 45 6.30 4.72 3.40 183/4

4.33

E 153/4 161/2 191/8 191/8 191/8 191/8 191/8 191/8

min.

271/2 271/2 271/2 273/4 273/4 311/2 311/2 273/4 273/4 311/2 311/2 311/2 271/2 271/2 311/2 311/2 311/2

A 123/8 121/2 153/4 16 16

max.

511/2 511/2 511/2 551/2 551/2 551/2 551/2 591/2 591/2 591/2 591/2 591/2 59 59 59 59 59

B 33/8 41/2 43/8 43/4 61/2 41/2 51/8 63/4

lbs load min. max. group 105 166 4-6 131 228 4-6 154 283 6-8 67 144 3-5 103 172 4-6 161 294 5-7 180 342 6-9 103 195 3-5 128 245 4-6 190 337 4-7 261 482 5-8 355 620 6-9 123 228 3-5 150 286 4-6 231 407 4-7 302 561 5-8 414 747 6-9

B 9 91/4 101/4 11 11

C H lbs 59 171/2 4 18 77/8 61 20 97/8 74 3 / 20 4 117/8 103 203/4 117/8 103

SELECTION TABLE OD 14.50˝- 368mm

Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 14.50˝ (ND 350/14˝), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49 permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 42 37 19 1.10 0.85 0.60

985

4

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46

1040 1075 1110°F d2 0.79

E 9

B 23/8

lbs 13

load group 3-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 43 37 18 2.05 2.00 1.90 43 37 19 6.70 4.90 3.55 43 37 29 4.90 4.45 2.90

B 985 1040 1075 1110°F d1 E 0.63 151/2 31/2 0.95 151/2 31/2 0.95 183/4 31/2

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 44 37 12 9.8 8.5 6.0 44 37 13 15.7 13.4 11.9 44 37 31 4.7 4.4 4.2 3.8 44 37 32 8.7 8.3 7.8 6.2 44 37 33 16.0 13.4 13.0 12.1 10.5 44 37 41 44 37 42 44 37 43 13.3

1040 1075 1110°F

2.2 4.0 6.5 4.4 7.4 12.3

3.3 5.3 9.4

2.2 4.0 6,5

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d3 EK 6.5 4.7 1.34 13/8 11.2 8.5 1.34 11/2 16.1 11.9 1.80 21/2 5.3 3.8 1.00 11/4 7.4 5.3 1.34 11/2 16.8 14.6 10.5 1.60 11/2 21.1 18.0 13.2 1.80 13/4 1.00 11/2 5.3 3.8 2.2 1.34 2 7.1 5.3 3.1 15.5 12.5 9.2 5.3 1.60 21/2 25.3 21.3 15.5 8.9 1.80 21/2 37.3 30.3 22.4 13.2 2.00 23/4 4.0 2.9 2.2 1.00 11/2 5.6 4.2 3.1 1.34 2 9.6 7.1 5.3 1.60 21/2 16.1 12.1 8.9 1.80 21/2 23.8 17.9 13.2 2.00 23/4

Type 210 4. 3711 8.3 4. 37 12 14.8 4. 37 13 20.8 4. 37 21 4. 37 22 4. 37 23 4. 37 24 4. 37 31 4. 37 32 4. 37 33 4. 37 34 4. 37 35 4. 37 41 4. 37 42 4. 37 43 4. 37 44 4. 37 45 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 23% less.

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 49 37 13 4.90 4.25 4.00 49 37 14 6.30 5.40 5.15 49 37 25 5.80 5.40 4.00 49 37 35 10.30 9.45 8.30 6.05 49 37 45

1040 1075 1110°F

3.60 6.74 4.95

E 111/4 151/8 171/8 19 3.60 19

load group 1-3 3-6 3-6

E 153/4 161/2 191/4 191/4 191/4 191/4 191/4 191/4

load B lbs group 33/8 45 6-8 41/2 71 6-9 43/8 47 3-5 43/4 69 5-7 61/2 115 5-8 41/2 54 3-5 51/8 73 5-7 63/4 122 5-8

L min. max.

271/2 511/2 271/2 511/2 271/2 511/2 273/4 551/2 273/4 551/2 311/2 551/2 311/2 551/2 291/2 591/2 291/2 591/2 291/2 591/2 291/2 591/2 331/2 591/2 291/2 59 291/2 59 291/2 59 291/2 59 331/2 59

lbs load min. max. group 108 169 4-6 135 232 4-6 159 287 6-8 70 144 3-5 90 175 4-6 152 295 5-7 184 340 6-8 108 198 3-5 135 243 4-6 185 343 4-7 259 488 5-8 370 630 6-9 130 231 3-5 159 291 4-6 223 401 4-7 302 568 5-8 437 756 6-9

d3 1.80 2.00 1.00 1.60 1.80 1.00 1.60 1.80

ER 43/4 51/8 53/4 41/2 51/2 61/8 61/4 53/8 61/4 71/8 85/8 9 61/8 63/4 71/2 91/2 95/8

lbs 41 41 45

A B 123/8 9 121/2 91/2 153/4 101/4 16 111/2 16 111/2

C 171/2 18 20 203/4 203/4

Type 46

Type 48

9345/8

H lbs 4 59 77/8 62 97/8 74 117/8 107 117/8 107

4.34

SELECTION TABLE OD 16˝- 406.4mm

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46 Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 16˝ (ND 400/16˝), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49 permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 42 41 19 1.75 1.40 1.00

985 1040

1075 1110°F

d2 0.95

E 10

B 23/4

lbs 21

load group 3-5

B 4 4 4

lbs 51 51 54

load group 1-3 3-6 3-6

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 43 41 18 2.05 2.00 1.90 43 41 19 6.95 5.15 3.55 43 41 29 4.90 4.45 2.90

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 44 41 12 13.2 10.1 8.3 44 41 13 19.3 17.0 13.7 44 41 22 5.8 5.3 44 41 23 10.7 8.5 44 41 31 4.2 3.8 44 41 35 8.9 8.5 7.6 44 41 36 14.8 14.1 13.0 44 41 41 44 41 45 44 41 46 21.8

Type 46

Type 48

118 55/8

1040 1075 1110°F d1 E 0.63 17 0.95 17 0.95 193/4

1040 1075 1110°F

2.2 5.1 8.5 4.2 9.2 13.9

3.1 6.7 10.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d3 1.34 4. 4111 9.8 7.8 5.6 4. 41 12 16.1 12.3 9.2 1.60 4. 41 13 24.7 18.8 14.1 1.80 4. 41 21 6.2 4.4 1.00 4. 41 22 8.7 6.2 1.34 4. 41 23 20.0 17.3 12.3 1.60 4. 41 24 25.0 21.3 15.5 1.80 4. 41 31 1.00 6.2 4.4 2.6 4. 41 32 1.60 10.1 7.8 4.4 4. 41 33 17.7 14.6 10.7 6.2 1.80 4. 41 34 25.1 21.3 15.5 8.9 1.80 4. 41 35 43.5 36.0 26.5 15.5 2.00 4. 41 41 4.7 3.5 2.6 1.00 4. 41 42 8.0 6.0 4.4 1.60 4. 41 43 11.2 8.5 6.2 1.80 4. 41 44 16.1 12.1 8.9 1.80 4. 41 45 28.1 21.1 15.5 2.00 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 21% less.

Type 49 41 13 49 41 14 49 41 25 49 41 35 49 41 45

4.35

985

210 5.8 10.7

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 480 660 840 930 950 985 4.9 4.7 8.5 7.8 8.3 5.8 4.7 13.5 11.7 10.3 7.6

2.2 5.1 7.6

6.7

E 171/2 173/4 193/4 193/4 201/2 201/2 201/2 201/2 201/2 201/2

L EK ER min.

11/4 61/8 311/2 11/2 61/4 311/2 21/4 67/8 311/2 11/2 53/4 311/2 11/2 57/8 311/2 2 71/8 331/2 1 2 /2 71/8 331/2 13/4 61/4 311/2 2 71/8 311/2 23/4 77/8 311/2 23/4 85/8 311/2 31/4 101/4 351/2 13/4 67/8 331/2 2 81/8 331/2 3 2 /4 87/8 331/2 23/4 87/8 331/2 31/4 101/2 351/2

1040 1075 1110°F

4.5 9.0

d3 2.00 2.40 1.60 2.00 1.00 1.80 2.00 1.00 1.80 2.00

4.5

E 117/8 157/8 173/4 197/8 197/8

A 113/4 121/2 157/8 161/8 161/8

max.

551/2 551/2 551/2 591/2 591/2 591/2 591/2 631/2 631/2 631/2 631/2 631/2 63 63 63 63 63

B 101/4 91/2 103/4 113/4 113/4

B 35/8 51/4 45/8 51/4 43/8 53/4 57/8 41/2 53/4 71/4

load lbs group 58 6-9 86 7-10 57 5-7 88 6-9 51 3-5 102 5-8 147 6-9 58 3-5 130 5-8 204 6-9

lbs min. max.

138 211 168 286 228 362 104 192 136 223 207 349 237 414 137 244 194 343 252 448 310 550 465 820 170 300 238 417 291 520 366 645 551 939

load group 4-6 5-7 6-8 3-5 4-6 5-7 6-8 3-5 4-7 5-8 5-8 6-9 3-5 4-7 5-8 5-8 6-9

C H 173/4 4 19 77/8 21 97/8 3 / 21 4 117/8 213/4 117/8

lbs 86 91 109 146 146

SELECTION TABLE OD 16.50˝- 419mm

Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 16.50˝ (ND 400/16˝), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49 permissible load(lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 42 42 19 1.75 1.35 0.95 Type

4

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46

985 1040 1075 1110°F

d2 E B 0.95 101/4 23/4

lbs 21

load group 3-5

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 43 42 18 2.05 2.00 1.90 43 42 19 6.70 5.15 3.55 43 42 29 4.90 4.45 2.90 Type

985 1040

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 44 42 12 13.2 10.1 8.3 44 42 15 33.7 24.7 18.4 44 42 22 5.8 5.3 44 42 25 12.5 11.2 44 42 31 4.2 3.8 2.2 44 42 35 8.9 7.6 5.3 44 42 36 15.2 14.6 13.0 8.7 44 42 41 4.2 44 42 45 9.2 44 42 46 22.0 13.9 Type

Type

1075 1110°F d1 E 0.63 17 0.95 17 0.95 193/4

1075 1110°F d3 2.00 2.40 1.60 2.00 1.00 1.80 2.00 3.1 2.2 1.00 6.7 5.1 1.80 10.3 7.6 2.00

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d3 EK ER 7.8 5.6 1.34 11/4 61/8 12.3 9.2 1.60 11/2 61/4 18.8 14.1 1.80 21/4 67/8 6.2 4.4 1.00 11/2 53/4 8.7 6.2 1.34 11/2 57/8 20.0 17.3 12.3 1.60 2 71/8 25.0 21.3 15.5 1.80 21/2 71/8 6.2 4.4 2.6 1.00 13/4 61/4 10.1 7.8 4.4 1.60 2 71/8 17.7 14.6 10.7 6.2 1.80 23/4 77/8 25.3 21.3 15.5 8.9 1.80 23/4 85/8 43.5 36.0 26.5 15.5 2.00 31/4 101/4 4.7 3.5 2.6 1.00 13/4 67/8 81/8 8.0 6.0 4.4 1.60 2 11.2 8.5 6.2 1.80 23/4 87/8 16.1 12.1 8.9 1.80 23/4 87/8 28.1 21.1 15.5 2.00 31/4 101/2

210 4. 4211 9.8 4. 42 12 16.1 4. 42 13 24.7 4. 42 21 4. 42 22 4. 42 23 4. 42 24 4. 42 31 4. 42 32 4. 42 33 4. 42 34 4. 42 35 4. 42 41 4. 42 42 4. 42 43 4. 42 44 4. 42 45 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 21% less.

Type 49 42 13 49 42 14 49 42 25 49 42 35 49 42 45

permissible load (lbs 210 480 660 840 7.4 5.8 4.9 10.7 8.5 7.8 8.3 6.5 13.5

x 1000) 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F

5.2 12.8 11.4 8.5 4.9 9.4

7.2

4.9

E 121/4 161/8 181/8 201/8 201/8

E 171/2 18 193/4 193/4 203/4 203/4 203/4 203/4 203/4 203/4

L min.

311/2 311/2 311/2 311/2 311/2 331/2 331/2 311/2 311/2 311/2 351/2 351/2 311/2 311/2 311/2 351/2 351/2

A 115/8 121/2 157/8 161/8 161/8

B 4 4 4

max.

551/2 551/2 551/2 591/2 591/2 591/2 591/2 631/2 631/2 631/2 631/2 631/2 63 63 63 63 63

B 91/2 91/2 103/4 113/4 113/4

B 35/8 63/8 45/8 53/4 43/8 53/4 57/8 41/2 53/4 71/4

lbs 51 51 54

load group 1-3 3-6 3-6

lbs 59 148 58 104 52 101 150 59 130 215

load group 6-9 7-10 5-7 6-9 3-5 5-8 6-9 3-5 5-8 6-9

lbs min. max.

141 215 173 286 237 386 106 190 139 224 201 383 242 433 140 248 195 347 258 450 330 555 475 830 172 305 236 412 298 527 392 653 562 951

load group 4-6 5-7 6-8 3-5 4-6 5-7 6-8 3-5 4-7 5-8 5-8 6-9 3-5 4-7 5-8 5-8 6-9

Type 46

Type 48

55/8 118

lbs H C 68 161/2 4 77/8 92 19 97/8 110 21 3 / 21 4 117/8 146 213/4 11 7/8 146

4.36

SELECTION TABLE OD 18˝- 457.2mm

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 18˝ (ND 450/18˝), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49 permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 42 46 19 1.70 1.30 0.90 Type

Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

985 1040 1075 1110°F d2 0.95

E B 11 23/4

lbs 23

load group 3-5

lbs 53 53

load group 1-3 3-6

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 43 46 18 2.05 2.00 1.90 43 46 19 6.50 4.70 3.35 Type

Type

210 44 46 12 13.2 44 46 13 15.7 44 46 15 33.7 44 46 22 44 46 23 44 46 25 44 46 31 44 46 32 44 46 35 44 46 36 44 46 41 44 46 42 44 46 45 44 46 46 Type Type 46

Type 48

118 55/8

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 480 660 840 930 950 985 11.2 8.5 14.0 11.0 24.7 18.4 4.9 4.4 9.8 8.3 12.3 11.2 3.1 2.9 7.1 6.5 14.0 13.4 12.8 22.6 22.4 21.1

26.3 480 7.8 10.3 20.6 25.1

1040 1075 1110°F

2.2 4.0 7.8 13.0 4.0 3.1 2.2 7.1 5.3 4.0 13.9 10.3 7.6 20.2 14.8 11.0

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 5.6 7.4 15.5 19.7 7.6 5.3 12.1 8.9 29.0 24.4 18.0 33.4 28.0 20.2 10.3 7.6 4.4 12.1 8.9 5.1 25.3 21.3 15.5 8.9 51.0 41.5 30.7 17.9 57.7 47.1 34.6 20.2 8.0 6.0 4.4 9.2 6.9 5.1 16.1 12.1 8.9 32.5 24.5 17.9 36.6 27.4 20.2

4. 4611 4. 46 12 4. 46 13 4. 46 14 4. 46 21 4. 46 22 4. 46 23 4. 46 24 4. 46 31 4. 46 32 4. 46 33 4. 46 34 4. 46 35 4. 46 41 4. 46 42 4. 46 43 4. 46 44 4. 46 45 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 24% less.

Type 49 46 13 49 46 14 49 46 25 49 46 35 49 46 45

4.37

210 10.1 13.2 27.0 33.7

985 1040 1075 1110°F d1 E 0.63 173/4 0.95 173/4

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 8.0 7.1 5.1 15.0 11.4 8.3 9.0 7.6 6.1 15.0 14.3 13.7 10.1 5.8 10.8

d3 1.34 1.60 1.80 2.00 1.34 1.60 1.80 2.00 1.60 1.80 1.80 2.00 2.40 1.60 1.80 1.80 2.00 2.40

EK 13/8 11/2 2 21/2 13/4 2 21/4 21/4 2 2 21/2 23/4 31/4 2 2 21/2 23/4 31/4

1075 1110°F

8.1

5.8

d3 2.00 2.00 2.40 1.60 2.00 2.00 1.00 1.80 2.00 2.00 1.00 1.80 2.00 2.00

ER 57/8 61/8 63/4 71/4 61/4 63/4 71/4 77/8 71/8 71/2 87/8 95/8 97/8 75/8 81/4 91/4 111/2 111/2

E 13 167/8 187/8 203/4 203/4

B 4 4

E 181/2 181/2 19 211/4 211/4 211/4 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22

L min.

331/2 331/2 331/2 331/2 331/2 331/2 371/2 371/2 351/2 351/2 351/2 391/2 391/2 351/2 351/2 351/2 391/2 391/2

A 137/8 141/8 157/8 161/8 161/8

B 43/8 41/2 63/8 33/4 43/4 51/2 4 51/4 57/8 81/4 41/2 51/2 71/4 81/2

max.

571/2 571/2 571/2 571/2 631/2 631/2 631/2 631/2 671/2 671/2 671/2 671/2 671/2 67 67 67 67 67

B 91/2 101/4 111/2 123/4 123/4

load lbs group 69 6-9 83 7-9 153 7-10 54 5-7 82 6-9 105 6-9 58 3-5 93 5-8 154 6-9 260 6-9 63 3-5 97 5-8 214 6-9 316 6-9

lbs min. max.

161 252 176 293 303 411 315 515 149 235 193 340 320 545 345 555 233 391 270 449 365 610 620 990 660 1070 287 470 315 538 439 726 710 1175 796 1287

load group 4-6 5-7 6-8 6-9 4-6 5-7 6-8 7-9 4-7 5-8 5-8 6-9 7-10 4-7 5-8 5-8 6-9 7-10

C H lbs 19 4 82 193/4 77/8 113 21 97/8 117 3 21 /4 117/8 156 213/4 117/8 156

SELECTION TABLE OD 20˝ - 508mm

Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 20˝ (ND 500/20˝), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49 permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 42 51 19 1.60 1.20 0.85

4

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46

E 12

B 23/4

lbs 25

load group 3-5

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d3 E 44 51 14 2.2 1.7 1.5 0.81 193/4 44 51 15 6.5 5.3 3.8 1.34 193/4 44 51 16 12.8 10.3 7.8 2.00 193/4 44 51 17 22.0 16.1 13.4 2.40 193/4 44 51 18 44.0 33.7 26.9 2.80 201/2 44 51 25 1.00 221/2 2.9 2.2 44 51 26 1.60 221/2 4.9 4.4 44 51 27 2.00 221/2 10.1 8.9 44 51 28 2.40 221/2 21.3 18.0 44 51 35 1.00 231/4 3.8 3.5 2.2 44 51 36 1.80 231/4 8.0 7.4 4.4 44 51 37 2.00 231/4 18.6 17.7 14.0 8.9 44 51 38 2.40 231/4 29.4 24.7 21.1 13.4 44 51 45 1.00 231/4 4.2 3.3 2.2 44 51 46 1.80 231/4 8.5 6.5 4.4 44 51 47 2.00 231/4 14.1 10.3 7.8 44 51 48 40.7 27.2 20.2 14.6 2.40 231/4

B 31/8 31/8 35/8 63/8 83/4 4 4 43/4 61/2 5 53/4 73/8 73/4 51/8 53/4 75/8 91/4

lbs 58 63 83 155 275 63 71 97 172 84 113 183 260 94 141 240 412

load group 1-4 4-6 6-9 7-10 8-30 3-5 5-7 6-9 7-10 3-5 5-8 6-9 7-10 3-5 5-8 6-9 7-10

985 1040 1075 1110°F

d2 0.95

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d3 4. 5111 10.1 7.8 5.6 1.34 4. 51 12 15.2 11.4 8.3 1.60 4. 51 13 27.0 20.6 15.0 1.80 4. 51 14 38.2 28.0 22.4 2.00 4. 51 21 8.9 6.5 1.34 4. 51 22 12.1 8.9 1.60 4. 51 23 28.5 24.4 17.7 1.80 4. 51 24 35.0 30.1 22.0 2.40 4. 51 31 1.60 10.1 7.8 4.4 4. 51 32 25.3 12.1 8.9 5.1 1.80 4. 51 33 51.0 20.2 15.5 8.9 1.80 4. 51 34 63.5 41.5 30.7 18.0 2.00 4. 51 35 2.40 51.6 38.2 22.4 4. 51 41 8.0 6.0 4.4 1.60 4. 51 42 9.2 6.9 5.1 1.80 4. 51 43 16.1 12.1 8.9 1.80 4. 51 44 32.5 24.5 17.9 2.00 4. 51 45 40.9 30.7 22.4 2.40 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 23% less. permissible load Type 210 480 660 840 49 51 13 10.1 8.0 5.8 49 51 14 18.4 13.9 10.1 49 51 25 11.9 9.7 49 51 35 18.6 49 51 45

EK 13/8 11/2 21/2 21/2 2 21/2 21/2 21/2 21/2 23/4 31/4 31/4 31/2 21/2 23/4 31/4 31/4 31/2

(lbs x 1000) 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F

7.6 17.7 16.6 12.3 7.2 15.3 11.2

7.2

ER 61/4 67/8 67/8 71/8 63/4 71/8 77/8 85/8 77/8 77/8 9 101/2 113/4 81/4 87/8 97/8 121/2 121/2

min.

351/2 351/2 351/2 351/2 371/2 371/2 411/2 411/2 391/2 391/2 391/2 411/2 411/2 391/2 391/2 391/2 411/2 411/2

E 14 177/8 213/4 213/4 213/4

L max.

591/2 591/2 591/2 591/2 651/2 651/2 651/2 651/2 711/2 711/2 711/2 711/2 711/2 71 71 71 71 71

A 141/8 141/8 161/8 161/4 161/4

load lbs min. max. group 195 279 4-6 215 339 5-7 386 472 6-8 380 600 6-9 183 285 4-6 225 340 5-7 365 555 6-8 430 620 7-10 272 436 4-7 320 505 5-8 425 690 5-8 670 1105 6-9 785 1255 7-10 335 528 4-7 377 600 5-8 511 844 5-8 809 1310 6-9 957 1528 7-10

B 91/2 11 13 13 13

C 193/4 193/4 215/8 223/4 223/4

H 4 77/8 117/8 117/8 117/8

Type 46

Type 48

144 63/4

lbs 96 122 140 185 192

4.38

SELECTION TABLE OD 22˝ - 558.8mm

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46 Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 22˝ (ND 550/22˝), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d2 B E 42 56 19 4.00 2.90 2.20 1.20 133/4 31/2

lbs 53

load group 5-6

lbs 77 94 106 164 290 75 105 113 184 116 200 265 370 152 269 331 458

load group 3-6 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-30 4-6 6-9 6-9 7-10 5-8 6-9 7-10 7-10 5-8 6-9 7-10 7-10

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 44 56 14 4.4 3.8 3.3 44 56 15 9.8 7.8 5.8 44 56 16 16.6 13.4 10.1 44 56 17 22.4 17.3 13.9 44 56 18 44.0 35.9 26.9 44 56 25 4.0 4.2 44 56 26 8.9 10.1 44 56 27 11.9 11.2 44 56 28 20.2 18.0 44 56 35 8.0 7.4 44 56 36 18.6 17.7 14.0 44 56 37 27.0 23.5 18.4 44 56 38 34.8 33.7 29.2 44 56 45 44 56 46 44 56 47 31.0 44 56 48 45.0

Type 46

Type 48

144

63/4

1040 1075 1110°F

4.4 8.9 12.3 18.0 8.9 6.5 14.1 10.5 20.2 14.8 28.5 21.1

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d3 4. 5611 10.1 7.6 5.6 1.34 4. 56 12 15.2 11.6 8.5 1.60 4. 56 13 29.2 21.7 17.3 2.00 4. 56 14 46.5 34.3 27.4 2.00 4. 56 21 9.2 6.7 1.34 4. 56 22 12.1 8.9 1.60 4. 56 23 29.2 24.7 18.0 2.00 4. 56 24 43.5 37.0 27.0 2.00 4. 56 31 1.60 11.9 8.5 4.9 4. 56 32 1.80 15.7 11.4 6.7 4. 56 33 1.80 20.2 15.5 8.9 4. 56 34 51.0 41.5 30.7 17.9 2.00 4. 56 35 76.8 63.0 45.0 27.0 2.40 4. 56 41 8.7 6.5 4.9 1.60 4. 56 42 12.1 8.9 6.7 1.80 4. 56 43 16.1 12.1 8.9 1.80 4. 56 44 32.5 24.5 17.9 2.00 4. 56 45 48.7 36.6 26.9 2.40 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 25% less.

4.4 7.8 11.2 15.7

d3 1.34 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.80 1.34 2.00 2.00 2.40 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.40 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.40

EK ER 11/2 6 3/4 2 71/4 21/2 75/8 21/2 81/8 21/4 71/8 21/2 71/2 21/2 81/8 21/2 91/2 21/2 77/8 21/2 9 23/4 91/2 31/2 103/4 4 121/2 21/2 87/8 21/2 85/8 23/4 101/4 31/2 111/4 4 141/4

E 21 21 21 21 211/2 233/4 233/4 233/4 233/4 241/2 241/2 241/2 241/2 241/2 241/2 241/2 241/2

L min.

371/2 371/2 371/2 371/2 391/2 391/2 431/2 431/2 431/2 431/2 431/2 431/2 471/4 431/2 431/2 431/2 431/2 47

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F A E 49 56 13 12.1 9.6 6.9 15 153/4 49 56 14 21.3 17.9 13.0 187/8 157/8 49 56 25 14.1 11.9 9.4 223/4 173/4 49 56 35 23.6 22.5 20.0 14.6 8.5 223/4 177/8 49 56 45 8.5 16.4 12.1 223/4 177/8

4.39

max.

611/2 611/2 611/2 611/2 671/2 671/2 671/2 671/2 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75

B 33/8 41/4 41/2 63/8 83/4 4 43/4 51/4 61/2 51/2 73/8 73/4 85/8 53/4 75/8 81/8 95/8

lbs min. max.

199 294 241 367 380 565 495 690 211 317 251 403 445 615 530 775 340 530 415 675 480 750 755 1220 1025 1515 412 641 507 773 593 932 915 1453 1260 1910

B 91/2 111/2 131/2 133/4 133/4

load group 4-6 5-7 6-9 7-9 4-6 5-7 6-9 7-9 4-7 5-8 5-8 6-9 7-10 4-7 5-8 5-8 6-9 7-10

C H 221/2 4 23 77/8 3 24 /8 117/8 25 117/8 251/2 117/8

lbs 160 202 206 257 267

SELECTION TABLE OD 24˝ - 609.6mm Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 24˝ (ND 600/24˝), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49 permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 42 61 19 3.80 2.90 2.05

4

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46

985 1040 1075 1110°F

Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

d2 E 1.20 143/4

B 31/2

lbs 57

load group 5-6

B

lbs 92 105 125 174 300 97 113 169 198 144 222 320 405 169 264 465 537

load group 3-6 6-9 6-9 7-10 8-30 4-7 6-9 7-10 7-10 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-30 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-30

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type 44 61 14 44 61 15 44 61 16 44 61 17 44 61 18 44 61 25 44 61 26 44 61 27 44 61 28 44 61 35 44 61 36 44 61 37 44 61 38 44 61 45 44 61 46 44 61 47 44 61 48

210 6.5 13.0 18.0 26.0 45.0

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 5.3 4.4 10.1 7.8 14.6 10.7 19.5 16.4 37.0 26.9 4.4 4.9 8.5 9.4 14.6 12.3 20.2 18.4 8.5 7.4 4.4 17.5 13.7 8.7 25.8 23.5 19.1 13.4 39.3 36.0 29.8 20.2 8.5 13.9 34.2 25.8 53.1 34.8

1075 1110°F

6.5 10.3 19.3 25.6

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d3 4. 6111 13.4 10.5 7.6 1.60 4. 61 12 20.2 15.5 11.4 1.80 4. 61 13 28.5 21.5 17.0 2.00 4. 61 14 41.7 31.0 25.0 2.00 4. 61 15 50.0 37.0 29.6 2.40 4. 61 21 12.8 9.4 1.60 4. 61 22 24.7 17.9 2.00 4. 61 23 40.4 36.0 27.0 2.00 4. 61 24 51.6 45.0 33.7 2.40 4. 61 31 12.0 8.7 4.9 1.60 4. 61 32 20.2 15.5 8.9 1.80 4. 61 33 27.6 20.2 11.9 1.80 4. 61 34 49.4 40.4 29.6 17.5 2.00 4. 61 35 76.4 63.0 45.0 26.9 2.40 4. 61 36 94.3 78.6 58.4 33.7 2.80 4. 61 41 8.7 6.7 4.9 1.60 4. 61 42 16.1 12.1 8.9 1.80 4. 61 43 21.5 16.1 11.9 1.80 4. 61 44 31.6 23.8 17.5 2.00 4. 61 45 48.7 36.6 26.9 2.40 4. 61 46 61.1 46.0 33.7 2.80 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 26% less.

4.4 7.6 13.4 19.1 EK 11/2 13/4 2 21/4 21/2 21/2 21/2 21/2 23/4 21/2 23/4 31/2 31/2 41/4 41/4 21/2 23/4 31/2 31/2 41/4 41/2

d3 1.34 2.00 2.00 2.40 2.80 1.60 2.00 2.40 2.40 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.80 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.80

ER 71/4 75/8 71/2 81/8 9 71/2 85/8 91/4 101/2 85/8 91/4 11 111/4 123/4 141/4 9 103/4 11 111/2 14 141/4

E 22 22 22 22 223/4 251/2 251/2 251/2 251/2 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27

L min.

391/2 391/2 391/2 391/2 391/2 431/2 431/2 431/2 451/4 471/4 471/4 471/4 511/4 51 1/4 511/4 47 47 47 51 51 51

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type A 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F E 49 61 13 14.0 13.0 10.7 18 153/4 49 61 14 23.6 17.9 13.0 197/8 157/8 49 61 25 14.6 13.7 10.8 233/4 173/4 49 61 35 24.2 22.9 22.0 17.0 10.1 233/4 177/8 49 61 45 18.7 13.9 10.1 233/4 177/8

max.

631/2 631/2 631/2 631/2 631/2 711/2 711/2 711/2 711/2 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79

41/2 37/8 43/4 63/8 83/4 43/4 43/4 55/8 61/2 61/2 73/8 81/4 85/8 61/4 75/8 95/8 95/8

lbs min. max.

270 386 337 477 435 615 540 720 605 855 285 454 460 650 565 840 710 1005 390 595 550 830 650 975 880 1325 1160 1665 1385 2000 470 701 670 1027 811 1203 1080 1573 1440 2114 1706 2506

B 103/4 121/4 141/4 141/2 141/2

C H 221/2 57/8 23 77/8 3 24 /8 117/8 25 117/8 251/2 117/8

load group 4-7 6-8 6-9 7-9 7-10 4-7 6-9 7-9 8-10 4-7 5-8 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-30 4-7 5-8 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-30

Type 46

Type 48

7/ 7172 8

lbs 181 217 219 271 284

4.40

SELECTION TABLE OD 26˝ - 660.4mm

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46 Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 26˝ (ND 650/26˝), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d2 42 66 19 3.55 2.65 1.95 1.20 Type

Type

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

44 66 14 44 66 15 44 66 16 44 66 17 44 66 18 44 66 19 44 66 25 44 66 26 44 66 27 44 66 28 44 66 35 44 66 36 44 66 37 44 66 38 44 66 45 44 66 46 44 66 47 44 66 48

Type 48

172 87/

8

480 6.2 9.8 14.6 21.3 30.3 54.0

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 660 840 930 950 985 1040 5.3 7.6 11.9 17.5 23.5 40.4 4.9 4.4 10.1 8.9 16.8 15.7 29.6 27.0 4.4 8.9 7.8 9.4 18.6 15.7 25.6 19.3 13.4 39.3 36.0 29.8 20.2 8.7 17.3 35.5 27.2 53.8 35.2

1075 1110°F

6.5 13.0 19.7 25.8

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d3 4. 6611 7.4 1.60 4. 66 12 11.4 1.80 4. 66 13 18.0 2.00 4. 66 14 28.0 2.40 4. 66 15 33.7 2.40 4. 66 21 14.1 10.1 1.60 4. 66 22 24.7 18.0 2.00 4. 66 23 42.6 36.0 27.0 2.00 4. 66 24 54.0 45.0 33.7 2.40

4. 66 31 von min. auf max. jeweils13.4 Sprünge 200mm.

10.5 5.6 1.60 4. 66 32 20.2 15.5 8.9 1.80 4. 66 33 1.80 34.8 28.0 20.6 12.3 4. 66 34 2.00 50.5 41.5 30.7 17.9 4. 66 35 2.40 76.4 63.0 45.0 26.9 4. 66 36 2.80 94.3 78.6 58.4 33.7 4. 66 41 10.1 7.6 5.6 1.60 4. 66 42 16.1 12.1 8.9 1.80 4. 66 43 22.2 16.8 12.3 1.80 4. 66 44 32.8 24.7 17.9 2.00 4. 66 45 49.0 36.8 26.9 2.40 4. 66 46 61.1 46.0 33.7 2.80

4.4 9.4 13.4 19.3

d3 1.60 2.00 2.00 2.40 2.80 2.80 1.60 2.00 2.40 2.80 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.80 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.80

E 24 24 24 24 24 25 263/4 263/4 263/4 263/4 271/2 271/2 271/2 271/2 271/2 271/2 271/2 271/2

ER 77/8 81/2 77/8 95/8 91/4 85/8 95/8 101/4 103/4 87/8 95/8 111/2 12 121/2 14 91/4 111/4 111/2 121/2 133/4 141/4

L min.

411/2 411/2 411/2 411/2 411/2 491/4 491/4 491/4 51 491/4 491/4 491/4 491/4 531/4 531/4 49 49 49 49 53 53

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F E 49 66 13 16.6 14.6 10.7 187/8 49 66 14 26.9 20.6 15.0 207/8 49 66 25 16.6 14.8 12.8 243/4 49 66 35 28.5 27.0 25.8 20.0 11.7 243/4 49 66 45 21.6 16.2 11.7 243/4

A 153/4 157/8 173/4 18 18

Type

Type 46

210 7.8 12.5 18.4 28.7 40.2 68.3

B E 153/4 31/2

210 13.4 20.2 30.3 48.3 57.5

480 10.3 15.7 22.4 34.8 42.6

EK 11/2 2 21/4 21/2 23/4 21/2 21/2 23/4 31/4 21/2 21/2 31/2 31/2 4 41/4 21/2 21/2 31/2 31/2 4 41/4

B 41/2 41/2 63/8 63/8 81/4 9 43/4 51/4 61/4 73/4 61/2 73/4 81/4 85/8 61/4 81/8 95/8 95/8

lbs 62

load group 5-6

lbs 100 122 180 191 285 405 99 126 187 305 153 285 330 425 178 349 483 550

load group 4-7 6-9 6-9 7-10 8-30 9-30 4-7 6-9 7-10 8-30 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-30 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-30

lbs max. min. max.

651/2 308 414 651/2 410 520 651/2 510 665 651/2 680 920 651/2 785 990 75 340 550 75 525 710 75 660 960 75 765 1120 81 460 680 81 595 875 81 725 1100 81 970 1435 81 1255 1790 81 1500 2135 81 540 808 81 739 1091 81 893 1306 81 1135 1710 81 1554 2249 81 1841 2664

load group 5-7 6-8 6-9 7-10 8-10 4-7 6-9 7-9 8-10 4-7 5-8 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-30 4-7 5-8 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-30

Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 23% less.

4.41

B 113/4 13 141/2 15 15

C 221/2 23 241/2 253/8 251/2

H 57/8 77/8 117/8 117/8 117/8

lbs 195 230 252 284 302

SELECTION TABLE OD 28˝ - 711.2mm

Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 28˝ (ND 700/28˝), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49 Type 42 71 19 Type 44 71 14 44 71 15 44 71 16 44 71 17 44 71 18 44 71 19 44 71 25 44 71 26 44 71 27 44 71 28 44 71 29 44 71 35 44 71 36 44 71 37 44 71 38 44 71 39 44 71 45 44 71 46 44 71 47 44 71 48

Type 4. 7111 4. 71 12 4. 71 13 4. 71 14 4. 71 15 4. 71 21 4. 71 22 4. 71 23 4. 71 24 4. 71 31 4. 71 32 4. 71 33 4. 71 34 4. 71 35 4. 71 36 4. 71 41 4. 71 42 4. 71 43 4. 71 44 4. 71 45 4. 71 46

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 3.35 2.45 1.80

210 9.6 21.3 27.8 33.7 39.7 69.0

210 16.6 26.5 40.4 53.0 61.8

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 480 660 840 930 950 8.0 6.7 16.8 13.4 19.7 16.1 27.0 19.7 32.5 25.8 50.5 40.4 5.8 5.3 9.6 8.9 14.6 13.4 21.3 18.0 29.4 27.0 8.9 16.1 23.5 37.0 34.8 50.5 43.8

985 1040 1075 1110°F

d2 1.20

985 1040 1075 1110°F

d3 1.60 2.00 2.40 2.80 2.80 2.80 1.60 2.00 2.40 2.80 2.80 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.80 2.80 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.80

7.8 5.6 13.9 8.9 19.1 13.4 28.0 18.0 38.2 24.0 9.4 6.9 20.0 14.8 28.5 21.1 53.7 35.0 25.8

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 12.8 9.4 20.2 15.7 29.8 23.5 39.3 31.9 45.0 35.9 15.7 11.2 24.7 18.0 43.8 38.2 28.0 54.0 43.8 35.0 13.4 10.3 6.0 20.0 15.5 8.9 39.3 31.4 23.5 14.1 50.5 41.5 30.7 18.0 76.4 63.0 45.0 27.0 99.0 82.0 60.6 35.0 11.0 8.3 6.0 16.1 12.1 8.9 25.8 19.3 14.1 32.5 24.5 17.9 48.7 36.6 26.9 63.6 47.8 35.0

permissible load Type 210 480 660 840 49 71 13 19.1 15.0 11.0 49 71 14 29.2 22.4 16.1 49 71 25 20.6 18.4 49 71 35 33.7 49 71 45

4

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46

5.1 10.5 15.2 19.3

d3 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.00 2.40 1.80 2.00 2.00 2.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.00 2.40 2.80 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.00 2.40 2.80

EK 13/4 21/4 21/2 31/4 31/2 23/4 23/4 23/4 31/2 23/4 23/4 4 4 4 51/4 23/4 23/4 4 4 4 51/4

(lbs x 1000) 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F

14.6 31.9 30.3 22.2 13.0 24.3 18.2

13.0

ER 75/8 91/2 87/8 9 81/2 85/8 91/2 97/8 11 91/4 97/8 111/4 12 131/4 131/2 91/2 111/2 12 121/2 14 141/2

E B 24 3/4 55/8 24 3/4 63/8 24 3/4 65/8 24 3/4 71/8 24 3/4 83/4 25 1/2 91/4 28 1/2 43/4 28 1/2 51/2 28 1/2 57/8 28 1/2 61/2 28 1/2 73/4 29 1/8 61/2 29 1/8 73/8 29 1/8 81/4 29 1/8 85/8 29 1/8 10 29 1/8 63/4 29 1/8 81/2 29 1/8 10 29 1/8 95/8

L min.

43 1/2 43 1/2 431/2 431/2 431/2 491/4 491/4 531/4 531/4 511/4 511/4 511/4 551/4 551/4 571/4 51 51 51 55 55 57

E 20 217/8 253/4 253/4 253/4

B 31/2

E 17

max.

671/2 671/2 671/2 671/2 671/2 79 79 79 79 83 83 83 83 83 83 821/2 821/2 821/2 821/2 821/2 821/2

A 153/4 157/8 177/8 18 18

lbs 66

load group 5-6

lbs 154 196 211 239 330 430 117 144 202 235 320 169 242 350 440 560 213 392 528 576

load group 4-7 6-9 7-10 8-30 8-30 9-30 5-7 6-9 7-10 8-30 8-30 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-30 9-30 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-30

lbs min. max.

374 496 490 680 605 870 780 1030 1020 1100 420 615 570 795 760 1055 925 1240 500 730 655 940 905 1325 1095 1535 1365 1910 1700 2360 631 907 802 1169 1096 1601 1283 1824 1689 2403 2081 2925

B 121/2 133/4 151/2 161/4 161/4

C 221/2 23 25 253/8 251/2

H 57/8 77/8 117/8 117/8 117/8

load group 5-7 6-8 7-9 7-9 8-10 5-8 6-9 7-9 8-10 4-7 5-8 6-9 6-9 7-10 8-30 4-7 5-8 6-9 6-9 7-10 8-30

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type 46

Type 48

172 87/8

Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 26% less.

lbs 207 245 270 305 326

4.42

SELECTION TABLE OD 30˝ - 762mm

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46 Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 30˝ (ND 750/30˝), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d2 42 76 19 3.10 2.20 1.70 1.20

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type 46

Type 48

198 97/

8

Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 24% less.

Type 44 76 14 44 76 15 44 76 16 44 76 17 44 76 18 44 76 19 44 76 25 44 76 26 44 76 27 44 76 28 44 76 29 44 76 35 44 76 36 44 76 37 44 76 38 44 76 39 44 76 45 44 76 46 44 76 47 44 76 48 44 76 49 Type 4. 7611 4. 76 12 4. 76 13 4. 76 14 4. 76 15 4. 76 21 4. 76 22 4. 76 23 4. 76 24 4. 76 31 4. 76 32 4. 76 33 4. 76 34 4. 76 35 4. 76 36 4. 76 41 4. 76 42 4. 76 43 4. 76 44 4. 76 45 4. 76 46

210 12.1 18.6 25.8 33.7 43.8 69.0

480 9.4 15.0 19.7 25.8 34.8 50.5

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 660 840 930 950 985 7.4 11.9 16.1 19.7 26.9 40.4 9.6 8.9 14.3 13.4 21.3 18.0 27.0 22.4 49.4 41.5 37.0 8.9 8.7 16.1 14.3 23.5 21.3 36.0 30.3 53.0 49.0 40.4

1040 1075 1110°F

5.8 8.9 13.4 20.2 26.7 11.2 20.2 28.5 51.7 35.5 75.3 48.3

210 16.6 27.0 41.1 55.0 69.6

480 12.8 20.4 30.3 40.4 51.6

8.5 14.8 20.9 26.0 35.7

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d3 9.4 1.60 15.5 1.80 23.5 2.00 31.4 2.00 41.5 2.40 15.7 11.2 1.80 24.7 18.0 2.00 45.0 40.4 29.2 2.00 63.0 53.0 40.4 2.40 15.5 11.4 6.7 1.60 20.2 15.5 8.9 1.80 31.4 22.4 13.4 2.00 50.5 41.5 30.7 18.0 2.00 76.4 63.0 45.0 27.0 2.40 115.0 90.0 65.1 40.4 2.80 12.1 9.2 6.7 1.60 16.1 12.1 8.9 1.80 24.5 18.4 13.4 2.00 32.5 24.5 17.9 2.00 49.2 36.6 26.9 2.40 73.2 55.3 40.4 2.80

6.0 10.5 15.2 19.3 26.7

d3 1.60 2.00 2.40 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.00 2.40 2.80 2.80 2.80 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.80 2.80 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.80 2.80

EK ER 13/4 8 1/2 21/4 8 1/2 21/2 9 5/8 31/4 10 1/4 31/2 10 23/4 9 7/8 23/4 9 7/8 31/4 113/4 31/2 11 3/4 31/4 10 1/4 31/4 10 3/4 4 12 1/4 4 13 41/4 14 1/4 51/2 15 3/4 31/4 10 3/4 31/4 11 1/4 4 13 1/4 4 13 1/2 41/4 14 1/4 51/2 17

L min.

451/4 451/4 451/4 451/4 451/4 551/4 551/4 591/4 591/4 591/4 591/4 591/4 591/4 591/4 63 59 59 59 59 59 63

E 26 1/2 26 1/2 26 1/2 26 1/2 26 1/2 27 1/4 30 30 30 30 30 30 1/4 30 1/4 30 1/4 30 1/4 301/4 301/4 301/4 301/4 301/4 301/4

B 61/8 63/8 65/8 71/8 83/4 91/4 51/2 57/8 61/2 73/4 85/8 63/4 73/8 81/4 87/8 10 75/8 81/2 10 10 107/8

max.

69 1/2 69 1/2 69 1/2 69 1/2 69 1/2 87 87 87 87 91 91 91 91 91 91 90 1/2 90 1/2 90 1/2 90 1/2 90 1/2 90 1/2

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F E A 49 76 13 21.3 19.1 13.9 21 157/8 49 76 14 33.0 24.7 18.0 227/8 157/8 49 76 25 23.3 21.1 17.1 263/4 173/4 49 76 35 38.4 36.4 34.8 26.9 15.7 263/4 18 49 76 45 28.8 21.6 15.7 263/4 18

4.43

B lbs 31/2 68

E 18

B 13 1/2 14 1/2 15 3/4 16 1/2 16 1/2

load lbs group 182 4-7 199 6-9 215 7-10 248 8-30 355 8-30 450 9-30 154 6-9 210 7-10 265 8-30 330 8-30 460 9-30 189 5-8 275 6-9 370 7-10 480 8-30 650 9-30 297 5-8 413 6-9 549 7-10 628 8-30 789 9-30

lbs min. max.

410 530 535 745 790 920 990 1090 1110 1290 485 765 660 960 890 1230 1150 1545 640 905 770 1085 1040 1485 1240 1745 1535 2175 2115 2860 798 1098 948 1344 1268 1772 1484 2081 1956 2733 2641 3583 C 23 1/4 23 25 25 3/8 25 1/2

load group 5-6

H 5 7/8 77/8 117/8 117/8 117/8

load group 5-7 6-8 7-9 7-9 8-10 5-8 6-9 7-9 8-10 4-7 5-8 6-9 6-9 7-10 8-30 4-7 5-8 6-9 6-9 7-10 8-30 lbs 236 260 304 316 348

SELECTION TABLE OD 32˝ - 812.8mm Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 32˝ (ND 800/32˝), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49 permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 42 81 19 3.10 2.20 1.65

Type 44 81 14 44 81 15 44 81 16 44 81 17 44 81 18 44 81 19 44 81 25 44 81 26 44 81 27 44 81 28 44 81 29 44 81 35 44 81 36 44 81 37 44 81 38 44 81 39 44 81 45 44 81 46 44 81 47 44 81 48

Type 4. 8111 4. 81 12 4. 81 13 4. 81 14 4. 81 15 4. 81 21 4. 81 22 4. 81 23 4. 81 24 4. 81 31 4. 81 32 4. 81 33 4. 81 34 4. 81 35 4. 81 36 4. 81 41 4. 81 42 4. 81 43 4. 81 44 4. 81 45 4. 81 46

210 12.1 20.2 27.4 34.3 46.0 69.0

210 20.2 30.3 47.6 62.0 74.0

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 480 660 840 930 950 9.4 7.6 15.7 12.8 19.7 16.0 25.8 19.7 37.0 28.0 50.5 40.4 9.6 8.9 14.6 13.4 20.2 18.0 28.0 23.5 49.4 42.6 38.2 15.7 23.5 33.7 36.0 49.4 49.0

4

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46 Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

985 1040 1075 1110°F

d2 1.20

E 19

B 31/2

lbs 73

load group 5-6

985 1040 1075 1110°F

d3 1.60 2.00 2.40 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.00 2.40 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.00 2.40 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.00 2.40 2.80 2.80

E 27 1/2 27 1/2 27 1/2 27 1/2 27 1/2 28 1/2 31 1/8 31 1/8 31 1/8 31 1/8 31 1/8 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32

B 61/8 63/8 65/8 71/8 83/4 91/4 51/2 57/8 63/4 73/4 85/8 73/8 81/4 87/8 85/8 10 81/2 10 10 111/4

lbs 196 213 230 270 360 475 165 228 270 345 485 275 390 500 570 685 429 571 661 865

load group 4-7 6-9 7-10 8-30 8-30 9-30 6-9 7-10 8-30 8-30 9-30 6-9 7-10 8-30 8-30 9-30 6-9 7-10 8-30 9-30

14.0 19.1 28.0 33.7 40.4

8.9 13.4 19.1 22.4 26.5 19.1 28.3 49.7 35.5 74.6 48.7

14.3 20.6 25.8 36.1

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d3 15.5 12.3 1.80 22.4 18.0 2.00 34.8 27.6 2.40 46.0 36.6 2.40 55.0 43.8 2.80 15.7 11.2 1.80 24.7 18.0 2.00 49.4 40.4 31.4 2.40 69.6 58.4 45.0 2.80 1.80 18.0 13.2 7.6 1.80 22.4 18.0 10.3 2.00 31.4 22.4 13.4 49.4 41.5 30.7 18.0 2.00 76.4 63.0 45.0 27.0 2.40 126.0 90.0 76.5 45.0 2.80 13.4 10.1 7.6 1.80 18.4 13.9 10.3 1.80 24.2 18.2 13.4 2.00 32.8 24.2 17.9 2.00 49.2 36.6 26.9 2.40 82.0 61.1 44.9 2.80

10.1 15.2 19.3 26.7

EK 13/4 21/2 23/4 31/2 4 31/4 31/4 31/2 4 31/2 31/2 4 41/4 43/4 6 31/2 31/2 4 41/4 43/4 6

permissible load (lbs x 1000) Type 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 49 81 13 23.6 19.1 14.1 49 81 14 33.7 26.3 19.3 49 81 25 26.5 24.2 19.3 49 81 35 42.2 40.0 38.2 29.5 18.5 49 81 45 33.9 25.4 18.5

ER 81/2 91/2 10 95/8 101/2 97/8 97/8 121/2 121/2 11 113/4 13 133/4 141/2 161/4 111/2 113/4 131/2 133/4 141/2 181/4

E 217/8 237/8 273/4 273/4 273/4

L min. max.

471/4 711/2 471/4 711/2 471/4 711/2 471/4 711/2 471/4 711/2 591/4 91 591/4 91 63 91 63 91 63 95 63 95 63 95 63 95 63 95 63 95 63 941/2 63 941/2 63 941/2 63 941/2 63 941/2 63 941/2

lbs min. max.

510 640 700 810 890 1135 1215 1380 1310 1530 540 855 730 1060 1070 1420 1385 1820 790 1070 915 1305 1140 1610 1370 1855 1695 2345 2390 3420 961 1325 1160 1571 1400 1928 1653 2262 2167 2960 2998 4171

load group 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-10 9-30 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-30 5-8 5-8 6-9 6-9 7-10 8-30 5-8 5-8 6-9 6-9 7-10 8-30

B 141/4 153/4 163/4 163/4 163/4

C H 23 1/8 5 7/8 23 77/8 25 117/8 3 25 /8 117/8 25 1/2 117/8

lbs 247 277 321 328 370

A 15 7/8 15 7/8 17 3/4 18 18

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type 46

Type 48

198 97/8

Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 26% less.

4.44

SELECTION TABLE OD 36˝ - 914.4mm

Temperature up to 1200°F see page 4.46 Twice the specified load is possible by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 36˝ (ND 900/36˝), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49 permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d2 42 91 19 3.10 2.20 1.70 1.20 Type

Type

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type 46

44 91 14 44 91 15 44 91 16 44 91 17 44 91 18 44 91 19 44 91 25 44 91 26 44 91 27 44 91 28 44 91 29 44 91 35 44 91 36 44 91 37 44 91 38 44 91 46 44 91 47 44 91 48 Type

Type 48

225 11

Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 28% less.

4. 9111 4. 91 12 4. 91 13 4. 91 14 4. 91 15 4. 91 21 4. 91 22 4. 91 23 4. 91 24 4. 91 25 4. 91 31 4. 91 32 4. 91 33 4. 91 34 4. 91 35 4. 91 36 4. 91 41 4. 91 42 4. 91 43 4. 91 44 4. 91 45 4. 91 46

210 11.4 19.7 34.3 46.0 57.0 69.0

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 480 660 840 930 950 985 8.9 7.4 15.5 12.5 25.8 19.7 38.2 28.0 46.0 37.0 50.5 40.4 14.6 13.4 20.2 18.0 28.0 23.5 31.4 29.2 49.4 42.6 38.2 22.4 20.2 33.7 29.2 43.8 41.5 36.0 54.0 49.4 41.1

1040 1075 1110°F

13.4 18.0 23.1 26.7 28.5 21.1 49.9 35.5 25.8 74.6 49.0 36.1

210 480 21.5 16.0 30.3 22.4 48.3 34.8 63.0 46.0 75.2 55.0

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F d3 12.8 1.80 18.0 2.00 28.0 2.40 37.0 2.40 43.8 2.80 18.0 13.4 1.80 25.8 19.1 2.00 47.1 40.4 31.4 2.40 65.1 56.1 45.0 2.80 81.0 67.4 54.0 2.80 1.80 20.2 15.5 8.9 1.80 31.4 22.4 13.4 2.00 41.5 30.7 18.0 89.8 74.0 52.8 31.4 2.40 130 108 76.4 45.0 2.80 153 124 90.0 54.0 2.80 16.1 12.1 8.9 1.80 24.5 18.4 13.4 1.80 32.8 24.7 17.9 2.00 57.3 43.1 31.4 2.40 81.8 61.1 44.9 2.80 98.4 73.0 53.9 2.80

15.2 19.3 26.7 EK 2 21/2 23/4 31/2 4 31/4 31/2 4 4 41/4 4 41/4 41/4 51/4 51/4 61/4 4 41/4 41/4 51/4 51/4 61/4

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 210 480 660 840 930 950 985 1040 1075 1110°F 49 91 13 29.2 22.9 16.8 49 91 14 52.8 36.6 29.6 49 91 25 33.2 29.2 26.9 49 91 35 56.1 53.5 51.0 39.5 24.7 49 91 45 47.2 35.0 24.7 Type

4.45

d3 1.60 2.00 2.40 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.00 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.40 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.40 2.80 2.80

ER 10 91/2 91/2 101/2 111/2 97/8 103/4 113/4 123/4 131/2 113/4 13 133/4 151/4 18 171/4 113/4 131/2 141/2 171/2 171/2 191/4

E 21

B 4

lbs 88

load group 5-6

E 30 30 30 30 30 31 33 33 33 33 33 34 1/4 34 1/4 34 1/4 34 1/4 34 1/4 34 1/4 34 1/4

B 6 1/8 6 3/8 77/8 83/4 9 91/4 57/8 63/4 73/4 85/8 85/8 81/4 87/8 85/8 10 10 10 111/4

lbs 213 234 300 395 480 520 250 300 380 505 535 435 545 625 745 636 727 926

load group 4-7 6-9 7-10 8-30 8-30 9-30 7-9 8-30 8-30 9-30 9-30 7-10 8-30 9-30 9-30 7-10 8-30 9-30

L min. max.

51 75 51 75 51 75 51 75 51 75 63 95 63 95 63 95 63 95 63 95 67 98 1/2 67 98 1/2 67 98 1/2 67 98 1/2 71 98 1/2 71 98 1/2 67 98 1/2 67 98 1/2 67 98 1/2 67 98 1/2 71 98 1/2 71 98 1/2

E 24 257/8 293/4 293/4 293/4

A 177/8 18 20 20 20

lbs min. max.

620 755 810 975 1190 1295 1385 1580 1660 1655 675 915 870 1255 1180 1570 1510 1980 1695 2285 985 1315 1280 1725 1565 2100 2175 2850 2840 3795 3210 4185 1215 1633 1537 2088 1885 2560 2701 3672 3510 4640 3944 5313

B 14 1/4 16 1/2 17 3/4 19 19

C 25 1/2 26 28 28 28

H 5 7/8 77/8 117/8 117/8 117/8

load group 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-10 9-30 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-30 9-30 5-8 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-30 9-30 5-8 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-30 9-30

lbs 294 355 375 430 463

SELECTION TABLE OD 1.33˝ - 3.50˝, TEMPERATURE 1130-1200°F Pipe clamps, OD 1.33˝ (ND 25/1˝), type 43 Type 43 03 59

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1184 1130 1166 0.63 0.47 0.72 0.52

1200°F 0.40

d1 0.48

E 91/4

B 2

lbs 3.0

load group C-2

d1 0.48

E 91/2

B 2

lbs 3.2

load group C-2

d1 0.48

E 91/2

B 2

lbs 3.2

load group C-2

4

Pipe clamps, OD 1.67˝ (ND 32/11/4˝), type 43 Type 43 04 59

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 0.72 0.63 0.52 0.47

1200°F 0.40

Pipe clamps, OD 1.90˝ (ND 40/11/2˝), type 43 Type 43 05 59

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 0.72 0.63 0.52 0.47

1200°F 0.40

Type 43

Pipe clamps, OD 2.37˝ (ND 50/2˝), type 43 Type 43 06 59

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 0.92 0.79 0.65 0.58

1200°F 0.52

d1 0.48

E 97/8

B 21/8

lbs 5.3

load group C-4

d1 0.48

E 10

B

lbs 5.5

load group C-4

Pipe clamps, OD 2.87˝ (ND 65/21/2˝), types 43, 48 Type 43 07 59 Type 4807 51 48 07 52 48 07 53

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1184 1130 1166 0.79 0.58 0.92 0.65 permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 0.9 1.1 1.5 1.3 0.9 1.3 1.8 2.2 2.0 1.3 2.4 2.9 3.8 3.3 2.2

1200°F 0.52 d3 0.81 0.81 1.00

ER 2 3/4 2 3/4 3 7/8

dN 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8

23/8

L min. max.

14 29 1/2 14 29 1/2 14 29 1/2

lbs min. max.

13 29 15 33 20 46

load group C-4 C-4 3-5

Type 48

Pipe clamps, OD 3.00˝ (ND 65/21/2˝), types 43, 48 Type 43 08 59

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1184 1130 1166 0.79 0.58 0.92 0.65

1200°F 0.52

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 1200°F d3 4808 51 0.9 1.3 1.1 1.5 0.9 0.81 48 08 52 2.2 1.3 2.0 1.8 1.3 0.81 48 08 53 3.8 2.4 3.3 2.9 2.2 1.00 Type

dN 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8

d1 0.48 ER 2 3/4 2 3/4 3 7/8

E 10 L min. max.

14 29 1/2 14 29 1/2 14 29 1/2

lbs 5.6

load group C-4

lbs min. max.

13 29 15 33 20 46

load group C-4 C-4 3-5

B 23/8

Pipe clamps, OD 3.50˝ (ND 80/3˝), types 43, 48 Type 43 09 59 Type 48 09 51 48 09 52 48 09 53

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1184 1130 1166 0.79 0.58 0.92 0.65 permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 0.9 1.3 1.1 1.5 0.9 1.3 2.0 1.8 2.2 1.3 2.4 3.3 2.9 3.8 2.2

1200°F 0.52 d3 dN 0.81 1 3/8 0.81 1 3/8 1.00 1 3/8

d1 0.48 ER 3 3 3/8 3 7/8

E 101/4 L min. max.

14 33 1/2 14 33 1/2 14 33 1/2

lbs 5.9

load group C-4

lbs min. max.

13 35 15 42 20 57

load group C-4 C-4 3-5

B 23/4

4.46

SELECTION TABLE OD 4.25˝ - 6.25˝, TEMPERATURE 1130 - 1200°F Pipe clamps, OD 4.25˝ (ND 100/4˝), types 43, 48 Type 43 10 59 Type 48 10 51 48 10 52 48 10 53

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1184 1130 1166 1.73 1.28 2.00 1.42

1200°F 1.12

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 1200°F d3 2.0 1.8 1.3 2.2 1.3 0.81 2.7 2.2 2.0 2.9 1.8 1.00 5.1 4.7 3.8 6.0 3.3 1.34

dN 2 2 2

d1 0.63

E 101/2 L min.

14 14 14

ER 3 3/8 3 3/4 5 1/2

B 23/4

lbs 11.2

lbs min. max.

18 53 22 62 31 93

max.

37 1/2 37 1/2 37 1/2

load group 1-4 load group C-4 3-5 3-6

Pipe clamps, OD 4.50˝ (ND 100/4˝), types 43, 48 Type 43 11 59

Type Type 43

48 11 51 48 11 52 48 11 53

1130 2.00

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1184 1166 1200°F 1.73 1.28 1.42 1.12

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 1200°F d3 1.3 2.0 1.8 2.2 1.3 0.81 2.0 2.7 2.2 2.9 1.8 1.00 3.8 5.1 4.7 6.0 3.3 1.34

d1 0.63

E 103/4 L

dN 2 2 2

ER 3 3/8 3 3/4 5 1/2

max.

37 1/2 37 1/2 37 1/2

min.

14 14 14

B 23/4

lbs 11.4

lbs min. max.

53 18 62 22 93 31

load group 1-4

load group C-4 3-5 3-6

Pipe clamps, OD 5.25˝ (ND 125/5˝), types 43, 48 Type 43 13 59

1130 2.25

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1200°F 1148 1184 1166 1.26 1.96 1.46 1.60

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 1200°F d3 48 13 51 2.7 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.5 0.81 48 13 52 3.8 3.3 2.9 2.4 2.2 1.00 48 13 53 6.5 5.8 4.9 4.2 3.8 1.34 Type

Type 48

d1 0.63

E 111/2

B 31/8

L dN 2 2 2

ER 3 3/4 4 3/8 5 7/8

lbs max.

39 1/2 39 1/2 39 1/2

min.

16 16 16

lbs 11.7

max.

60 75 108

min.

22 26 37

load group 1-4

load group C-4 3-5 4-6

Pipe clamps, OD 5.50˝ (ND 125/5˝), types 43, 48 Type 43 14 59

1130 2.25

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1200°F 1148 1184 1166 1.26 1.96 1.46 1.60

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 1200°F d3 48 14 51 2.7 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.5 0.81 48 14 52 3.8 3.3 2.9 2.4 2.2 1.00 48 14 53 6.5 5.8 4.9 4.2 3.8 1.34 Type

d1 0.63

E 111/2

B 31/8

L dN 2 2 2

ER 3 3/4 4 3/8 5 7/8

lbs 18.1 lbs

max.

39 1/2 39 1/2 39 1/2

min.

16 16 16

max.

62 77 108

min.

22 29 40

load group 1-4

load group C-4 3-5 4-6

Pipe clamps, OD 6.25˝ (ND 150/6˝), types 43, 48 Type 43 16 59

1130 2.25

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1200°F 1148 1166 1184 1.26 1.96 1.60 1.46

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 1200°F d3 4816 51 2.7 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.5 0.81 48 16 52 4.2 3.6 3.3 2.7 2.4 1.00 48 16 53 8.1 6.7 6.0 5.1 4.5 1.34 Type

4.47

d1 0.63

E 121/2

B 31/8

L dN 21/2 21/2 21/2

ER 3 7/8 4 7/8 5 7/8

min.

18 18 18

lbs 19.5 lbs

max.

41 1/2 41 1/2 41 1/2

min.

26 35 51

max.

68 90 132

load group 1-4

load group C-4 3-5 4-6

SELECTION TABLE OD 6.625˝ - 9.625˝, TEMPERATURE 1130 - 1200°F Pipe clamps, OD 6.625˝ (ND 150/6˝), types 43, 48 Type 43 17 59

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1184 1130 1166 1.96 1.46 2.25 1.60

1200°F 1.26

d1 0.63

E 121/2

lbs 20

load group 1-4

max.

68 93 132

load group C-4 3-5 4-6

lbs 35

load group 3-6

max.

73 101 123 181

load group C-4 3-5 3-5 4-7

lbs 46 79 123

load group C-4 4-6 5-8

max.

112 157 190 271

load group C-4 3-5 4-7 5-8

B 31/8

4 Type 43

Type 48 17 51 48 17 52 48 17 53

1130 2.7 4.2 8.1

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.5 3.6 3.3 2.7 2.4 6.7 6.0 5.1 4.5

L dN 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2

d3 0.81 1.00 1.34

lbs max.

411/2 411/2 411/2

ER min.

3 7/8 18 4 7/8 18 5 7/8 18

min.

26 35 51

Pipe clamps, OD 7.625˝ (ND 175/7˝), types 43, 48 Type 43 19 59

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1184 1130 1166 3.15 2.47 3.82 2.70

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 48 19 51 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.3 1.3 48 19 52 3.8 3.3 2.9 2.4 2.2 48 19 53 5.6 4.7 4.2 3.6 3.1 48 19 54 9.9 8.5 7.6 6.3 5.6 Type

1200°F 2.02

d1 0.79

B 37/8

E 14 L

d3 0.81 1.00 1.00 1.60

dN 2 2 2 2

1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2

min.

21 1/2 21 1/2 21 1/2 21 1/2

ER 4 3/8 4 7/8 5 7/8 6 1/4

lbs max.

45 1/2 45 1/2 45 1/2 45 1/2

min.

35 46 55 84

Type 44

Pipe clamps, OD 8.625˝ (ND 200/8˝), types 44, 48 Type 44 22 51 44 22 52 44 22 53

1130 1.8 4.2 6.7

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.3 2.4 2.7 3.8 3.1 3.8 4.2 5.8 4.9

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 48 22 51 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.5 1.3 48 22 52 5.1 4.5 3.8 3.3 2.9 48 22 53 6.9 6.0 5.4 4.5 4.0 48 22 54 12.1 10.3 9.2 7.8 6.9 Type

d3 0.81 1.34 1.80

E 16 7/8 18 1/8 19 1/8

max B 4 1/2 4 1/8 6 1/2

max ISO 11 11 11

L d3 0.81 1.00 1.60 1.80

dN 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 1/8

min.

21 1/2 21 1/2 21 1/2 21 1/2

ER 5 1/8 5 7/8 6 3/4 7 7/8

lbs max.

53 53 53 53

min.

40 57 71 106

Type 48

Pipe clamps, OD 9.625˝ (ND 225/9˝), types 44, 48 Type 44 24 51 44 24 52 44 24 53

1130 1.8 4.2 6.7

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 1.1 1.5 1.3 1.1 2.7 3.8 3.1 2.4 4.2 5.8 4.9 3.8

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 48 24 51 2.7 2.4 2.0 1.8 1.5 48 24 52 5.6 4.7 4.2 3.6 3.1 48 24 53 8.1 6.9 6.3 5.4 4.5 48 24 54 13.4 11.9 10.1 9.0 7.6 Type

d3 0.81 1.34 1.80

E 17 3/8 18 3/4 19 5/8

max B 4 3/4 4 1/8 6 3/4

max ISO 11 11 11

L d3 1.00 1.00 1.60 1.80

dN 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 1/8

ER 4 3/8 5 7/8 6 1/4 7 1/8

min.

21 1/2 21 1/2 21 1/2 21 1/2

max.

53 53 53 53

min.

44 62 82 110

lbs 50 82 131 lbs max.

123 165 209 287

load group C-4 4-6 5-8 load group 3-5 3-5 4-7 5-8

4.48

SELECTION TABLE OD 10.50˝ - 12.75˝, TEMPERATURE 1130 - 1200°F Pipe clamps, OD 10.50˝ ND 250/10˝), types 44, 48 Type 44 26 51 44 26 52 44 26 53

1130 1.8 4.2 6.9

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.5 2.7 2.4 3.1 3.8 4.5 4.0 5.1 6.0

permissible load 1130 1148 1166 1184 48 26 51 3.1 2.7 2.4 2.0 48 26 52 5.8 4.9 4.5 3.8 48 26 53 8.3 7.2 6.5 5.4 48 26 54 14.6 12.5 11.2 9.4 Type

(lbs x 1000) 1200°F d3 1.8 1.00 3.3 1.00 4.7 1.60 8.1 1.80

d3 0.81 1.34 1.80

dN 3 5/8 3 5/8 3 5/8 3 5/8

E 17 7/8 19 1/8 19 7/8

ER 4 3/4 5 7/8 6 1/4 7 5/8

max B 4 7/8 4 3/8 6 1/8

L min. max.

23 1/2 55 23 1/2 55 23 1/2 55 23 1/2 55

max ISO 11 11 11

lbs 53 88 140

lbs min.

53 71 95 130

load group C-4 4-6 5-8

max.

141 185 231 322

load group 3-5 3-5 4-7 5-8

lbs 54 88 141

load group C-4 4-6 5-8

max.

141 185 231 324

load group 3-5 3-5 4-7 5-8

lbs 86 139 191

load group 3-5 4-6 5-8

max.

185 254 306 355 440

load group 3-5 4-7 5-8 5-8 6-9

Type 44

Pipe clamps, OD 10.75 (ND 250/10˝), types 44, 48 Type 44 27 51 44 27 52 44 27 53

Type Type 48

48 27 51 48 27 52 48 27 53 48 27 54

1130 1.8 4.2 6.9

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 1.1 1.5 1.1 1.3 2.7 3.8 2.4 3.1 4.5 6.0 4.0 5.1

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 1200°F d3 3.1 2.7 2.4 2.0 1.8 1.00 5.8 4.9 4.5 3.8 3.3 1.00 8.3 7.2 6.5 5.4 4.7 1.60 14.6 12.5 11.2 9.4 8.1 1.80

d3 0.81 1.34 1.80

E 17 7/8 19 1/8 19 7/8

max B 4 7/8 4 3/8 7 1/8

max ISO 11 11 11

L dN 3 5/8 3 5/8 3 5/8 3 5/8

ER 4 3/4 5 7/8 6 1/4 7 5/8

min.

23 1/2 23 1/2 23 1/2 23 1/2

lbs max.

55 55 55 55

min.

53 73 95 132

Pipe clamps, OD 12.75˝ (ND 300/12˝), types 44, 48 Type 44 32 51 44 32 52 44 32 53

Type 48 32 51 48 32 52 48 32 53 48 32 54 48 32 55

4.49

1130 3.8 6.7 11.4

1130 4.7 8.7 11.9 15.2 20.2

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 2.4 3.3 2.2 2.9 4.2 5.8 3.8 4.9 7.4 9.9 6.5 8.5

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1166 1184 1200°F d3 4.0 3.6 3.1 2.7 1.00 7.4 6.7 5.6 4.9 1.60 10.1 9.0 7.6 6.7 1.80 13.0 11.7 9.9 8.7 1.80 17.3 15.5 13.0 11.4 2.00

d3 1.00 1.34 1.80

E 19 5/8 20 1/8 20 7/8

max B 3 7/8 6 7/8 5 3/4

max ISO 11 3/8 11 3/8 11 3/8

L dN 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8

ER 5 7/8 7 1/8 7 1/8 8 1/4 9 7/8

min.

27 1/2 27 1/2 27 1/2 27 1/2 31 1/2

lbs max.

55 55 55 55 55

min.

82 121 143 163 218

SELECTION TABLE OD 14˝ - 16˝, TEMPERATURE 1130 - 1200°F Pipe clamps, OD 14˝ ND 350/14˝), types 44, 48 Type 44 36 51 44 36 52 44 36 53

Type 48 36 51 48 36 52 48 36 53 48 36 54 48 36 55

1130 3.8 6.7 11.4

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 2.4 2.9 2.2 3.3 4.2 4.9 3.8 5.8 7.4 8.5 6.5 9.9

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 4.0 3.3 2.9 2.4 2.2 5.6 4.7 4.2 3.6 3.1 9.4 8.1 7.2 6.0 5.4 15.9 13.9 12.1 10.5 9.0 23.6 20.4 18.2 15.2 13.2

d3 1.00 1.34 1.80

max B 4 1/8 7 1/8 5 3/4

E 20 1/2 20 5/8 21 1/2

max ISO 11 3/8 11 3/8 11 3/8

L d3 1.00 1.34 1.60 1.80 2.00

dN 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8

min.

27 1/2 27 1/2 31 1/2 31 1/2 31 1/2

ER 5 1/2 6 1/4 7 1/8 8 5/8 9 1/2

lbs 94 148 200

lbs max.

59 59 59 59 59

max.

192 225 293 403 518

min.

79 108 146 196 259

load group 3-5 4-6 5-8

4

load group 3-5 4-6 4-7 5-8 6-9 Type 44

Pipe clamps, OD 14.50˝ (ND 350/14˝), types 44, 48 Type 44 37 51 44 37 52 44 37 53

Type 48 37 51 48 37 52 48 37 53 48 37 54 48 37 55

1130 3.8 6.9 11.4

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 2.4 3.3 2.2 2.9 4.5 6.0 4.0 5.1 7.4 9.9 6.5 8.5

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 2.2 4.0 3.3 2.9 2.4 3.1 5.6 4.7 4.2 3.6 5.4 9.4 8.1 7.2 6.0 9.0 15.9 13.9 12.1 10.5 23.6 20.4 18.2 15.2 13.2

d3 1.00 1.34 1.80

E 20 7/8 21 1/8 21 5/8

max B 4 3/8 7 1/2 5 7/8

max ISO 11 3/8 11 3/8 11 3/8

L d3 1.00 1.34 1.60 1.80 2.00

dN 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8

ER 5 1/2 6 1/4 7 1/8 8 5/8 9 1/2

min.

29 1/2 29 1/2 29 1/2 29 1/2 33 1/2

lbs 99 159 207

lbs max.

59 59 59 59 59

min.

84 115 139 190 265

load group 3-5 4-6 5-8

max.

194 227 293 405 520

load group 3-5 4-6 4-7 5-8 6-9

lbs 106 194 295

load group 3-5 5-8 6-9

max.

240 311 379 472 668

load group 3-5 4-7 5-8 5-8 6-9

Type 48

Pipe clamps, OD 16˝ (ND 400/16˝), types 44, 48 Type 44 41 51 44 41 52 44 41 53

Type 48 41 51 48 41 52 48 41 53 48 41 54 48 41 55

1130 3.8 9.0 15.0

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 2.2 2.9 2.4 3.3 5.1 6.7 5.8 7.8 8.5 11.2 9.9 13.0

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 4.7 4.0 3.6 3.1 2.7 8.1 7.2 6.0 5.4 4.5 11.0 9.4 8.3 7.2 6.3 16.1 14.1 12.3 10.5 9.0 27.8 24.5 21.1 18.4 15.5

d3 1.00 1.60 1.80 1.80 2.00

d3 1.00 1.80 2.00

dN 5 5/8 5 5/8 5 5/8 5 5/8 5 5/8

E 22 22 7/8 22 7/8

ER 6 1/4 7 1/8 7 7/8 9 1/2 9

max B 4 3/8 5 3/8 7 7/8

L min.

31 1/2 31 1/2 31 1/2 31 1/2 35 3/8

max ISO 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4

lbs max.

63 63 63 63 63

min.

124 154 187 225 348

4.50

SELECTION TABLE OD 16.50˝ - 20˝, TEMPERATURE 1130 - 1200°F Pipe clamps, OD 16.50˝ (ND 400/16˝), types 44, 48 Type 44 42 51 44 42 52 44 42 53

Type 48 42 51 48 42 52 48 42 53 48 42 54 48 42 55

1130 3.8 9.4 15.5

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 2.4 2.9 2.2 3.3 6.0 6.9 5.4 8.3 10.1 11.4 8.7 13.4

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 1200°F d3 3.1 3.6 4.0 4.7 2.7 1.00 5.4 6.0 7.2 8.1 4.5 1.60 7.2 8.3 9.4 11.0 6.3 1.80 16.1 14.1 12.3 10.5 9.0 1.80 27.8 24.5 21.1 18.4 15.5 2.00

d3 1.00 1.80 2.00

E 22 1/4 22 3/4 22 3/4

max B 4 1/2 5 3/8 8 1/4

L dN 5 5/8 5 5/8 5 5/8 5 5/8 5 5/8

ER 6 1/4 7 1/8 7 7/8 9 1/2 9

min.

31 1/2 31 1/2 31 1/2 35 1/2 35 1/2

max.

63 63 63 63 63

max ISO 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4

lbs 111 203 309

load group 3-5 5-8 6-9

max.

240 313 381 472 672

load group 3-5 4-7 5-8 5-8 6-9

lbs 121 179 308 448

load group 3-5 5-8 6-9 6-9

max.

344 384 523 805 866

load group 4-7 5-8 5-8 6-9 7-10

lbs 130 209 370 498

load group 3-5 5-8 6-9 7-10

max.

392 434 600 908 1034

load group 4-7 5-8 5-8 6-9 7-10

lbs min.

125 154 190 245 353

Type 44

Pipe clamps, OD 18˝ (ND 450/18˝), types 44, 48 Type 44 46 51 44 46 52 44 46 53 44 46 54

Type Type 48

48 46 51 48 46 52 48 46 53 48 46 54 48 46 55

1130 3.8 6.9 13.9 22.4

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 2.2 2.4 2.9 3.3 4.0 4.5 5.1 6.0 7.8 9.0 10.3 12.1 12.5 14.6 16.4 19.3

permissible load 1130 1148 1166 1184 5.1 6.0 6.9 8.1 5.8 6.9 7.8 9.2 15.7 13.7 11.9 10.3 32.1 28.3 24.5 21.3 35.9 31.4 27.6 23.8

(lbs x 1000) 1200°F d3 4.5 1.60 5.1 1.80 9.0 1.80 17.9 2.00 20.2 2.40

d3 1.00 1.80 2.00 2.00

E 23 1/4 23 5/8 23 7/8 24 3/8

max B 4 3/4 5 3/8 7 5/8 12 3/8

max ISO 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4

L ER dN 5 5/8 6 3/4 5 5/8 7 1/2 5 5/8 9 5 5/8 10 5 5/8 10 7/8

min.

35 1/2 35 1/2 35 1/2 39 1/2 39 1/2

lbs max.

67 67 67 67 67

min.

181 203 262 439 474

Pipe clamps, OD 20˝ (ND 500/20˝), types 44, 48 Type 44 51 51 44 51 52 44 51 53 44 51 54

Type 48 51 51 48 51 52 48 51 53 48 51 54 48 51 55

4.51

1130 3.8 7.8 15.7 23.8

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 2.4 2.9 3.3 2.2 5.1 5.8 6.7 4.5 10.3 11.7 13.7 9.0 15.5 17.7 20.6 13.4

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 1200°F d3 4.5 5.1 6.0 6.9 8.1 1.60 5.1 6.0 6.9 8.1 9.22 1.80 9.0 15.9 13.7 12.1 10.3 1.80 32.1 27.4 24.5 20.6 17.9 2.00 39.8 35.0 30.3 26.5 22.4 2.40

d3 1.00 1.80 2.00 2.40

E 24 1/4 24 3/4 25 25 5/8

max B 4 3/4 5 3/8 9 8 1/4

max ISO 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4

L ER dN 6 3/4 7 1/4 6 3/4 7 7/8 6 3/4 9 1/4 6 3/4 10 7/8 6 3/4 12 1/4

min.

39 1/2 39 1/2 39 1/2 41 1/2 41 1/2

lbs max.

71 71 71 71 71

min.

216 243 309 503 567

SELECTION TABLE OD 22˝ - 26˝, TEMPERATURE 1130 - 1200°F Pipe clamps, OD 22˝ (ND 550/22˝), types 44, 48 Type 44 56 51 44 56 52 44 56 53 44 56 54 Type 48 56 51 48 56 52 48 56 53 48 56 54 48 56 55

1130 7.8 15.7 23.8 31.7

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 5.1 5.8 6.7 4.5 10.3 11.7 13.7 9.0 15.5 17.7 20.6 13.4 20.9 23.6 27.6 17.9

permissible load (lbs 1130 1148 1166 1184 5.8 6.7 7.6 8.7 8.1 9.2 12.1 10.5 15.9 14.1 12.1 10.5 31.4 27.2 24.0 20.4 48.3 41.8 36.8 31.4

x 1000) 1200°F 4.9 6.7 9.0 17.9 26.9

d3 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.40

E 25 26 26 27

3/ 4 1/ 8 5/ 8 1/ 8

max B 5 3/8 9 1/2 8 1/2 11 3/8 L

d3 1.60 1.80 1.80 2.00 2.40

ER dN 6 3/4 7 7/8 6 3/4 9 1/4 6 3/4 9 1/2 6 3/4 11 6 3/4 14

min.

43 1/2 43 1/2 43 1/2 43 1/2 47

max.

75 75 75 75 75

max ISO 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4

lbs 229 406 534 672

lbs min. max.

448 254 551 311 653 350 979 542 743 1275

load group 5-8 6-9 7-10 7-10 load group 4-7 5-8 5-8 6-9 7-10

Type 44

Pipe clamps, OD 24˝ (ND 600/24˝), types 44, 48 Type 44 61 51 44 61 52 44 61 53 44 61 54

Type 48 61 51 48 61 52 48 61 53 48 61 54 48 61 55 48 61 56

1130 7.8 15.7 23.8 35.7

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 5.1 5.8 6.7 4.5 10.3 11.7 13.7 9.0 15.5 17.7 20.6 13.4 23.3 26.5 31.2 20.2

permissible load (lbs 1130 1148 1166 1184 5.8 7.6 6.7 8.7 16.4 13.9 12.5 10.5 20.9 18.2 15.9 13.7 31.4 27.6 24.0 20.9 47.8 41.1 36.2 31.0 59.3 52.3 45.4 39.5

x 1000) 1200°F 4.9 9.0 11.9 17.5 26.9 33.7

d3 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.80

27 27 28 29

dN 7 7/8 7 7/8 7 7/8 7 7/8 7 7/8 7 7/8

ER 8 5/8 8 7/8 11 11 5/8 14 13 3/4

E 3/ 8 3/ 4 1/ 8 1/ 8

max B 5 3/8 10 8 7/8 9

L d3 1.60 1.80 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.80

4

max.

79 79 79 79 79 79

min.

47 47 47 51 51 51

max ISO 12 1/4 12 1/4 12 1/4 12 1/4

lbs 259 453 586 771

lbs min. max.

510 300 736 425 835 483 660 1082 842 1391 996 1620

load group 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-30

load group 4-7 5-8 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-30

Type 48

Pipe clamps, OD 26˝ (ND 650/26˝), types 44, 48 Type 44 66 51 44 66 52 44 66 53 44 66 54 Type 48 66 51 48 66 52 48 66 53 48 66 54 48 66 55 48 66 56

1130 7.8 15.7 23.8 35.7

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 5.1 5.8 6.7 4.5 10.3 11.7 13.7 9.0 15.5 17.7 20.6 13.4 23.3 26.5 31.2 20.2

permissible load (lbs 1130 1148 1166 1184 6.5 7.6 8.7 10.1 16.1 13.9 12.3 10.5 22.2 19.1 16.8 14.3 32.1 28.3 24.5 21.3 48.7 42.0 37.3 31.7 60.0 52.8 45.8 39.8

x 1000) 1200°F 5.6 9.0 12.3 17.9 26.9 33.7

d3 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.80

28 28 29 30

dN 8 7/8 8 7/8 8 7/8 8 7/8 8 7/8 8 7/8

ER 9 9 11 12 1/4 13 13 3/4

E 3/ 8 3/ 4 3/ 8 3/ 8

max B 5 3/8 10 1/4 8 9 1/4 L

d3 1.60 1.80 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.80

min.

49 49 49 49 53 53

max.

81 81 81 81 81 81

max ISO 12 1/4 12 1/4 12 1/4 12 1/4

lbs 272 485 629 825

lbs min. max.

657 355 798 478 924 547 703 1177 925 1497 1087 1742

load group 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-30 load group 4-7 5-8 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-30

4.52

SELECTION TABLE OD 28˝ - 32˝, TEMPERATURE 1130 - 1200°F Pipe clamps, OD 28˝ (ND 700/28˝), types 44, 48 Type 44 71 51 44 71 52 44 71 53 44 71 54 44 71 55 Type 48 71 51 48 71 52 48 71 53 48 71 54 48 71 55 48 71 56

1130 9.9 15.7 23.8 31.7 41.8

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 8.5 5.6 6.5 7.2 13.7 9.0 10.3 11.7 20.6 13.4 15.5 17.7 27.6 17.9 20.9 23.6 36.4 23.6 27.2 31.0

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 1200°F d3 6.0 7.2 8.3 9.6 11.0 1.60 9.0 16.1 13.7 12.1 10.3 1.80 24.9 21.3 19.1 16.1 14.1 2.00 31.4 26.9 23.8 20.4 17.9 2.00 48.7 42.4 37.3 31.9 26.9 2.40 62.7 55.3 47.8 41.5 35.0 2.80

d3 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.40 2.80

E 29 29 30 30 31

1/ 8 7/ 4 3/ 8 7/ 8 1/ 4

max B 6 1/2 10 5/8 9 1/2 8 1/2 11 1/4

max ISO 12 1/4 12 1/4 12 1/4 12 1/4 12 1/4

L dN 8 7/8 8 7/8 8 7/8 8 7/8 8 7/8 8 7/8

ER min.

9 51 9 51 11 51 12 1/4 55 13 1/4 55 14 57

max. min.

82 1/2 388 82 1/2 505 82 1/2 659 82 1/2 772 82 1/2 979 82 1/2 1200

lbs 341 525 680 760 1035

load group 5-8 6-9 7-10 7-10 8-30

lbs max.

701 829 1079 1221 1565 1860

load group 4-7 5-8 6-9 6-9 7-10 8-30

lbs 374 569 724 981 1290

load group 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-30 9-30

lbs max.

849 970 1235 1442 1795 2355

load group 4-7 5-8 6-9 6-9 7-10 8-30

lbs 623 797 1012 1132 1375

load group 6-9 7-10 8-30 8-30 9-30

Type 44

Pipe clamps, OD 30˝ (ND 750/30˝), types 44, 48 Type 44 76 51 44 76 52 44 76 53 44 76 54 44 76 55 Type

Type 48

48 76 51 48 76 52 48 76 53 48 76 54 48 76 55 48 76 56

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 6.5 7.2 8.5 5.6 10.3 11.7 13.7 9.0 15.5 17.7 20.6 13.4 23.3 26.5 31.2 20.2 31.0 35.0 41.3 26.7

d3 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.80 2.80

30 31 31 32 32

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 1200°F d3 6.7 1.60 7.8 9.2 12.1 10.3 9.0 1.80 16.1 14.1 12.3 10.5 23.8 20.4 18.2 15.5 13.4 2.00 31.9 27.4 24.2 20.6 17.9 2.00 48.3 42.4 36.8 32.1 26.9 2.40 71.9 63.6 55.0 47.8 40.4 2.80

dN 9 7/8 9 7/8 9 7/8 9 7/8 9 7/8 9 7/8

ER 10 1/4 10 1/4 12 1/4 13 3/8 13 16 1/8

1130 9.9 15.7 23.8 35.7 47.4

E 3/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 2 1/ 8 1/ 4

max B 6 7/8 11 9 5/8 9 7/8 12 1/4

max ISO 12 1/4 12 1/4 12 1/4 12 1/4 12 1/4

L max.

90 1/2 90 1/2 90 1/2 90 1/2 90 1/2 90 1/2

min.

59 59 59 59 59 63

min.

553 624 794 906 1120 1537

Pipe clamps, OD 32˝ (ND 800/32˝), types 44, 48 Type 44 81 51 44 81 52 44 81 53 44 81 54 44 81 55 Type 48 81 51 48 81 52 48 81 53 48 81 54 48 81 55 48 81 56

4.53

1130 15.7 23.8 33.7 39.8 47.4

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 11.7 10.3 13.7 9.0 17.7 15.5 20.6 13.4 24.9 22.0 29.4 19.1 29.4 26.0 34.6 22.4 35.0 31.0 41.3 26.7

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 1200°F d3 7.6 9.0 13.7 11.9 10.5 1.80 18.4 16.1 14.1 12.1 10.3 1.80 24.0 20.6 18.4 15.5 13.4 2.00 32.1 27.6 24.5 20.9 17.9 2.00 49.0 42.2 37.3 31.9 26.9 2.40 81.1 70.3 62.0 53.0 44.9 2.80

d3 2.00 2.40 2.80 2.80 2.80

32 33 33 33 33

dN 9 7/8 9 7/8 9 7/8 9 7/8 9 7/8 9 7/8

ER 11 11 3/4 13 13 3/4 13 3/4 17 3/4

E 1/

2

1/

8

1/

2

5/

8

5/

8

max B 11 5/8 10 1/4 9 5/8 11 1/4 13 3/8

max ISO 12 5/8 12 5/8 12 5/8 12 5/8 12 5/8

L min.

63 63 63 63 63 63

lbs max. min.

94 1/2 648 94 1/2 719 94 1/2 873 94 1/2 996 94 1/2 1237 94 1/2 1726

max.

980 1107 1330 1552 1938 2715

load group 5-8 5-8 6-9 6-9 7-10 8-30

SELECTION TABLE OD 36˝, TEMPERATURE 1130 - 1200°F Pipe clamps, OD 36˝ (ND 900/36˝), types 44, 48 Type 44 91 51 44 91 52 44 91 53 44 91 54 44 91 55 Type 48 91 51 48 91 52 48 91 53 48 91 54 48 91 55 48 91 56

1130 15.7 23.8 33.7 39.8 47.4

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 10.3 11.7 13.7 9.0 15.5 17.7 20.6 13.4 22.0 24.9 29.4 19.1 26.0 29.4 34.6 22.4 31.0 35.0 41.3 26.7

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 1130 1148 1166 1184 1200°F 9.0 15.9 14.1 12.1 10.5 24.2 20.6 18.4 15.7 13.4 32.1 27.4 24.2 20.6 17.9 56.4 49.6 43.1 37.5 31.4 81.6 70.1 62.2 53.0 44.9 96.4 84.9 73.7 64.0 53.9

d3 2.00 2.40 2.80 2.80 2.80

max B 12 10 7/8 10 12 1/4 14 1/8

E 34 1/4 35 1/4 35 5/8 36 35 7/8

max ISO 12 5/8 12 5/8 12 5/8 12 5/8 12 5/8

L d3 1.80 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.80 2.80

ER 11 3/4 13 13 3/4 15 1/8 18 1/2 17 3/4

dN 11 11 11 11 11 11

min.

67 67 67 67 71 71

lbs 718 903 1129 1308 1556 lbs

max.

98 1/2 98 1/2 98 1/2 98 1/2 98 1/2 98 1/2

min.

774 908 1115 1495 2022 2297

max.

1153 1390 1733 2300 2970 3310

load group 6-9 7-10 8-30 8-30 9-30 load group 5-8 5-8 6-9 7-10 8-30 9-30

4

Type 44

Type 48

LIFT-OFF RESTRAINT FOR CLAMP BASES TYPE 49 Lift-off restraint for clamp bases type 49 Type 49 00 01 to 49 00 04

Type 49 00 01 49 00 01 49 00 01 49 00 01 49 00 01 49 00 02 49 00 02 49 00 02 49 00 02 49 00 02 49 00 03 49 00 04

for clamp bases 49 01 11 to 49 01 12 to 49 01 25 to 49 01 35 to 49 01 45 to 49 19 13 to 49 16 14 to 49 13 25 to 49 07 35 to 49 13 45 to 49 36 13 to 49 56 13 to

49 17 11 49 14 12 49 11 25 49 06 35 49 11 45 49 32 13 49 32 14 49 32 25 49 32 35 49 32 45 49 51 45 49 91 45

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 4

A

B

3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 3/ 8

5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 3/ 4

1 1 1 1 1 1 2

C

1 1 1 1 1 2 3

7/ 8 7/ 8 7/ 8 7/ 8 7/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8

t 5/ 16 5/ 16 5/ 16 5/ 16 5/ 16 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 5/ 8

1

a weight/pair leg length (lbs) 3/ 0.2 16 3/ 0.2 16 3/ 0.2 16 3/ 0.2 16 3/ 0.2 16 1/ 0.6 4 1/ 0.6 4 1/ 0.6 4 1/ 0.6 4 1/ 0.6 4 5/ 1.5 16 7/ 4.0 16

The permissible occasional lift-off load of the clamp bases are 10% of the catalog load.

Order details: Lift-off restraint Type 49 00 ..

4.54

CONNECTING PLATES TYPE 77 Connecting plates for coupling pipe clamps Type 43 Type 77 09 39 to 77 19 39 Twice the specified load is possible by coupling two pipe clamps with Type 77.

Order details: Connecting plate Type 77 .. 39

Type

for clamps

77 09 39 77 17 39 77 19 39

43 01 19 up to 43 09 59 43 10 19 up to 43 17 59 43 19 19 up to 43 19 39, 43 19 59

Connecting plates for coupling pipe clamps Type 44, up to 1110째F

load group

d3

E

B

D-5 3-6 4-7

1.00 1.34 1.80

2 1/2 2 3/4 3 1/2

3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2

weight (lbs) 1.8 2.6 5.1

Type 60

Type 77 22 .. to 77 91 ..

Type designation of connecting plates: the figures 44 of clamps to be coupled are to be replaced by 77 e.g. connecting plate for type 44 66 38 77 66 38.

The load group for the upper connection (Type 60) is to be given when ordering

Order details: Connecting plate Type 77 .. .., load group ...

4.55

Type 77 22 .. up to 77 27 ..

77 32 .. up to 77 37 ..

77 41 .. up to 77 46 ..

77 51 .. up to 77 56 ..

77 61 .. up to 77 91 ..

load group 5-10 5-30 6-30 7-50 7-50

d1 min max 2.37 1.30 2.76 1.30 2.76 1.58 3.55 1.78 3.55 1.78

E 5 5 5 7 7

3/ 8 1/ 2 1/ 2 7/ 8 1/ 2

Bmax 7 1/8 8 7/8 10 7/8 11 7/8 12 3/4

weight (lbs) 22-51 24-70 35-115 66-165 68-181

4

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

LISEGA pipe clamps and clamp bases are supplied ready for use complete with all bolting required. The standard surface treatment is outlined in Technical Specifications, page 0.11.

For safe operation and rational installation the following points should be observed.

If stored in the open, components should be protected from dirt and water.

Horizontal clamp type 42 This pipe clamp is used as a horizontal clamp with eye nut type 60. When tightening bolting it must be ensured that the halves are parallel to each other. Counter nuts are to be used.

Horizontal clamp type 43 With this horizontal clamp, connection is made via a separate connecting pin, with eye nut type 60. It has to be made sure that the pin is secured by the cotter pin provided.

Otherwise, proceed as with type 42.

Horizontal clamp type 44, U-bolt/strap These horizontal clamps consist of an upper part with connecting lug and, depending on load or temperature range, of a U-bolt with an inlay plate or strap as lower part. For installation, the preassembled lower part is taken off by loosening the fastening nuts or removing the connecting pins. The upper part is seated on top of the pipe and the lower part fitted by screwing the U-bolt on or pinning the flat steel strap on. After adjusting the clamp, the connections are tightened.

The U-bolts are secured by counter nuts and the flat steel straps by tab washers for the hexagon nuts.

Pipe clamp type 44, over 1110째F [600째C] These clamps consist of a yoke with connecting lug and restraint, as well as a flat steel strap for the lower part. To install, the restraint and strap are taken off by removing the outer threaded rods and connecting bolts.

The upper part is then fitted into the hanger.

The restraint and strap are fitted again, bolted on, and the threaded rods mounted.

All parts are to be checked for secure fit.

Riser clamp type 45 During installation, care must be taken to place the spacers between the clamp halves at the bolting. The bolting has to be tightened and secured by counter nuts.

The clamp is mounted via the other supporting pins, which are secured by washers and cotter pins. The clamp is to be adjusted to the height indicated by tightening the supporting boltings so that it is form fitted for load actuation onto the shear lugs.

Riser clamp type 46 This clamp is supplied loose, sealed in plastic foil.

For installation we recommend hanging the front plates in the supports first. The parts to be tightened should be set at their lowest level. Afterwards both side plates can be inserted in the intake slot. With heavy clamps, the other side should be momentarily supported. Then the top plates for the shear lugs can be fitted and bolted on by adjusting and tightening the preassembled securing plates .

By tightening the hanging parts the clamp is to be adjusted to the height indicated and form fitted for load actuation onto the shear lugs.

Type 44 with U-bolt

Type 44 with strap

Type 44 over 1110째F [600째C]

Type 46

4.56

Riser clamp type 48 This clamp is supplied loose, sealed in plastic foil.

Type 49 .. .1 and 49 .. .2

First, one of the side plates should be prepared using threaded rods . For installation, both side plates are to be seated on the trunnions and connected by the rods, and the nuts only lightly tightened.

If required, the base plate may be welded to the supporting surface.

Type 49 .. .3, 4

Type 48

Type 49 .. .3, 4, 5

For heavy clamps, support with wooden blocks or ropes is required.

The front plates are now fitted into the intake slots and connected to the hanging parts. Secure connection of the front and side plates is made by adjusting and tightening the preassembled securing plates .

By tightening the supports the clamp is to be adjusted to the height indicated and form fitted for load actuation to the trunnions.

4.57

Clamp bases type 49 LISEGA clamp bases are sliding supports, connected to the pipe by clamping tension.

During installation it is essential that the base plate lies flush and can glide unobstructed over the given stretches.

According to the particular field of application, different designs are used with regard to support height, pipe diameter, support load and operating temperature. The following points are hereby to be observed: Type 49 .. .1 and 49 .. .2 This clamp base consists of two halves to be fitted to each side of the pipes. The cornered ends form the base plate. In the lower part, both halves are firmly connected to each other by bolting. Through clamping tension, the upper bolting secures the clamp base against slipping.

Type 49 .. .3 and 49 .. .5 The foot of this clamp base forms a solid support into which the pipe can be fitted.

The upper part, providing clamping tension, consists of half a clamp and is to be securely bolted.

PIPE BEARING AND SADDLE COMPONENTS

5 PRODUCT GROUP

5

PIPE BEARINGS AND SADDLE COMPONENTS CONTENTS

PAGE

0

Roller bearings, type 51 to 53______________________________________ 5.1 Cylinder roller bearings, type 51 .. 19 ______________________________ 5.3

1

Double taper roller bearings, single, type 52 .. 19 ____________________ 5.3 Double taper roller bearings, movable, type 52 .. 29 __________________ 5.3 Double cylinder roller bearings, type 53 .. 19 ________________________ 5.4

2

Double cylinder roller bearings, type 53 .. 29 ________________________ 5.4 Pipe saddle for welding on, type 54 .. 19____________________________ 5.5 Pipe saddle with pipe clamp, type 54 .. 29 __________________________ 5.5

3

Support tray with pipe clamp, type 54 .. 39 __________________________ 5.6 Lift-off restraint, type 55 .. 19 ______________________________________ 5.6

4

Insulated pipe supports, type 56 __________________________________ 5.7 Cold block pipe supports, type 56 ________________________________ 5.10 Weld-on pipe shoes, type 57 .. 11 and 57 .. 12 ____________________ 5.11

PRODUCT GROUP

Stanchions for horizontal pipes, type 58 ..1. and 58 .. 2.______________ 5.12 Stanchions for short radius elbows (R OD), type 58 .. 1. and 58 .. 2. ________________________________ 5.13 Stanchions for long radius elbows (R 1.5OD), type 58 .. 1. and 58 .. 2. ______________________________ 5.14 Stanchions, type 58 ____________________________________________ 5.15

6 7

Elbow pads, type 58 .. 3. ________________________________________ 5.15

8 9 5.0

5

ROLLER BEARINGS TYPE 51 TO 53 Piping systems arranged horizontally over long stretches are placed on supports. To allow normal thermal movement, the support points are designed as either sliding or roller types.

LISEGA – Standard Roller Bearings & Pipe Saddles These items are standardized in LISEGA Product Group 5 for a wide range of applications.

For larger diameter piping and especially when fluids and insulation produce high loads, roller bearings provide the optimum solution.

Specification and design of roller bearings In the design of standard components, practical requirements find special consideration.

For applications outside the standard range, special designs can be offered.

The standard roller bearing is hot-dip galvanized and provides optimum corrosion protection. Except for the movable double cylinder roller bearing Type 53 .. 29, weldings have been dispensed with.

The bearing axles are made from austenitic material and have a polished surface.

The slide bearings incorporate bushings made from a Teflon bronze sintered compound material fitted into the roller. The bearings are maintenance free and guarantee dry running qualities. The formed shoulder of each bushing minimizes the stick-slip drag effect on lateral loading. The bearing axles are permanently fixed in the middle section of the base. Special locking on the side bracket is not required.

The rollers are made from high tensile carbon steel. Their outer surfaces are machined.

To compensate for misaligned anchor bolts, on site, the base holes are slotted for additional adjustment.

The height dimensions (E) within a load group range are identical for all roller bearings, including the lateral movement type.

Information regarding material codes, standards, calculations and weldings are given in the Technical Specification on page 0.9 and 0.10 Manufacture and Storing For frequently used items, efficient serial production and stocking can be achieved through standardization.

Modern order logistics is possible through a single fabrication process or in small lots, thus ensuring short fabrication and delivery times.

Technical Data for Roller Bearings ➜ rolling resistance of the rollers max 4% ➜ rolling resistance on lateral movement max 4% ➜ temperature range at nominal load -22°F to 176°F [-30°C to 80°C] ➜ permissible lateral loading 35% of nominal load ➜ permissible lift-off load 10% of nominal load

5.1

5 The special design and quality of manufacture provide the following application benefits: ➜ maintenance of minimum roll resistance (max 4%) ➜ takeover of realistic lateral loading for double taper and double cylinder roller bearings (35% of the support load) INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Roller Bearings The roller bearings can be fixed by simple bolt connections or welded to the contact surface of the pipe support. In each case the complete width of the base plate must be supported and secured.

Due to the slotted holes, roller bearings can easily be adjusted even with slightly misaligned anchor bolts.

Pipe Saddles Welded pipe saddles are supplied coated with a weldable primer (1.18 mil [30µm]) (see Technical Specification page 0.10).

➜ whole support load can be carried by just one roller of the double cylinder type ➜ absorption of lateral displacements by sideways sliding designs ➜ simple and safe design of lift-off restraints ➜ use of pipe saddles enables favorable load transfer into the pipe wall ➜ design of pipe saddles minimizes heat transfer ➜ hot dip galvanized corrosion protection for all roller bearings ➜ maintenance free operation

Care must be taken that the specified minimum weld size is applied.

Pipe saddles with clamps are supplied ready to install.

Care must be taken to ensure the correct positioning and adequate presetting of the bolts.

Lift-off restraints When installing the lift-off restraint plate, care must be taken to ensure that the gap between plate and roller is sufficient for normal movement along the whole travel range.

➜ stainless steel roller axle ➜ Teflon bronze compound bushes ➜ large range of sizes (OD 23/8 inch – OD 53 inch [OD 60mm – OD 1350mm]) ➜ large load range (max support load 27 kips [120kN]) ➜ short support height (see selection chart for E dimension)

5.2

Single cylinder roller bearing type 51 08 19 to 51 35 19

Load FN (lbs x 1000) 51 08 19 1.8 51 16 19 3.6 51 35 19 7.9

A1

A2

B

E

F

G

31/2 43/4 53/4

23/4 37/8 43/4

31/8 37/8 51/8

2 23/8 33/8

13/8 21/8 23/8

23/8 3 33/4

Type

Order details: Type 51 .. 19

a 13/

16

15/

16

1

b

s

3/ 8 1/ 2 9/ 16

3/ 16 1/ 4 3/ 8

Weight (lbs) 2.6 5.2 12.2

Double taper roller bearing (single) type 52 04 19 to 52 35 19

E = 1.064 路 R +x

Order details: Type 52 .. 19

Load FN (lbs x 1000) 52 04 19 0.9 52 08 19 1.8 52 16 19 3.6 52 35 19 7.9 Type

R 11/8 31/4 43/8 53/8

- 37/8 - 51/8 - 61/2 -9

A 41/8 53/8 61/2 9

B

C

31/2 37/8 43/4 61/4

23/4 33/8 37/8 53/8

E min. max.

31/4 61/4 6 8 71/2 97/8 93/4 135/8

F

G

a

b

s

x

21/8 3 31/2 51/8

23/4 3 31/2 43/4

13/ 16 13/ 16 15/ 16

3/ 8 3/ 8 1/ 2 9/ 16

3/ 16 1/ 4 5/ 16 1/ 2

21/8 21/2 27/8 4

F

G

a

b

s

41/8 43/4 51/2 71/8

23/4 3 31/2 43/4

13/ 16 13/ 16 15/ 16

3/

8

3/

8

1/

2

1

9/

16

1

Weight (lbs) 4.0 7.2 12.0 30.8

Double taper roller bearing (sideways movable) type 52 04 29 to 52 35 29

travel 2 inch

E = 1.064 路 R +x

Order details: Type 52 .. 29

5.3

Load FN (lbs x 1000) 11/8 0.9 52 04 29 1.8 31/4 52 08 29 3.6 43/8 52 16 29 7.9 53/8 52 35 29 Type

R - 37/8 - 51/8 - 61/2 -9

A

B

C

61/8 71/4 81/2 11

31/2 37/8 43/4 61/4

23/4 33/8 37/8 53/8

E min. max.

31/4 61/4 6 8 71/2 97/8 93/4 135/8

3/ 16 1/ 4 5/ 16 1/ 2

x 21/8 21/2 27/8 4

Weight (lbs) 4.4 8.0 13.2 34.2

5 E

DOUBLE CYLINDER ROLLER BEARING TYPE 53

Load FN (lbs x 1000) 1.8 11/8 53 08 19 3.6 33/8 53 16 19 7.9 67/8 53 35 19 53 60 19 13.5 97/8 53 12 19 27.0 153/4 Type

R -

71/2 121/4 173/8 201/2 265/8

A1

A2

B

C

81/4 121/4 161/2 191/4 243/8

71/2 111/4 145/8 167/8 205/8

31/8 37/8 51/8 57/8 71/8

21/2 31/2 43/8 53/8 61/2

E min. max.

27/8 91/2 53/8 143/4 91/2 201/2 13 241/4 191/2 31

F 51/2 9 125/8 145/8 181/8

G

a

23/8 13/16 15/ 3 16 1 / 3 2 1 37/8 11/4 41/2 11/4

b

s

3/ 8 1/ 2 9/ 16 11/ 16 7/ 8

3/ 16 1/ 4 3/ 8 1/ 2 11/ 16

x Weight (lbs) 15/8 5.6 13/4 12.2 21/8 30.8 21/2 50.8 23/4 105.8

Double cylinder roller bearing type 53 08 19 to 53 12 19

E = 1.064 · R+x

Order details: Type 53 .. 19 Double cylinder roller bearing (sideways movable) type 53 08 29 to 53 12 29

A + travel s

Load FN Type (lbs x 1000) 53 08 29 1.8 11/8 53 16 29 3.6 33/8 53 35 29 7.9 67/8 53 60 29 13.5 97/8 53 12 29 27.0 153/4

R -

71/2 121/4 173/8 201/2 265/8

A 101/4 133/4 183/4 207/8 271/2

B 81/4 113/4 161/8 181/4 25

C 2 2 23/8 23/4 31/8

Ød 3/ 8 1/ 2 9/ 16 11/ 16 7/ 8

E F G min. max.

27/8 9 1/2 53/4 6 1/2 53/8 143/4 61/4 7 1/4 91/2 201/2 81/2 9 5/8 13 241/4 97/8 113/8 191/2 31 123/8 141/8

E = 1.064 · R+x

H

K

t

21/2 31/2 43/8 51/8 61/4

23/8

1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 3/ 8 3/ 8

3 37/8 43/4 53/4

Weight x (lbs) 15/8 13.2 13/4 22.0 21/8 50.8 21/2 77.2 23/4 154.0

Travel s = 4…235/8inch Center fixing point from Travel s = 117/8inch Weight at s = 4inch

Order details: Type 53 .. 29 with s = ...inch

5.4

WELD-ON PIPE SADDLES TYPE 54 Weld-on pipe saddle type 54 06 19 to 54 81 19 OD

OD

Up to OD 16“

From OD 20“

L=12

Load at pipe temperature 302°F.

Order details: Type 54 .. 19 R = ...inch

Type 54 06 19 54 08 19 54 09 19 54 11 19 54 14 19 54 17 19 54 19 19 54 22 19 54 27 19 54 32 19 54 36 19 54 41 19 54 51 19 54 61 19 54 71 19 54 81 19

Pipe saddle with pipe clamp type 54 06 29 to 54 81 29

Load FN (lbs x 1000) 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.9 0.9 1.1 1.8 2.7 4.5 4.5 8.5 11.2 14.6 22.5 27.0

OD 2.37 3.00 3.50 4.50 5.50 6.63 7.63 8.63 10.75 12.75 14.00 16.00 20.00 24.00 28.00 32.00

31/8 31/2 33/4 43/8 43/4 53/8 57/8 61/4 71/2 81/2 9 10 123/4 143/4 167/8 187/8

a

-

leg length 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 5/ 16 5/ 16 5/ 16 3/ 8 3/ 8

71/8 71/2 75/8 81/4 85/8 91/4 97/8 101/4 113/8 123/8 13 14 163/8 181/4 201/2 221/2

s 1/

8

1/

8

1/

8

1/

8 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 1/ 4 3/ 8 1/ 2 1/ 2 9/ 16 3/ 8 1/ 2 9/ 16 13/ 16

Weight (lbs) 3.0 - 7.8 3.4 - 8.2 3.4 - 8.4 3.4 - 8.8 4.4 - 11.0 6.6 - 14.4 6.6 - 15.0 8.8 - 17.6 14.8 - 29.8 21.2 - 39.6 22.0 - 39.6 28.6 - 55.2 22.0 - 35.2 26.4 - 46.2 35.2 - 57.4 41.8 - 72.8

OD

OD

Up to OD 16“

R

From OD 20“

L=12

Load at pipe temperature 302°F.

Order details: Type 54 .. 29 R = ...inch

5.5

Type 54 06 29 54 08 29 54 09 29 54 11 29 54 14 29 54 17 29 54 19 29 54 22 29 54 27 29 54 32 29 54 36 29 54 41 29 54 51 29 54 61 29 54 71 29 54 81 29

Load FN (lbs x 1000) 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.9 0.9 1.1 1.8 2.7 4.5 4.5 8.5 11.2 14.6 22.5 27.0

OD 2.37 3.00 3.50 4.50 5.50 6.63 7.63 8.63 10.75 12.75 14.00 16.00 20.00 24.00 28.00 32.00

R 31/8 31/2 33/4 43/8 43/4 53/8 57/8 61/4 71/2 81/2 9 10 123/4 143/4 167/8 187/8

-

71/8 71/2 75/8 81/4 85/8 91/4 97/8 101/4 113/8 123/8 13 14 163/8 181/4 201/2 221/2

B

s

15/8 15/8 15/8 2 2 2 2 2 23/8 23/8 23/8 23/4 23/4 31/2 31/2 31/2

1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 1/ 4 3/ 8 1/ 2 1/ 2 9/ 16 3/ 8 1/ 2 9/ 16 13/ 16

Weight (lbs) 5.6 - 10.6 6.2 - 12.8 6.8 - 13.2 11.0 - 15.4 13.2 - 19.8 15.4 - 26.4 17.6 - 28.6 19.8 - 33.0 33.0 - 44.0 41.8 - 57.4 46.2 - 66.2 66.2 - 88.2 70.6 - 83.8 139.0 - 159.0 165.0 - 190.0 185.0 - 216.0

5

PIPE TRAY WITH PIPE CLAMPS TYPE 54 LIFT-OFF RESTRAINT TYPE 55

Pipe tray with pipe clamps type 54 06 39 to 54 81 39 OD

90Ëš

Type 54 06 39 54 08 39 54 09 39 54 11 39 54 14 39 54 17 39 54 19 39 54 22 39 54 27 39 54 32 39 54 36 39 54 41 39 54 51 39 54 61 39 54 71 39 54 81 39

Load FN (lbs x 1000) 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.9 0.9 1.2 1.8 2.3 3.4 4.5 7.9 9.0 13.5 18.0 22.5

L=12

OD

R

2.37 3.00 3.50 4.50 5.50 6.63 7.63 8.63 10.75 12.75 14.00 16.00 20.00 24.00 28.00 32.00

1 3/8 1 5/8 1 7/8 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 4 5/8 5 5/8 6 3/4 7 3/8 8 3/8 10 3/8 12 1/2 14 5/8 16 5/8

Weight (lbs) 3.5 4.5 5.5 10.5 12.0 13.0 14.5 16.5 24.5 31.0 35.5 53.0 61.5 123.0 150.0 165.0

s 1/

8

1/

8

3/

16

3/

16

3/

16

3/

16

3/

16

1/

4

1/

4

5/

16

3/

8

3/

8

3/

8

1/

2

9/

16

9/

16

Order details: Type 54 .. 39 Lift-off restraint type 55 08 19 to 55 12 19

OD

L=12

Type 55 08 19 55 16 19 55 35 19 55 60 19 55 12 19

compatible with roller bearing, type 53 08 19 53 16 19 53 35 19 53 60 19 53 12 19

A

B

8 7/8 13 1/4 17 7/8 22 27 1/2

31/8 37/8 51/8 57/8 71/8

R 11/8 33/8 67/8 97/8 153/4

-

71/2 121/4 173/8 201/2 265/8

Order details: Type 55 .. 19 for type 54 .. .9 R = ...inch

5.6

INSULATED PIPE SUPPORTS TYPE 56 Pipe Supports for Cryogenic Applications LISEGA offer a complete range of insulated pipe supports for all types of cryogenic piping applications. Typically, these include industrial processes involving the production, transportation and distribution of liquefied gases including methane, propane, butane (LNG), ethylene, oxygen, nitrogen and ammonia (LPG).

LISEGA standard insulated pipe supports are designed in accordance with recognized engineering specifications and international standards for pipes ranging in size from OD 0.84 inch [21.3mm] to OD 36 inch [914mm] with insulation thicknesses from 1 inch [25mm] up to 10 inch [250mm]. The supports are manufactured using materials suitable for the loads specified and for temperatures ranging from ambient to –321°F [–196°C].

Insulation Material The insulation material that forms an integral part of the insulated pipe support assembly is manufactured using fire-retarding highdensity polyurethane (PUF) foam. For the supply of the PUF components and consumables, LISEGA have formed an alliance with Bains Harding Industries Pty. Ltd., Australia. With more than twenty five years experience in industrial insulation, the company has extensive experience in the manufacture of rigid polyurethane insulation materials including highdensity moulded products and provide construction and maintenance services to the liquefied natural gas industry (LNG) in Australia and South East Asia.

PUF Manufacture The PUF is monolithically molded in heavy duty steel molds under carefully controlled temperature and humidity conditions. This ensures compliance with dimensional specifications and provides clean, sharp edges that fit neatly with the adjacent line insulation material on site. Careful attention is given to the curing of the PUF after molding to ensure dimensional stability.

5.7

Both single and multilayer PUF cradle systems are manufactured in accordance with ASTM C-585 and incorporate stepped radial and offset longitudinal joints. This provides a reliable interlocking interface with each layer of the adjacent line insulation on site and prevents a direct vapor path to the insulation surface.

All exposed PUF cradle surfaces are sealed with cryogenic fire-retarding elastomeric vapor barrier mastic to prevent moisture ingress.

A laminated aluminum/polyester foil is bonded to the outermost surface of the PUF cradle assembly. This has an overlap allowance designed to cover the adjacent line insulation material on site. Finally, a sheet metal jacket forms part of the PUF cradle assembly and fits over the aluminum/polyester foil to provide additional support and insulation protection.

The PUF cradles are available in three standard densities to provide for varying load requirements – 10 lbs/ft3 [160 kg/m3], 14 lbs/ft3 [224 kg/m3], 20 lbs/ft3 [320 kg/m3].

5 Material properties of insulation Unit Density Compressive strength Linear coefficient of expansion Closed cell content Thermal conductivity

Steel Clamp Base LISEGA standard insulated pipe supports are designed to clamp onto the pipe mechanically.

The steel clamp base support that the PUF cradle assembly fits into is manufactured from carbon steel and supplied with a hot dip galvanized finish as standard.

Material grades, welding and surface treatment are in accordance with the LISEGA standard specifications shown on pages 0.9 and 0.10 of the catalog.

Nominal thickness Type of insulation (inch) 88 06 3. 3 88 07 3. 4 88 09 3. 5 88 11 3. 6 7 8 10

lbs/ft3 68°F lbs/inch2 -265°F 1/°F % 68°F Btu inch/ -265°F (HR ft2 °F)

Test standard ASTM D1622 ASTM D1621 BS 4370 ASTM D2856 ASTM C177

14

10

20

580 1015

290 834 1777

533 -6 -6 38.9x10-6 38.9x10 38.9x10

90

0.222 0.146

90

90

0.243 0.284 0.187 0.236

Thickness of layering (inch) 1.5 / 1.5 2/2 1/2/2 2/2/2 2/3/2 2/4/2 2/2/4/2

The quality control system employed by LISEGA in the manufacture and assembly of pipe supports is described on page 0.15. The inspection and test procedure includes a trial fitting of each pipe support to a suitable section of pipe to ensure compliance with the specification.

5.8

CRYOGENIC CLAMP BASES TYPE 56 .. 10 TO 56 .. 69 Cryogenic clamp bases Type 56 01 10 to 56 91 69

… … … … …

9 12 171/2 231/2 311/2

2

Width of the clamp base B 4 6 8 12 16 20

sheet metal jacket

2

2 3/4 >9 >12 >17 1/2 >23 1/2 >31 1/2

4

OD

D

6

2

C minus 3/4

61/4

Type 56 01 ..

56 02 ..

56 03 ..

56 06 ..

56 09 ..

56 11 ..

56 17 ..

56 22 ..

56 27 ..

56 32 ..

56 36 ..

56 41 ..

56 46 ..

56 51 ..

56 56 ..

56 61 ..

56 66 ..

56 71 ..

56 76 ..

56 81 ..

56 91 ..

Permissible load (lbs x 1000) at –275°F [-170°C]

Table of outer diameter D of the insulation (excluding sheet metal jacket) Nominal insulation thickness OD 0.84 1.06 1.33 2.37 3.50 4.50 6.63 8.63 10.75 12.75 14.00 16.00 18.00 20.00 22.00 24.00 26.00 28.00 30.00 32.00 36.00

1 2 3/4 3 3 1/4 4 3/8 5 1/2 6 1/2 8 5/8 10 5/8 12 3/4

11/2 4 4 1/4 4 1/2 5 1/2 6 5/8 7 5/8 9 3/4 11 3/4 13 7/8 15 7/8

2 4 3/4 5 5 1/4 6 1/4 7 1/2 8 3/8 10 1/2 12 1/2 14 5/8 16 3/4 18

3 7 1/8 7 3/8 7 5/8 8 5/8 9 3/4 10 3/4 12 7/8 14 7/8 17 19 20 3/8 22 1/4

4 8 3/4 8 7/8 9 1/4 10 1/4 11 3/8 12 3/8 14 1/2 16 1/2 18 5/8 20 5/8 21 7/8 23 7/8 25 7/8 27 7/8 29 7/8 31 7/8 33 7/8 35 7/8 37 7/8 39 7/8 43 7/8

5

6

11 1/4 11 5/8 12 5/8 13 3/4 14 3/4 16 7/8 18 7/8 21 23 24 1/4 26 1/4 28 1/4 30 1/4 32 1/4 34 1/4 36 1/4 38 1/4 40 1/4 42 1/4 46 1/4

7

14 1/8 15 3/8 16 1/4 18 3/8 20 3/8 22 1/2 24 5/8 25 7/8 27 3/4 29 3/4 31 3/4 33 7/8 35 7/8 37 3/4 39 3/4 41 3/4 43 7/8 47 3/4

17 5/8 18 5/8 20 3/4 22 3/4 24 7/8 26 7/8 28 1/4 30 1/8 32 1/8 34 1/8 36 1/8 38 1/4 40 1/8 42 1/8 44 1/8 46 1/8 50 1/8

6th digit of type designation

8

20 1/4 22 3/8 24 3/8 26 1/2 28 1/2 29 3/4 31 3/4 33 3/4 35 3/4 37 3/4 39 3/4 41 3/4 43 3/4 45 3/4 47 3/4 51 3/4

10

24 1/8 26 1/4 28 1/4 30 3/8 32 1/2 33 3/4 35 5/8 37 5/8 39 5/8 41 3/4 43 3/4 45 5/8 47 5/8 49 5/8 51 3/4 55 5/8

0.52 0.65 0.83 1.51 2.20 2.70 4.05 5.40 6.74 8.09 8.77 10.10 11.20 12.50 13.90 15.00 16.40 17.70 18.80 20.20 22.40

.. .. .. ..

Maximum lateral loading 30% of vertical load

5.9

1.

2.

4.

6.

Length Length Length Length

C: C: C: C:

12; 20; 20; 20;

density density density density

23.60 26.90 30.30 33.70 59.50 37.00 65.10 40.40 71.90 43.80 77.50 47.20 83.10 50.50 89.90 53.90 95.50 61.80 107.90

5th digit of type designation

56 .. .0 56 .. .1 56 .. .2 56 .. .3 56 .. .4 56 .. .5 56 .. .6 56 .. .7 56 .. .8 56 .. .9 56 .. 1. .. .. .. ..

0.52 0.65 0.83 1.51 2.20 4.72 6.97 8.99 11.20 13.40 14.60 16.80 18.80 21.10 22.40 24.70 26.90 29.20 31.40 33.70 37.00

of of of of

insulation insulation insulation insulation

10 10 14 20

lb/ft3 lb/ft3 lb/ft3 lb/ft3

56 .. 2.

56 .. 4. 56 .. 6.

5

COLD BLOCK PIPE SUPPORTS TYPE 56 .. 91 Pipe Supports for Cryogenic Applications LISEGA standard cold block supports are designed in accordance with recognized engineering specifications and international standards for pipes ranging in size from OD 0.84 inch [21.3mm] to OD 36 inch [914mm]. The supports are manufactured using materials that are suitable for the loads specified and temperatures ranging from ambient to –321°F [–196°C].

Steel Clamp Bases LISEGA standard cold block pipe supports are designed to mechanically clamp onto the pipe.

The steel clamp base support is manufactured from stainless steel and is supplied self-color as standard. The cold block is bolted between the underside of the clamp base and a carbon steel base plate. Material grades, welding and surface treatment are in accordance with the LISEGA standard specifications.

Cold Block Material The cold block insulation material forming an integral part of the cold block pipe support assembly is designed to provide a sufficient thermal insulation barrier between the pipe operating at subzero temperatures and the supporting structure that is at ambient temperature.

Other pipe support configurations can be supplied (pipe support stanchions, cradles, anchors) on request.

LISEGA standard cold block supports incorporate Lignostone® densified wood blocks that are manufactured from selected beech veneers, impregnated under vacuum with thermosetting synthetic resin and densified under heat and pressure. The Lignostone® blocks combine high strength with low thermal conductivity, have proven cryogenic capability and are used exclusively for cold pipe applications throughout the world.

LISEGA cold block pipe supports are supplied fully assembled and packed to protect the finished product from superficial damage and moisture ingress during storage and transportation.

Alternative cold block insulation materials suitable for cryogenic applications are available on request.

Temperature °F Thermal Btu inch / conductivity (HR ft2 °F)

Type 56 01 91 56 02 91 56 03 91 56 06 91 56 09 91 56 11 91 56 17 91 56 22 91 56 27 91 56 32 91 56 36 91 56 41 91 56 46 91 56 51 91 56 56 91 56 61 91 56 66 91 56 71 91 56 76 91 56 81 91 56 91 91

OD 0.84 1.06 1.33 2.37 3.50 4.50 6.63 8.63 10.75 12.75 14.00 16.00 18.00 20.00 22.00 24.00 26.00 28.00 30.00 32.00 36.00

permissible load (lbs x 1000) 0.29 0.36 0.47 0.83 1.24 1.60 2.25 2.92 3.82 4.50 4.95 5.62 6.29 6.97 7.64 8.54 9.22 9.89 10.57 11.24 12.81

LISEGA cold block pipe supports are supplied with detailed installation instructions. Each pipe support is clearly marked in accordance with the LISEGA Type Designation System.

+68

-148

-292

OD

-321

2.144 1.686 1.422 1.381

A

B

H

E

G

C

t

67/8 67/8 67/8 67/8 67/8 67/8 67/8 91/2 91/2 141/8 141/8 141/8 161/8 173/8 191/4 191/4 231/4 231/4 231/4 231/4 271/8

77/8 77/8 77/8 77/8 77/8 77/8 77/8 77/8 77/8 153/4 153/4 153/4 153/4 153/4 153/4 153/4 153/4 153/4 153/4 153/4 153/4

37/8 37/8 37/8 37/8 37/8 57/8 57/8 57/8 57/8 57/8 57/8 57/8 57/8 57/8 57/8 57/8 57/8 57/8 57/8 57/8 57/8

43/8 41/2 45/8 51/8 55/8 81/8 91/4 101/4 111/4 121/4 127/8 137/8 147/8 157/8 167/8 177/8 187/8 197/8 207/8 217/8 237/8

27/8 31/8 31/4 45/8 51/2 71/4 83/4 101/8 123/8 137/8 143/4 171/4 183/4 203/4 231/2 251/4 271/8 291/8 311/8 331/4 371/8

1 3/8 1 5/8 1 5/8 2 1/4 2 3/4 3 5/8 4 3/8 5 1/8 6 1/4 7 7 3/8 8 5/8 9 3/8 10 3/8 11 3/4 12 5/8 13 5/8 14 5/8 15 5/8 16 5/8 18 5/8

3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4

1

J 53/8 53/8 53/8 53/8 53/8 53/8 53/8 77/8 77/8 125/8 125/8 125/8 145/8 153/4 173/4 173/4 215/8 215/8 215/8 215/8 255/8

J

Length=B

A

permissible loads at cryogenic temperature

5.10

WELD-ON PIPE SHOES TYPE 57 .. 11 AND 57 .. 12 Weld-on pipe shoes made from T/C section For use with small pipe loads and temperature 175°F [80°C] type 57 .. 11 to 57 .. 12

Material: carbon steel Surface: primer Type designation: 57 .. 11 (T Shoe) 57 .. 12 (C Shoe)

2

2

Field weld – For the weld

size and permissible loads specified, the stress in the weld is less than 7.25 ksi [50 N/mm2].

Order details: Weld-on pipe shoe type 57 .. 1.

5.11

Type 57 03 11 57 03 11 57 03 11 57 03 11 57 03 11 57 07 11 57 07 11 57 07 11 57 07 11 57 13 11 57 13 11 57 13 11 57 13 11 57 13 11 57 13 11 57 24 12 57 24 12 57 24 12 57 24 12 57 24 12 57 36 12 57 36 12 57 36 12 57 42 12 57 42 12 57 42 12 57 51 12 57 51 12 57 61 12 57 61 12

Load F [lbsx1000] at 175°F 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.34 0.34 0.34 0.34 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.80 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.70 3.37 3.37 4.50 4.50

OD

A

B

E

a leg length

0.84 1.06 1.33 1.67 1.90 2.37 2.87 3.00 3.50 4.25 4.50 5.25 5.50 6.25 6.63 7.63 8.63 9.63 10.50 10.75 12.75 14.00 14.50 16.00 16.50 18.00 20.00 22.00 24.00 26.00

4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12

31/4 33/8 31/2 35/8 33/4 4 41/4 43/8 45/8 61/8 61/4 65/8 63/4 71/8 71/4 51/8 53/4 61/4 63/4 67/8 81/4 87/8 91/4 101/8 103/8 103/4 121/4 133/8 143/8 151/2

3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 4

Weight (lbs) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 15.6 15.6 15.6 18.3 18.3 25.8 25.8

5

58 05 .1 58 06 .1 58 06 .2 58 07 .1 58 07 .2 58 08 .1 58 08 .2 58 09 .1 58 09 .2 58 10 .1 58 10 .2 58 11 .1 58 11 .2 58 13 .1 58 13 .2 58 14 .1 58 14 .2 58 16 .1 58 16 .2 58 17 .1 58 17 .2 58 19 .1 58 19 .2 58 22 .1 58 22 .2 58 24 .1 58 24 .2 58 26 .1 58 26 .2 58 27 .1 58 27 .2 58 32 .1 58 32 .2 58 36 .1 58 36 .2 58 37 .1 58 37 .2 58 41 .1 58 41 .2 58 42 .1 58 42 .2 58 46 .1 58 46 .2 58 51 .1 58 51 .2 58 56 .1 58 56 .2 58 61 .1 58 66 .1 58 71 .1 58 76 .1 58 81 .1 58 91 .1

OD 1.90 2.37 2.37 2.87 2.87 3.00 3.00 3.50 3.50 4.25 4.25 4.50 4.50 5.25 5.25 5.50 5.50 6.25 6.25 6.63 6.63 7.63 7.63 8.63 8.63 9.63 9.63 10.50 10.50 10.75 10.75 12.75 12.75 14.00 14.00 14.50 14.50 16.00 16.00 16.50 16.50 18.00 18.00 20.00 20.00 22.00 22.00 24.00 26.00 28.00 30.00 32.00 36.00

Dxs 1 1 1.5 1 1.5 1 1.5 1 1.5 1.5 2.5 1.5 2.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 3 2.5 3 2.5 3 3 4 3 4 3 4 4 5 4 5 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 8 12 8 12 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch

80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 40 80 40 80 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 80 40 80 40 80 80 80 80 80 80 40 80 40 80 40 80 40 80 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

Stanchion type a a b a b a b a b b c b c b c c d c d c d d e d e d e e f e f f g f g f g f g f g g h g h g h h h h h h h

a leg 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 1/ 4 3/ 16 1/ 4 3/ 16 1/ 4 1/ 4 3/ 8 1/ 4 3/ 8 3/ 8 1/ 4 3/ 8 1/ 4 3/ 8 1/ 4 3/ 8 1/ 4 3/ 8 1/ 4 1/ 4 3/ 8 1/ 4 3/ 8 1/ 4 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8

N 15/

16

1 3/16 1 3/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/4 1 3/4 2 1/8 2 1/8 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 5/8 2 5/8 2 3/4 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 5/16 3 5/16 313/16 313/16 4 5/16 4 5/16 413/16 413/16 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 3/8 5 3/8 6 3/8 6 3/8 7 7 7 1/4 7 1/4 8 8 8 1/4 8 1/4 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 13 14 15 16 18

E min

E max

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 18 20 20 20 20 22 22 24 24 26 28

44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 52 52 52 52 54 54 54 56 56 58 58 60

Type 58 .. 11 2

OD

Type

OD

STANCHIONS FOR HORIZONTAL PIPES TYPE 58 .. 1. AND 58 .. 2.

Type 58 .. 21 2 ... see page 5.15

Example: Telescopic stanchion for pipe OD = 9.63inch, E = 311/2inch (sliding) The length of the stanchion is: L = E-N see data from the selection table L = 311/2 - 413/16 = 2611/16inch.

For stanchion D = 3sch40 (designation “d”) Permissible load = 0.36 x 2470lbs (see tables on page 5.15) = 890lbs

Order details: Type 58 24 21, E = 311/2inch

5.12

STANCHIONS FOR SHORT RADIUS ELBOWS (R OD) TYPE 58 .. 1. AND 58 .. 2.

OD

Type

Type 58 .. 13 4 OD

Type 58 .. 23 4 ... see page 5.15

Example: Stanchion for short radius elbow R OD, OD = 161/2inch, E = 291/2inch (anchor) Length of stanchion: L = E-N (see data from the selection table), L = 291/2 - 2 = 271/2inch.

For stanchion D = 5 sch 80 (designation “f”) Permissible load = 0.41 x 5050lbs (see tables on page 5.15) = 2070lbs

Order details: Stanchions for short radius elbows R OD type 58 42 23, E = 291/2inch

5.13

58 05 .3 58 06 .3 58 06 .4 58 07 .3 58 07 .4 58 08 .3 58 08 .4 58 09 .3 58 09 .4 58 10 .3 58 10 .4 58 11 .3 58 11 .4 58 13 .3 58 13 .4 58 14 .3 58 14 .4 58 16 .3 58 16 .4 58 17 .3 58 17 .4 58 19 .3 58 19 .4 58 22 .3 58 22 .4 58 24 .3 58 24 .4 58 26 .3 58 26 .4 58 27 .3 58 27 .4 58 32 .3 58 32 .4 58 36 .3 58 36 .4 58 37 .3 58 37 .4 58 41 .3 58 41 .4 58 42 .3 58 42 .4 58 46 .3 58 46 .4 58 51 .3 58 51 .4 58 56 .3 58 56 .4 58 61 .3 58 66 .3 58 71 .3 58 76 .3 58 81 .3 58 91 .3

OD 1.90 2.37 2.37 2.87 2.87 3.00 3.00 3.50 3.50 4.25 4.25 4.50 4.50 5.25 5.25 5.50 5.50 6.25 6.25 6.63 6.63 7.63 7.63 8.63 8.63 9.63 9.63 10.50 10.50 10.75 10.75 12.75 12.75 14.00 14.00 14.50 14.50 16.00 16.00 16.50 16.50 18.00 18.00 20.00 20.00 22.00 22.00 24.00 26.00 28.00 30.00 32.00 36.00

Dxs 1 sch 80 1 sch 80 1.5 sch 80 1 sch 80 1.5 sch 80 1 sch 80 1.5 sch 80 1 sch 80 1.5 sch 80 1.5 sch 80 2.5 sch 40 1.5 sch 80 2.5 sch 40 1.5 sch 80 2.5 sch 40 2.5 sch 40 3 sch 40 2.5 sch 40 3 sch 40 2.5 sch 40 3 sch 40 3 sch 40 4 sch 80 3 sch 40 4 sch 80 3 sch 40 4 sch 80 4 sch 80 5 sch 80 4 sch 80 5 sch 80 5 sch 80 8 sch 40 5 sch 80 8 sch 40 5 sch 80 8 sch 40 5 sch 80 8 sch 40 5 sch 80 8 sch 40 8 sch 40 12 sch 40 8 sch 40 12 sch 40 8 sch 40 12 sch 40 12 sch 40 12 sch 40 12 sch 40 12 sch 40 12 sch 40 12 sch 40

Stanchion type a a b a b a b a b b c b c b c c d c d c d d e d e d e e f e f f g f g f g f g f g g h g h g h h h h h h h

a leg 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 1/ 4 3/ 16 1/ 4 3/ 16 1/ 4 1/ 4 3/ 8 1/ 4 3/ 8 3/ 8 1/ 4 3/ 8 1/ 4 3/ 8 1/ 4 3/ 8 1/ 4 3/ 8 1/ 4 1/ 4 3/ 8 1/ 4 3/ 8 1/ 4 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8

N

E min

E max

1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 7/ 8 7/ 8 7/ 8 7/ 8 11/8 11/8 11/4 11/4 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 17/8 17/8 15/8 15/8 13/4 13/4 17/8 17/8

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 20

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 46 46 46 46 46 46

2 2 21/8 21/8 23/8 23/8 25/8 25/8 27/8 31/8 31/4 31/2 33/4 41/4

5

STANCHIONS FOR LONG RADIUS ELBOWS R 1.5 OD, TYPE 58 .. 1. AND 58 .. 2.

Type

58 05 .5 58 06 .5 58 06 .6 58 07 .5 58 07 .6 58 08 .5 58 08 .6 58 09 .5 58 09 .6 58 10 .5 58 10 .6 58 11 .5 58 11 .6 58 13 .5 58 13 .6 58 14 .5 58 14 .6 58 16 .5 58 16 .6 58 17 .5 58 17 .6 58 19 .5 58 19 .6 58 22 .5 58 22 .6 58 24 .5 58 24 .6 58 26 .5 58 26 .6 58 27 .5 58 27 .6 58 32 .5 58 32 .6 58 36 .5 58 36 .6 58 37 .5 58 37 .6 58 41 .5 58 41 .6 58 42 .5 58 42 .6 58 46 .5 58 46 .6 58 51 .5 58 51 .6 58 56 .5 58 56 .6 58 61 .5 58 66 .5 58 71 .5 58 76 .5 58 81 .5 58 91 .5

OD 1.90 2.37 2.37 2.87 2.87 3.00 3.00 3.50 3.50 4.25 4.25 4.50 4.50 5.25 5.25 5.50 5.50 6.25 6.25 6.63 6.63 7.63 7.63 8.63 8.63 9.63 9.63 10.50 10.50 10.75 10.75 12.75 12.75 14.00 14.00 14.50 14.50 16.00 16.00 16.50 16.50 18.00 18.00 20.00 20.00 22.00 22.00 24.00 26.00 28.00 30.00 32.00 36.00

Dxs 1 1 1.5 1 1.5 1 1.5 1 1.5 1.5 2.5 1.5 2.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 3 2.5 3 2.5 3 3 4 3 4 3 4 4 5 4 5 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 8 12 8 12 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch

80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 40 80 40 80 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 80 40 80 40 80 80 80 80 80 80 40 80 40 80 40 80 40 80 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

Stanchion a leg type 3/ a 16 3/ a 16 3/ b 16 3/ a 16 3/ b 16 3/ a 16 3/ b 16 3/ a 16 3/ b 16 3/ b 16 3/ c 16 3/ b 16 3/ c 16 3/ b 16 3/ c 16 3/ c 16 3/ d 16 3/ c 16 3/ d 16 3/ c 16 3/ d 16 3/ d 16 1/ e 4 3/ d 16 1/ e 4 3/ d 16 1/ e 4 1/ e 4 3/ f 8 1/ e 4 3/ f 8 3/ f 8 1/ g 4 3/ f 8 1/ g 4 3/ f 8 1/ g 4 3/ f 8 1/ g 4 3/ f 8 1/ g 4 1/ g 4 3/ h 8 1/ g 4 3/ h 8 1/ g 4 3/ h 8 3/ h 8 3/ h 8 3/ h 8 3/ h 8 3/ h 8 3/ h 8

N

Emin

Emax

0

8 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 16 16 18 18 20

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 38 38 38 38 38 38 36 36 36 36

1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 4 1/ 4 3/ 8 3/ 8 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 7/ 8 7/ 8

1 1 1 1 11/8 11/8 11/4 11/4 11/2 11/2 21/2 21/2 25/8 25/8 27/8 27/8 27/8 27/8 31/4 31/4 31/2 31/2 37/8 37/8 41/4 45/8 5 53/8 55/8 63/8

Type 58 .. 15 6 OD

Type 58 .. 25 6 ... see page 5.15

Example: Stanchion for long radius elbow R 1.5 OD, OD = 161/2inch, E = 291/2inch (anchor) Length of stanchion: L = E+N (see data from the selection table), L = 291/2 + 27/8 = 323/8inch.

For stanchion D = 5 sch 80 (designation “f”) Permissible load = 0.37 x 5050lbs (see tables on page 5.15) = 1870lbs

Order details: Stanchions for long radius elbows R 1.5OD type 58 42 25, E = 291/2inch

5.14

STANCHIONS TYPE 58 Field

weld

For weld size and permissible loads specified, stress in weld less than 7.25ksi [50 N/mm2]

Type designation:

58 .. 1. Stanchion 58 .. 2. Telescopic stanchion

Permissible load for actual stanchion length taken from chart

Type a b c d e f g h

1 1.5 2.5 3 4 5 8 12

Dxs

Axt

sch sch sch sch sch sch sch sch

31/2 x 3/8 41/2 x 3/8 5 x 3/8 6 x 3/8 1 7 /2 x 1/2 81/2 x 5/8 12 x 3/4

80 80 40 40 80 80 40 40

16 x 1

Max. permissible load at 175째F (lbs) Weight (lbs) only for L= 8inch per add.

58 .. 1.

58 .. 2. inch vertical sliding fixed load anchor 0.18 4.0 2.8 240 420 2130 0.30 8.8 4.5 510 830 4940 0.52 9.2 6.8 1120 1770 7640 0.64 14.5 8.7 1590 2470 8990 1.28 23.9 17.0 3590 5620 17530 1.79 34.8 25.8 5050 7860 21580 2.33 59.0 48.7 9770 15510 33720 4.33 119.0 101.0 25400 41580 74180

Permissible load against length of sliding / fixed (anchor) stanchions.

Maximum lateral load is 100% of specified vertical load

Material: carbon steel Surface: primer

L (inch)

Elbow pads for long radius elbows (R 1.5OD)

.5OD R 1

Type 58 06 3. to 58 11 3.

Field weld 6th digit of type designation:

OD

1 = Material: carbon steel Surface: primer

Type

(

(

2 = Material: 1.4301 (stainless steel) OD

A

B

t

58 06 3.

58 07 3.

58 09 3.

58 11 3.

2.37 2.87 3.50 4.50

31/8 23/4 23/4 43/4

37/8 37/8 31/2 61/4

3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 1/ 4

Order details: Type 58 .. 3.

5.15

Weight (lbs) 0.56 0.60 0.54 2.00

THREADED CONNECTING ELEMENTS

6

PRODUCT GROUP

6

THREADED CONNECTING COMPONENTS

CONTENTS

PAGE

0

Rod connecting elements __________________________________________6.1 Eye nut type 60 __________________________________________________6.2

1

Clevis with pin type 61 __________________________________________ 6.2 Turnbuckle type 62

______________________________________________6.3

Rod coupling type 64 ____________________________________________ 6.3

2

Connecting rods__________________________________________________ 6.4 Hexagon nut type 63 ______________________________________________6.5 Tie rod LR type 65 ________________________________________________6.5

3

Stud bolt type 67 ________________________________________________ 6.5 Tie rod type 66 __________________________________________________6.6

4

Threaded rod type 67 ____________________________________________ 6.6

5 PRODUCT GROUP

7 8 9 6.0

6

ROD CONNECTING ELEMENTS TYPE 60 TO 64 In the connection component field, precision fit threads, reliable material grades and designs with safe load reserves are the prerequisite for the dependability of the entire load chain.

The components in Product Group 6 are specially designed threaded elements for connecting the attachment rods to other support components. In the load chains, they connect components that in part have differently designed connections such as lugs, clevises or eye nuts.

The connecting parts in Product Group 6 form an independent group within the modular system and have been specially designed for optimum suitability as pipe support components.

Eye nut, type 60

The components are drop forged, and designed (apart from turnbuckles type 62) to allow slight length adjustments, despite their limited installation height.

The permissible loads correspond with the load table for statically determined pipe supports on page 0.5 of the Technical Specifications.

Eye nut Type 60 is used to join the rod to a pin connection, the clevis Type 61 to join it to a lug connection.

Clevis with pin, type 61

Turnbuckle Type 62 is supplied with a right-hand thread at one end and a lefthand thread at the other. It is used together with the tie rod Type 65 to provide length adjustment and presetting of the load chains.

Coupling Type 64 is used to produce rod lengths greater than 12 feet [3.65m].

All threads (except in turnbuckles Type 62) are right-hand and available in metric or UNC standard.

Turnbuckle, type 62

For corrosion protection, all components are supplied complete with a standard electrogalvanized finish (zinc thickness approx.

0.59 mil [15 m], yellow chromatized for metric and white for UNC threads). For use in particularly aggressive environments, the components can be supplied with a hot dip galvanized finish.

Material certification can be supplied for all components if required.

Rod Coupling, type 64

6.1

LISEGA connecting components offer special advantages: ➜ universal application ➜ load and connection compatibility with the LISEGA modular system ➜ drop forged and heat treated ➜ standard electrogalvanized or if required, hot dip galvanized finish ➜ qualification by special type testing

6

EYE NUT TYPE 60 CLEVIS WITH PIN TYPE 61

Eye nut type 60 D9 29 to 60 50 22 Material: carbon steel drop forged from load group 40: Welded design Material: Carbon steel

Type

A

B

60 D9 29 60 29 22 60 39 22 60 49 22 60 59 22 60 69 22 60 79 22 60 89 22 60 99 22 60 10 22 60 20 22 60 30 22 60 40 22 60 50 22

1 1 1/4 1 3/4 2 3/8 2 7/8 3 1/2 3 7/8 4 3/8 4 3/4 5 3/8 5 7/8 6 1/4 8 5/8 9 7/8

1 5/8 2 3/8 3 3 1/2 4 3/8 5 5 1/2 6 1/8 7 1/8 7 7/8 9 9 9 7/8 11

C

Ød2

d3

E

UNC UNC 5/ UNC 8 3/ UNC 4 1 UNC 11/4 UNC 11/2 UNC 13/4 UNC 2 UNC 21/4 UNC 21/2 UNC 23/4 UNC 3 UNC 31/4 UNC

0.51 0.66 0.98 1.14 1.37 1.65 1.85 2.04 2.44 2.44 2.83 2.83 3.22 3.62

1 1 5/8 1 3/4 2 1/8 2 1/2 3 3 3 3/8 3 3/8 4 1/8 5 1/8 5 1/8 3 7/8 4 3/4

D

3/ 8 5/ 8 3/ 4

1 1 1/8 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 3/8 2 1/2 2 3/4 2 3/4 4 3/4 5 1/2

5/ 8

1 1 1/8 1 3/8 1 3/4 2 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 3/4 4 1/8 4 3/8 4 7/8 5 1/2

3/

8

1/

2

F

G

3/ 16 1/ 4 7/ 16 7/ 16 5/ 8 11/ 16 13/ 16

5/ 8 3/ 4

1 1 3/8 1 3/4 2 1/8 2 1/2 2 7/8 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 3/8 3 1/2 4 3/8 4 7/8

1 13/16 15/8 15/8 15/8 2 23/8

Weight (lbs) 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.9 1.8 2.6 4.4 6.4 10.4 17.0 19.4 20.5 60.0 99.0

x 5/ 8 3/ 4 1 1/8 1 3/8 1 3/4

2 2 1/2 2 7/8 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 7/8 3 7/8 5 7/8 6 1/4

Order details: Eye nut type 60 .. 2.

Clevis with pin type 61 D9 29 to 61 50 22 Material: carbon steel drop forged from load group 40: flame cut design

Shape type 614022, 615022

Type 61 D9 29 61 29 22 61 39 22 61 49 22 61 59 22 61 69 22 61 79 22 61 89 22 61 99 22 61 10 22 61 20 22 61 30 22 61 40 22 61 50 22

A

B

7/ 8 2 1 1/4 2 3/4 1 5/8 3 1/8 2 1/8 3 1/2 2 1/2 4 3/8 2 7/8 5 1/8 3 3/8 5 7/8 3 7/8 6 3/4 4 3/4 7 1/8 5 1/8 8 1/2 6 1/8 9 6 1/8 9 5 7/8 9 1/2 6 1/2 10 1/4

C 3/ 8 5/ 8 3/ 4

1 1 1/8 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 2 3/8 2 1/2 2 3/4 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2

D 5/ 8

1 1 1/4 1 5/8 1 3/4 2 2 3/8 2 7/8 3 1/4 3 1/2 4 3/8 4 3/8 – –

Ød1

Ød2

0.40 0.48 0.63 0.79 0.95 1.30 1.58 1.78 1.97 2.37 2.76 2.76 3.15 3.55

UNC UNC UNC UNC 1 UNC 11/4 UNC 11/2 UNC 13/4 UNC 2 UNC 21/4 UNC 21/2 UNC 23/4 UNC 3 UNC 31/4 UNC 3/ 8 1/ 2 5/ 8 3/ 4

E

F

G

H

K

1 3/8 2 2 2 1/8 2 1/2 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 7/8 3 3/4 4 3/4 5 1/8 4 7/8 5 1/8 5 1/2

3/ 8 7/ 16 5/ 8 3/ 4 13/ 16 1 1/16 1 1/4 1 7/16 1 5/8 1 15/16 2 5/16 2 5/16 2 3/16 2 1/2

2 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/2 4 1/8 4 7/8 5 1/2 6 1/2 7 1/4 8 1/4 9 5/8 9 5/8 9 9 1/2

1 1 3/8 1 3/4 2 1/4 2 5/8 3 1/8 3 5/8 4 3/8 5 1/8 5 7/8 6 7/8 6 7/8 5 7/8 6 1/2

1 1 3/8 1 7/8 2 1/8 2 5/8 3 1/4 3 5/8 4 4 3/4 6 6 6 7 1/8

L

7/ 8

1 1 1 1 1

3/ 16 5/ 16 7/ 16 5/ 8 3/ 4 3/ 4 7/ 8 1/ 16 5/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 8 3/ 8

x 3/8 x 1/2 x 9/16 x 13/16 x1 x 1 1/8 x 1 7/16 x 1 9/16 x 1 3/4 x 1 3/4 x 2 3/16 x 2 3/16 – –

Weight (lbs) 5/ 0.2 – 8 3/ 0.4 – 4 0.9 – 1 1/8 2.2 – 1 3/8 3.5 – 1 3/4 6.0 – 2 9.7 – 2 3/8 – 2 3/4 15.9 – 3 3/8 22.9 – 3 3/4 32.6 – 3 7/8 53.8 – 4 1/8 53.8 3 1/2 4 3/8 93.0 4 3/8 4 3/4 132.0 M

x

Order details: Clevis type 61 .. 2.

6.2

TURNBUCKLE TYPE 62 ROD COUPLING TYPE 64 Turnbuckle type 62 D9 29 to 62 50 25 Material: carbon steel drop forged from load group 10: Flame cut design

one end right-hand thread, the other left-hand.

Order details: Turnbuckle type 62 .. 2.

SW

Type

A

B

62 D9 29 62 29 22 62 39 29 62 49 29 62 59 29 62 69 22 62 79 22 62 89 22 62 99 22 62 10 25 62 20 25 62 30 25 62 40 25 62 50 25

1 1/8 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 2 1/2 2 7/8 3 3/8 4 1/8 5 1/8 4 3/8 5 1/8 5 1/2 5 7/8 6 1/2

4 7/8 4 7/8 5 7/8 6 3/4 9 1/2 10 11 5/8 13 14 11 3/4 12 5/8 13 15 3/8 16 1/8

Type

A

B

64 D9 29 64 29 28 64 39 28 64 49 28 64 59 28 64 69 28 64 79 28 64 89 28 64 99 28 64 10 25 64 20 25 64 30 25 64 40 25 64 50 25

1 3/8 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 2 1/2 2 7/8 3 3/8 4 1/8 5 1/8 4 3/8 5 1/8 5 1/2 5 7/8 6 1/2

1 3/4 1 3/4 2 3/8 3 3 1/2 4 1/8 4 3/4 5 7/8 7 1/8 7 1/2 8 5/8 9 1/2 9 7/8 11

SW

Ă˜d2

E

0.63 0.71 0.95 1.19 1.42 1.82 2.17 2.56 2.96 3.15 3.55 3.94 3.94 4.73

UNC UNC UNC UNC 1 UNC 11/4 UNC 11/2 UNC 13/4 UNC 2 UNC 21/4 UNC 21/2 UNC 23/4 UNC 3 UNC 31/4 UNC

1 3/8 1 3/8 1 7/8 2 1/2 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 7/8 4 4 1/4 3 3 1/8 3 1/4 3 5/8 3 5/8

C 3/

4

7/

8

1 1/8 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 1/8 2 1/2 3 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 3 1/8 3 1/2

3/ 8 1/ 2 5/ 8 3/ 4

L

1 1 1 3 3 3 3 4

3/ 8 3/ 8 1/ 2 5/ 8 7/ 8 7/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 4 5/ 8 1/ 8 1/ 2 7/ 8 7/ 8 3/ 4

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

x 5/ 16 3/ 8 7/ 16 9/ 16 11/ 16 13/ 16 7/ 8 1 1/16 1 3/8 7/ 8 1 1/8 1 3/16 1 5/16 1 7/16

1 3/4 1 3/4 2 2 1/8 3 1/8 3 3/8 3 7/8 4 1/2 4 7/8 4 3/8 4 3/4 4 7/8 5 7/8 6 1/4

Weight (lbs) 0.3 0.4 0.9 1.5 2.6 4.0 6.6 10.6 17.2 22.0 34.0 40.0 48.0 70.0

Rod coupling type 64 D9 29 to 64 50 25 Material: carbon steel drop forged from load group 10: Flame cut design

Order details: Rod coupling 64 .. 2.

6.3

C 5/ 8 5/ 8 3/ 4

1 1 1/8 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 3 1/8 3 1/2

D

Xd2

7/ 8 7/ 8 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 1/8 2 1/2

UNC UNC UNC UNC 1 UNC 11/4 UNC 11/2 UNC 13/4 UNC 2 UNC 21/4 UNC 21/2 UNC 23/4 UNC 3 UNC 31/4 UNC

3 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 7/8 3 7/8 4 3/4

3/ 8 1/ 2 5/ 8 3/ 4

L 3/ 8 3/ 8 1/ 2 5/ 8 7/ 8 7/ 8 11/8 11/4 15/8 31/8 31/2 37/8 37/8 43/4

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

3/ 8 3/ 8 7/ 16 9/ 16 11/ 16 13/ 16 7/ 8 11/16 13/8 7/ 8 11/8 13/16 15/16 17/16

Weight (lbs) 0.2 0.2 0.4 1.1 1.5 2.6 3.5 5.7 11.2 16.0 24.0 30.0 34.0 50.0

6

CONNECTING RODS TYPE 63 TO 67 Piping systems are embedded in load chains where connecting rods form an indispensable component. When selecting them, special attention must be paid to quality to prevent these seemingly simple units from becoming the weakest link in the chain. Decisive factors for their loading capacity are, beside adequate dimensions, material quality and design.

Applications Threaded rods and tie rods connect support components to each other to bridge installation heights. In conjunction with connecting components they can be used as rigid supports, and in elastic load chains can be used with spring and constant hangers.

Materials and loadings For the attachment rods, only materials with guaranteed mechanical properties, with good homogeneity and sufficient cold ductility are used. The permissible loads correspond to the load sufficient table for statically defined components (see Technical specifications page 0.5).

Rolled threads All threads are manufactured using a rolling process. Thread rolling does not sever milling fibres as in thread cutting. By means of this thread rolling process the material is made to flow and thereby plastically formed.

In this way, additional strengthening of the surface is achieved, free of notches and offering high surface quality.

In this way, frictional resistance is reduced, with a favorable effect on the adjustment of the rods under loading.

In addition, additional reserves for the bending and tensile strength properties result from this by comparison with the design calculations.

constant hanger. The longer one is the fitting length and can be cut on site according to installation length.

Standard lengths In general, larger tolerance ranges in the building structure of plants frequently lead to problems when lengths cut to measure for the connecting rods are used; they often prove to be too short. Offering more flexibility in application, connecting rods in standard lengths have come into increasing use.

Fitting can be simply carried out with hanging rods already mounted at the upper end.

Awkward measurement involving the risk of errors is thereby avoided. Structural tolerances can be favorably compensated.

Length adjustment Tie rods type 65 with left/right hand threads are always used together with turnbuckle type 62 and form standard lengths. They are designed for length adjustment and loadactuated presetting of load chains. All other thread connections are exclusively righthand and have to be locked using hexagon nut type 63.

Corrosion protection All rods are electrogalvanized as standard (coat thickness 0.59mil [15µm], chromatized yellow for metric and white for UNC standards).

Hot dip galvanizing is available on request.

Manufacturing process of threaded rods.

Certification Material certification can be supplied for all components on request.

Special advantages: ➜ materials with guaranteed properties ➜ rolled threads

Types Fully threaded rods type 67 up to 2 UNC and tie rods type 66 (from 3/4 UNC) are available in 24 inch length increments from 24 inch up to 12 feet. Tie rods are threaded 12 inch at one end and 24 inch at the other.

The shorter thread is for adjustment and, for example, for connection to a variable or

➜ notch-free surfaces ➜ electrogalvanized finish ➜ standard lengths ➜ in-house manufacture

6.4

TIE ROD LR, TYPE 65 STUD BOLT, TYPE 67 HEXAGON NUTS, TYPE 63 Tie rod left/right type 65 D1 29 to 65 50 23 Material: 3/ UNC to 2 UNC: A36 8 21/4 UNC to 31/4 UNC: A675Gr.70 LISEGA threaded rods should only be replaced in kind

Order details: Tie rod LR type 65 .. 2.

right

left

Type

d

d2

65 D1 29 65 21 23 65 31 23 65 41 23 65 51 23 65 61 23 65 71 23 65 81 23 65 91 23 65 10 23 65 20 23 65 30 23 65 40 23 65 50 23

0.33 0.45 0.56 0.68 0.91 1.15 1.39 1.62 1.85 2.10 2.33 2.58 2.83 3.08

3/ 8 1/ 2 5/ 8 3/ 4

UNC UNC UNC UNC 1 UNC 11/4 UNC 11/2 UNC 13/4 UNC 2 UNC 21/4 UNC 21/2 UNC 23/4 UNC 3 UNC 31/4 UNC

10 10 10 10 14 14 14 18 18 22 22 22 24 24

Hexagon nut type 63 D9 19 to 63 50 18 Material: carbon steel Hexagon nuts as counter nuts for tie rods and threaded rods 3/8 UNC to 31/4 UNC.

6.5

L2 left 51/8 51/8 51/8 51/8 71/2 71/2 71/2 85/8 85/8 105/8 105/8 105/8 113/4 113/4

Weight (lbs) 0.25 0.45 0.70 1.05 2.60 4.15 6.00 10.50 13.70 21.70 26.70 32.70 42.90 50.90

Stud bolt type 67 D1 29 to 67 91 23 Material: A36 LISEGA threaded rods should only be replaced in kind

Type

Order details: Hexagon nut type 63 .. 1.

L1 right 31/8 31/8 31/8 31/8 43/4 43/4 43/4 61/4 61/4 77/8 77/8 77/8 85/8 85/8

L

63 D9 19 63 29 18 63 39 18 63 49 18 63 59 18 63 69 18 63 79 18 63 89 18 63 99 18 63 10 18 63 20 18 63 30 18 63 40 18 63 50 18

Size 3/ 8 1/ 2 5/ 8 3/ 4

UNC UNC UNC UNC 1 UNC 11/4 UNC 11/2 UNC 13/4 UNC 2 UNC 21/4 UNC 21/2 UNC 23/4 UNC 3 UNC 31/4 UNC

Weight (lbs) 0.03 0.07 0.12 0.20 0.45 0.83 1.40 2.15 3.20 4.40 6.00 7.90 10.10 12.70

Type

L

67 D1 29 67 21 23 67 31 23 67 41 23 67 51 23 67 61 23 67 71 23 67 81 23 67 91 23

11/8 13/8 2 23/8 3 31/2 43/8 47/8 53/4

Order details: Stud bolt type 67 .. 2.

d2 3/ 8 1/ 2 5/ 8 3/ 4

UNC UNC UNC UNC 1 UNC 11/4 UNC 11/2 UNC 13/4 UNC 2 UNC

Weight (lbs) 0.03 0.06 0.14 0.25 0.56 1.05 1.90 2.85 4.40

6

TIE ROD, TYPE 66 THREADED ROD, TYPE 67

Material: 3/ UNC to 2 UNC: A36 8 21/4 UNC to 31/4 UNC: A675Gr.70 LISEGA threaded rods should only be replaced in kind

Threaded rod type 67

Tie rod type 66

d2 3/

8

1/

2

UNC UNC 5/ UNC 8 3/ UNC 4 1 UNC 11/4 UNC 11/2 UNC 13/4 UNC 2 UNC

67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67

2 D2 29 22 23 32 23 42 23 52 23 62 23 72 23 82 23 92 23

67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67

4 D3 29 23 23 33 23 43 23 53 23 63 23 73 23 83 23 93 23

67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67

Type at L=(in feet) 8 6 67 D5 29 D4 29 67 25 23 24 23 67 35 23 34 23 67 45 23 44 23 67 55 23 54 23 67 65 23 64 23 67 75 23 74 23 67 85 23 84 23 67 95 23 94 23

67 67 67 66 66 66 66 66 66

10 D6 29 26 23 36 23 46 23 56 23 66 23 76 23 86 23 96 23

67 67 67 66 66 66 66 66 66

12 D7 29 27 23 37 23 47 23 57 23 67 23 77 23 87 23 97 23

Weight per foot (lbs) 0.30 0.53 0.85 1.25 2.25 3.55 5.15 7.00 9.20

Standard lengths avoid problems from undersized installation lengths and allow flexibility by cutting to length on site if required.

Connecting rods from 21/4 UNC upwards can be ordered both as threaded rods type 67 or as tie rods type 66 with individual rolled thread lengths.

L1

L2

Order details: Threaded rod / Tie rod type ...

L = max 236inch, longer lengths on request

d2 21/4 UNC 21/2 UNC 23/4 UNC 3 UNC 31/4 UNC

66 66 66 66 66

Type (L / L1 / L2 please note at order) 67 10 10 23 67 20 20 23 67 30 30 23 67 40 40 23 67 50 50 23

23 23 23 23 23

Weight per foot (lbs) 11.8 14.6 17.9 21.5 25.4

(at 21/4 UNC:) Threaded rod / Tie rod type ...

L = ...

L1 = ...

L2 = ...

6.6

STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENT ELEMENTS

7

PRODUCT GROUP

7

STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS, TRAPEZES CONTENTS

PAGE

0

Structural attachments, trapezes ____________________________________ 7.1 Weld-on clevis type 73 ____________________________________________ 7.2

1

Weld-on eye plate type 75 ________________________________________ 7.2 Weld-on plate with spherical washer type 74 ________________________ 7.3 Beam clamp type 78

____________________________________________ 7.4

2

Trapeze type 79__________________________________________________ 7.4 Beam adapter type 76 ____________________________________________ 7.7

3 4 5 6 PRODUCT GROUP

8 9 7.0

7

STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS, TRAPEZES PRODUCT GROUP 7 The attachment of pipe supports to the load bearing structure is produced by means of special components to be welded or clamped. The safety of the connections depends on their adaptation to the prevailing situation and their particular suitability in each case.

Product Group 7 As well as trapezes, the components of Product Group 7 include attachment elements connecting directly to the structure, such as trapezes.

The permissible loads correspond with the load table for statically determined components on page 0.5 of the Technical Specification.

Type 73

For weld-on clevis type 73 and weld-on eye plate type 75, the minimum weld thicknesses must be considered. These are designed in such a way that the maximum weld stresses do not exceed 10.9ksi [75N/mm2] during normal operating conditions.

The stress analysis is based on a load applied conically at under 6° angulation.

Type 74

The weld-on clevis type 73 is particularly suited for attachment to hollow sections.

The beam clamp type 78 is designed for unwelded on site attachment. The beam width is to be specified when ordering.

Trapeze types 79 are suitable for use with clamp base type 49 and can be used as rigid hangers or in conjunction with variable and constant hangers.

Type 75

For protection against corrosion, the components are coated with a weldable primer (1.18mil [30µm] ) or electrogalvanized and then yellow chromatized (zinc thickness 0.59mil [15µm] ). The trapeze sections are coated to the LISEGA standard.

Material certification can be supplied for all components on request.

Standardized connecting parts

7.1

Type 76

Type 78

7

WELD-ON CLEVIS TYPE 73 WELD-ON EYE PLATE TYPE 75

Weld on clevis type 73 29 13 to 73 50 12 Material: carbon steel Drop forged

From load group 20: Flame cut design Shape type 73 20 12 to 73 50 12

Type

A

d1

E

F

G

H

K

M

min.

Seam (leg length)

73 29 13 73 39 13 73 49 13 73 59 13 73 69 12 73 79 12 73 89 12 73 99 12 73 10 12 73 20 12 73 30 12 73 40 12 73 50 12

1 5/8 2 2 1/2 3 3 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 5 7/8 3 6 /4 x 67/8 63/4 x 67/8 57/8 x 71/2 71/8 x 85/8

0.48 0.63 0.79 0.95 1.30 1.58 1.78 1.97 2.37 2.76 2.76 3.15 3.55

13/8 15/8 2 23/8 31/2 43/8 43/4 51/8 51/2 57/8 57/8 63/4 75/8

7/ 16 5/ 8 3/ 4 13/ 16 11/16 11/4 17/16 15/8 115/16 25/16 25/16 23/16 21/2

23/8 23/4 31/2 41/8 47/8 51/2 61/2 71/4 81/4 95/8 95/8 9 91/2

13/8 13/4 21/4 25/8 31/8 35/8 43/8 43/4 57/8 61/2 61/2 57/8 61/2

1 11/4 13/4 21/8 21/2 31/8 31/2 37/8 43/4 63/4 63/4 57/8 71/8

– – – – – – – – – 3 3 31/2 43/8

3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 3/ 16 1/ 4 1/ 4 5/ 16 7/ 16 1/ 2 9/ 16 5/ 8 3/ 4 13/ 16

Weight (lbs) 0.7 0.9 2.4 4.6 8.4 15.0 20.3 24.5 40.8 82.0 82.0 84.0 128.0

Weld thickness is calculated from the stress analysis and based on a permissible stress of 10.9ksi [75N/mm2] at normal load.

Order details: Weld-on clevis type 73 .. 1.

Weld-on eye plate type 75 D1 19 to 75 50 12 Material: carbon steel

Type

A

d3

E

75 D1 19 75 21 12 75 31 12 75 41 12 75 51 12 75 61 12 75 71 12 75 81 12 75 91 12 75 10 12 75 20 12 75 30 12 75 40 12 75 50 12

11/8 13/8 13/4 23/8 21/2 31/8 37/8 43/4 51/8 57/8 63/4 71/8 85/8 97/8

0.41 0.49 0.64 0.80 0.96 1.33 1.61 1.81 2.00 2.40 2.79 2.79 3.18 3.58

15/8 13/4 2 21/8 23/8 23/4 31/8 31/2 37/8 43/8 43/4 51/8 51/2 57/8

C 3/ 7/

min.

Seam (leg length.)

S 4 8

11/8 11/2 15/8 2 21/2 3 31/8 31/2 37/8 43/8 43/4 53/8

1/

4

5/

16 3/ 8 1/ 2 5/ 8 3/ 4

1 11/4 11/4 15/8 13/4 13/4 2 23/8

3/

16 1/ 4

5/

16 3/ 8 7/ 16 1/

2

9/

16

5/ 13/

8

16 7/ 8 11/16 13/16 11/16 11/8

Weight (lbs) 0.22 0.28 0.52 1.00 1.44 2.76 5.18 8.60 10.20 17.00 23.40 27.80 40.80 60.60

Weld thickness is calculated from the stress analysis and based on a permissible stress of 10.9ksi [75N/mm2] at normal load.

Order details: Weld-on eye plate type 75 .. 1.

7.2

SPHERICAL WASHER WITH WELD-ON PLATE TYPE 74 Spherical washer with weld-on plate type 74 D1 19 to 74 50 13 Material: carbon steel

Type

Order details: Spher. washer with weld-on plate type 74 .. ..

7.3

74 D1 19 74 21 13 74 31 13 74 32 13 74 33 13 74 41 13 74 42 13 74 43 13 74 51 23 74 52 23 74 61 23 74 62 23 74 71 23 74 72 23 74 81 23 74 82 23 74 91 23 74 92 23 74 10 13 74 20 13 74 30 13 74 40 23 74 50 13

for rod 3/ UNC 8 1/ UNC 2 5/ UNC 8 5/ UNC 8 5/ UNC 8 3/ UNC 4 3/ UNC 4 3/ UNC 4 1 UNC 1 UNC 11/4 UNC 11/4 UNC 11/2 UNC 11/2 UNC 13/4 UNC 13/4 UNC 2 UNC 2 UNC 21/4 UNC 21/2 UNC 23/4 UNC 3 UNC 31/4 UNC

A

B

23/8 23/4 23/4 33/4 51/8 23/4 33/4 51/8 33/4 51/8 51/8 63/4 51/8 63/4 51/8 63/4 51/8 63/4 87/8 97/8 97/8 113/4 133/4

1 11/8 11/8 11/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/4 13/4 21/4 21/4 25/8 25/8 31/8 31/8 35/8 35/8 4 43/4 5 53/8 6

7/ 8

D 5/ 8 3/ 4

1 1 1 11/8 11/8 11/8 13/8 13/8 13/4 13/4 2 2 23/8 23/8 25/8 25/8 3 31/2 33/4 37/8 43/8

d4

E

max. F

G

R

S

13/ 32 17/ 32 21/ 32 21/ 32 21/ 32 13/ 16 13/ 16 13/ 16 11/32 11/32 19/32 19/32 117/32 117/32 125/32 125/32 21/32 21/32 29/32 219/32 225/32 31/32 39/32

7/ 16 11/ 16 11/ 16 13/ 16 13/ 16 3/ 4 7/ 8 7/ 8 15/ 16 15/ 16 17/16 17/16 11/2 11/2 15/

13/8 11/2 13/4 13/4 13/4 17/8 17/8 17/8 21/8 21/8 21/4 21/4 23/4 23/4 31/2 31/2 45/8 45/8 51/2 57/8 61/4 61/4 7

3/ 8 3/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 7/ 8 7/ 8 11/8 11/8 11/4 11/4 11/2 11/2 15/8 15/8

5/ 8 5/ 8 7/ 8 7/ 8 7/ 8 11/8 11/8 11/8 11/4 11/4 15/8 15/8

3/ 8 5/ 8 5/ 8 3/ 4 3/ 4 5/ 8 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 3/ 4 11/4 11/4 11/4 11/4 11/4 11/4 13/8 11/4 13/8 15/8 13/4 13/4 13/4

8

15/8 113/16 111/16 17/8 23/16 23/8 23/8 21/2

2 23/8 21/2 23/4 31/8

2 2 21/4 21/4 25/8 25/8 31/8 35/8 37/8 41/4 43/4

Weight (lbs) 0.6 1.4 1.4 3.0 6.0 1.4 3.0 6.0 3.0 6.0 8.8 15.0 8.8 15.0 8.8 15.0 10.0 15.0 30.6 43.2 48.6 70.2 95.4

7

BEAM CLAMP TYPE 78

Beam clamp type 78 21 11 to 78 71 11

Type

d3

78 21 11 0.65 78 31 11 0.81 78 41 11 1.00 78 51 11 1.34 78 61 11 1.60 78 71 11 2.00

A 31/8 31/8 47/8 47/8 71/8 71/8

E0 up to beam dim. b= 315/16 415/16 51/2 71/16 811/16 101/4 1113/16 21/2 21/2 21/2 3 33/8 – – 23/4 23/4 23/4 31/8 31/2 37/8 43/8 – 33/8 31/2 31/2 37/8 41/8 41/2 – 33/4 33/4 41/8 41/2 51/8 51/2 – – – 37/8 37/8 43/8 43/8 – – – 41/2 41/2 47/8 51/8

113/16 31/4 21/8 21/8 – 23/4 – – – – – – – –

s

tmax

5/ 16 3/ 8 9/ 16 9/ 16 13/ 16 13/ 16

5/ 8 13/ 16

1 1 13/16 13/16

Weight (lbs) 1.8 - 3.6 4.4 - 8.0 14.8 - 19.6 15.0 - 21.0 39.0 - 43.6 40.2 - 45.8

Load groups 8 & 9 can be connected. Permissible load 22480 lbs [100 kN] during normal operating condition.

A larger t dimension can be accommodated by increasing Eo accordingly. Indicate complete beam size when ordering.

Order details: Beam clamp type 78 .1 11 – beam size…

TRAPEZE TYPE 79 Trapezes for small loads and pipe diameters 31/4 inch type 79 C2 37 to 79 42 37

31/4

The permissible center load is limited by the load group of the individual trapeze (3rd digit of type number).

Type

Lmax

E

a

79 C2 37 79 D2 37 79 12 37 79 12 37 79 22 37 79 22 37 79 32 37 79 32 37 79 42 37 79 42 37

40 40 24 40 24 44 24 48 24 48

1 1 1 1 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/8 13/4 13/4

11/2 21/2 21/2 3 3 3 3 4 4 5

b 7/ 8

1 1 11/8 11/8 11/4 11/4 13/8 11/2 15/8

d4 7/ 16 7/ 16 7/ 16 7/ 16 9/ 16 9/ 16 9/ 16 9/ 16 11/ 16 11/ 16

Weight (lbs) for L= 20inch +/- per 1inch 0.20 4.3 0.34 7.9 0.34 7.9 0.41 9.8 0.41 9.8 0.60 14.4 0.60 14.4 0.82 20.6 0.82 20.6 1.35 36.1

Order details: Trapeze type 79 .2 37, L=...

7.4

TRAPEZE TYPE 79 Trapeze type 79 22 34 to 79 20 34

The permissible center load is limited by the load group of the individual trapeze (3rd or 3rd and 4th digit of type number).

The L max dimension can be extended to 941/2inch by reducing the permissible load by 5% for every 4inch of extension.

The trapeze is dimensionally compatible with other components in the LISEGA modular system within the load groups specified.

Order details: Trapeze type 79 .2 34, L=...

Load- group D-4 D-4

d3

0.81 0.81

3/ 8 3/ 8

79 42 34

3-4

0.81

1/ 2

79 52 34

4-5

1.00

3/ 4

79 62 34

5-6

1.34

13/ 16

79 72 34

6-7

1.60

1

79 82 34

6-8

1.80

1

79 92 34

7-9

2.00

11/4

79 10 34 79 20 34

8 - 10 9 - 10

2.40 2.40

11/4 11/4

Type 79 22 34 79 32 34

s

L max

E

67 67 351/2 703/4 55 703/4 491/4 703/4 55 703/4 491/4 941/2 703/4 941/2 783/4 703/4

3/

4

3/

4

3/

4

15/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 21/8 23/8 21/2 23/4 31/8 33/8 31/2 33/4 33/4

U

B

4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 1/4 10 1/4 12 12 12

51/2 51/2 51/2 71/2 71/2 81/8 81/8 91/2 91/2 97/8 97/8 13 13 133/4 133/4 14

Weight (lbs) L=3feet +per 1inch 1.20 50 1.20 50 1.20 50 1.74 76 1.74 76 2.00 92 2.00 92 3.12 144 3.12 144 3.12 152 3.12 152 4.74 240 4.74 240 5.15 286 5.15 286 7.50 390

Trapeze type 79 23 39 to 79 93 39 The permissible center load is limited by the load group of the individual trapeze (3rd digit of type number).

The L max dimension 67 inch & 703/4 inch of type 79 23 39 to 79 73 39 can be extended to 941/2inch by reducing the permissible load by 5% for every 4inch of extension.

The trapeze is dimensionally compatible with other components in the LISEGA modular system within the load groups specified.

Order details: Trapeze type 79 .3 39, L=...

7.5

Type 79 23 39 79 33 39 79 43 39 79 53 39 79 63 39 79 73 39 79 83 39 79 93 39

Load- group D- 4 D- 4 3- 5 4- 6 5- 7 6- 8 6- 9 7 - 10

d3 0.81 0.81 1.00 1.34 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.40

L max 67 67 703/4 703/4 703/4 703/4 941/2 941/2

E

U

B

C

s

2 2 23/4 23/8 31/8 21/2 33/4 43/4

4 4 6 6 8 8 101/4 12

5 1/2 5 1/2 7 1/2 8 1/8 9 1/2 9 7/8 13 133/4

15/8 15/8 2 23/8 27/8 31/4 35/8 4

3/ 8 3/ 8 1/ 2 3/ 4 13/ 16

1 1 11/4

Weight (lbs) 1 inch L=3feet 50 1.20 50 1.20 80 1.74 96 2.00 152 3.12 154 3.12 258 4.74 316 5.16

7

7.6

BEAM ADAPTER TYPE 76 For alterations or extensions to pipe systems or structural steel in existing plants, clamp connections are often preferred to welding for the necessary attachment to the existing structure of pipe supports or additional steel. The use of this method is obligatory when welding is ruled out for safety reasons.

The long-lasting security of this type of connection depends essentially on the condition of the contact surfaces and the preset forces applied. For a reliable connection, the specific design of the clamp elements used is decisive.

Offering the utmost reliability, LISEGA beam adapters type 76 serve as secure connections for this purpose.

These newly developed components enable the attachment of diverse components to existing steel without welding or drilling, while installation is simple and time-saving.

LISEGA beam adapters adjust automatically on tightening to the thickness of the component to be clamped. If the given torque values are observed, the lasting security of the connection is guaranteed. Existing corrosion protection, e.g. hot-dip galvanizing or color coating, is not impaired.

Beam adapter type 76 D2 11 to 76 42 11

Type 76 D2 11 76 22 11 76 32 11 76 42 11

Order details: Beam adapter type 76 .. 11

7.7

Bolts A193B7 support load torque value (lbs) (lbs ft)

560 1350 1900 3370

25 50 110 220

A

B

17/8 21/4 23/4 33/8

13/16 11/2 17/8

The tabulated loads are normal operating loads (load condition H). For emergency (HZ) and faulted loads (HS) see table “Max. permissible loads� on page 0.5

15/ 3 16 /8 1/ 2 5/ 8 3/ 4

d2 UNC UNC UNC UNC

H

min

11/4 11/2 13/4 21/8

H

max

11/2 13/4 21/8 25/8

t (clamp thickness) Weight min max (lbs) 1/ 5/ 0.25 8 8 1/ 11/ 0.40 8 16 1/ 13/ 0.70 4 16 1/ 1.30 1 4

Hex. Bolt, Grade 8.8, inclusive Hex. Nut, Grade 8 Bolt-Type

Dimensions

Weight (lbs)

76 D2 11 - 065 76 D2 11 - 080 76 D2 11 - 100 76 22 11 - 070 76 22 11 - 090 76 22 11 - 120 76 32 11 - 090 76 32 11 - 120 76 32 11 - 150 76 42 11 - 120 76 42 11 - 150 76 42 11 - 180

M10 x 65 M10 x 80 M10 x100 M12 x 70 M12 x 90 M12 x120 M16 x 90 M16 x120 M16 x150 M20 x120 M20 x150 M20 x180

0.13 0.15 0.17 0.19 0.22 0.27 0.42 0.51 0.60 0.85 1.00 1.12

The unique feature of the LISEGA beam adapters is represented by the special contact elements. They adjust automatically due to their shape to any position and any existing sectional flange angles.

7

The hardened contact elements have a rounded grooved profile which presses into the contact surface on tightening. This provides a form-fit grip which offers mechanical security against shifting in any direction.

Cross connection: The safe connection of beam sections to each other is simple effected with an inlay plate and eight LISEGA beam adapters. The load capacity of a cross connection is given in the table below.

Cross connection

Cross connection with LISEGA beam adapters Type 76 D2 11 76 22 11 76 32 11 76 42 11

Loading capacity (lbs) with 4 bolts A193B7 2240 5400 7600 13480

Thickness of intermed. plate 3/ 8 1/ 2 5/ 8 3/ 4

Interconnection of sections can be made directly or by the use of a support plate. The load capacity of a cross connection can be taken from the table on the left.

7.8

GUIDE WITH BEAM ADAPTERS FOR CLAMP BASES TYPE 49 .. .3/4/5 Guide with beam adapters for clamp bases type 76 00 11 up to 76 00 14 Material: Guide: carbon steel

lift-off restraints

Order details: Lateral guide type 76 00 1.; b = …

Order details: Lateral guide with lift-off restraint type 76 00 2. - 49 .. ..

(Clamp base type); b = …

type with lift-off restraint 76 00 11 76 00 21 76 00 12 76 00 22 76 00 13 76 00 23 76 00 14 76 00 24 Type

torque value (lbs/ft) 25 50 110 220

Fx (lbs) 225 380 630 1060

– Fz (lbs) 790 1010 1460 1460

a1

a2

bmin

c

1 3/16 1 3/16 1 5/8 1 5/8

2 2 3/ 8 3 1/8 3 1/8

1 5/8 2 2 1/2 2 7/8

1 5/8 1 3/4 2 1/8 2 1/2

tmax

total weight (lbs) for b=4inch +per inch

5/ 8 11/ 16 13/ 16

1

0.34 0.53 0.78 0.78

3.7 6.2 10.8 15.9

The guides can be supplied if required with an additional lift-off restraint (width: 31/8 inch [80mm]) (when ordering, give details in addition to designation of clamp base type).

– Fz: the permissible short-term lift-off load is limited to 10% of the respective clamp base nominal load.

CANTILEVER WITH BEAM ADAPTERS TYPE 76 .. 16 Cantilever with beam adapters type 76 C1 16 up to 76 21 16 Material: Cantilever: carbon steel

Lmin = Zero Order details: Cantilever with beam adapters type 76 .1 16; b=…L=…

7.9

Type 76 C1 16 76 D1 16 76 11 16 76 21 16

Lmax = b/2 + c

torque value (lbs/ft) 25 50 110 220

axs 1 5/8 2 1/2 3 3 1/8

x x x x

1/ 4 1/ 4 5/ 16 3/ 8

bmin

bmax

c

d4

E

tmax

1 5/8 2 2 3/16 2 1/2

11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4

1 5/8 1 3/4 2 1/8 2 1/2

7/ 16 7/ 16 9/ 16 11/ 16

1 1 3/4 1 7/8 2 1/8

5/ 8 11/ 16 13/ 16

1

Weight (lbs)

Weight (lbs)

for b=4inch L=2inch

+per inch

2.0 3.8 6.4 9.8

0.20 0.34 0.51 0.60

7

CANTILEVER WITH BEAM ADAPTER TYPE 76 .. 17

Cantilever with beam adapter type 76 C1 17 up to 76 21 17 Material: Cantilever: carbon steel

L b/2 + c torque value a (lbs/ft) 76 C1 17 25 1 5/8 76 D1 17 50 2 1/2 76 11 17 110 3 76 21 17 220 3 1/8 Type

x s bmin c d3 e

E tmax

x 1/4 113/16 x 1/4 2 3/16 x 5/16 2 1/2 x 3/8 2 7/8

3/ 5/ 4 8 3/ 11/ 4 16 1 13/16

15/8 13/4 21/8 21/2

7/ 16 7/ 16 9/ 16 9/ 16

7/ 8

1 11/8 11/8 1 1

31/4 43/4 41/8 43/8 53/4

Lmax up to beam dim. b= 4 5 51/2 71/8 85/8 101/4 9 105/8 121/4 125/8 133/8 141/8 63/4 77/8 97/8 11 133/8 141/8 51/2 63/4 77/8 9 113/8 133/4 61/4 71/2 91/4 103/8 113/8 121/4

Weight (lbs) for b=4 inch 113/4 L=4 inch

+per inch

15 15 15 13

0.20 0.34 0.51 0.60

2.3 4.2 6.8 10.1

Order details: Cantilever with beam adapter type 76 .1 17; b=…L=…

APPLICATION EXAMPLES LISEGA beam adapters can be used in combination with all components suitable for seating or flanging on beams. Here are two further typical examples with LISEGA standard components: Clamp base as fixed point

Roller bearing with side plates fitted at works

7.10

8

DESIGN DEVELOPMENT TOOLS

LICAD EASYSTEEL 速

速

PRODUCT GROUP

8

LISEGA DESIGN DEVELOPMENT TOOLS

CONTENTS

PAGE

0

LISEGA engineering software tools __________________________________8.1 LICAD design program ____________________________________________8.2

1

EASYSTEEL design program ________________________________________8.5 Component libraries ______________________________________________8.11 Interfaces to CAD programs________________________________________8.11

2

NAVISWORKS design viewer ______________________________________8.12

3 4 5 6 7 PRODUCT GROUP

9 8.0

8

LISEGA DESIGN DEVELOPMENT TOOLS

The intelligent solution for support planning LISEGA’s unique modular system was the prerequisite for the creation of highly sophisticated user software. The solutions on hand open up new opportunities for increased engineering design efficiency, improved quality and significant savings in project manhours.

The general introduction of 2D and 3D CAD modelling has already had a dramatic effect on the design process for pipework systems.

However, the benefits for pipe support design have been limited because supports were not included in the 3D CAD programs.

The LICAD® program has set new standards in this field. It allows the generation of pipe support drawings, bills of materials and 3-D models in minutes rather than hours. LICAD is an intelligent front-end program that provides all the required interface data for all common CAD software programs from a single source.

From the point of view of quality this single source function cannot be overemphasised.

To exploit further fields of application for

the LICAD user, LISEGA has also developed supplementary software. The complete package includes: ➜ LICAD planning and design software for pipe supports ➜ EASYSTEEL design program for secondary steel ➜ import and export interfaces for tables and databases ➜ interfaces with 3D CAD component packages ➜ 2D / 3D libraries for different CAD programs ➜ interfaces to independent 3D viewer programs ➜ Internet communication systems for downloading program updates and transmitting project information including drawings and orders

LICAD and EASYSTEEL are trademarks of LISEGA GmbH. All other products, fonts and company names mentioned are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.

LICAD EASYSTEEL ®

®

Via the export function, the support designs can be integrated into complex 3D views

8.1

8

LICAD

SOFTWARE WITH PROFIT EFFECT Needed first - designed last As a rule, the planning and design of complex pipe systems runs through numerous phases of optimization. Inevitably, the design of pipe supports takes place at the end of the whole process, and therefore often comes too late to ensure prompt delivery.

Although the supports are needed on site beforehand in order to ensure optimum installation of the piping, they lie right at the end of the planning chain.

The latest version is now available as Release 8 in the following languages: English, German, Spanish, Polish, French, Japanese and Chinese

At this point, it is even more vital to avoid unnecessary delay. The time factor is now all important.

LICAD speeds up the planning process LICAD, the unique LISEGA design program for pipe supports, sets the highest standards in efficiency. With LICAD, poring over catalogs and the painstaking preparation of bills of material can be dispensed with. The design of supports and load chains no longer needs to be configured manually and then drawn up at great expense in time and money.

What otherwise takes hours to produce can be done in minutes electronically - at the click of a mouse!

Future orientated logistics Via LICAD, savings in time are possible in the logistics process from planning right through to delivery. For example, if required the LICAD data can be sent directly by a customer to our main computer system for order processing on the same day. This fits in well with ever tighter order schedules!

AutoCAD drawing based on a LICAD design

8.2

LICAD is simple to use The relevant data for individual support points is entered using a menu driven program control. Only 6 parameters are required in order to find the optimum solution.

Free designation of axes

Simple registration of extra data required

LICAD drawing generated by a standard printer

➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜

pipe diameter temperature of the medium operating load travel installation height support configuration

From this input, the appropriate load chains are created automatically and in fractions of a second. The optimum selection of variable spring and constant hangers is made by the program simultaneously. Specific customer requirements, such as travel and load reserves in accordance with ASME, B 31.3, VGB or other codes, are taken into account. This is provided for by the corresponding input in a special menu. Considering these requirements, the programmed algorithm always ensures that the most economical solution will be selected from the possible options.

LISEGA modular system forms the basis A database system forms the basis of the program which the complete LISEGA product range is incorporated into as a functional modular system. From more than 8000 standard items, compatible herein with regard to loads and connections, more than 100 standard configurations cover practically any installation situation.

All essential functions at a glance

True to scale drawings The support chains created are automatically saved as complete assemblies and can be printed or plotted as a drawing at any time.

They are true to scale and contain all relevant details, including parts lists with weights and material, and if required, pricing and location plan.

Clear prompts for all significant data on the relevant support

Selection of support configurations

8.3

8 The fully designed support with detailed bill of material

Interference checks For larger plant projects, the design of the building structure, including steelwork, main components and piping, is carried out via 3D CAD programs, such as PDS/Microstation (Intergraph), Plant Space (Bentley) or PDMS (CADCENTRE). Planning continuity, as well as the need to consider possible interferences, necessitate the inclusion of the pipe supports in the process. Using defined interfaces, LICAD support designs can be transferred with no additional effort three-dimensionally and true to scale into the leading CAD programs .

The standard LICAD drawings are automatically transposed into 3D using special data files.

Location plan with axis markings and dimensions

LICAD saves up to 50% of planning costs LICAD runs smoothly on any modern PC with Windows and is easy to use. Due to its particular effectiveness, LICAD has already become an indispensable tool for numerous engineering departments when designing supports.

Potential cost savings of up to 50% simply cannot be ignored!

Simple uniform surface for export function

Auxiliary steelwork LICAD creates ready to install load chains from standard supports, from the building connection right through to the pipesurrounding attachment. In order to produce the connection to the existing structure, supplementary auxiliary structures are frequently required.

Via a special interface, the appropriate LICAD designs are transferred to a separate CAD program (e.g. AutoCAD), where they can be supplemented as desired. In most cases, where designs are not to complicated, EASYSTEEL (see page 8.5) offers the ideal solution.

Detailed display in 3D models

8.4

EASYSTEEL

The ideal task when designing pipe supports is to connect a pipe directly to the existing plant structure.

However, due to the given support positions, in most cases the existing plant structure does not allow a suitable connenction. The support designer is then required to plan additional secondary steel, so-called auxiliary structures.

Selected beam with different attachment and connecting options

Standard supports With LICAD, the most appropriate support configurations in each case are determined, then the corresponding standard supports in all their individual elements selected. A support drawing, parts list and 3D model can all be automatically generated using this system. If the standard supports cannot be connected directly to the existing plant structure, the next step is to use additional steel elements for the necessary adaptation.

Planning secondary steel Although this steel may consist of only 1 or 2 items, each design is invariably unique, its manufacture being both labour-intensive and costly using traditional techniques.

Creating the design and producing a drawing and a bill of materials with the cut lengths and economic load calculations requires a significant amount of time, even for simple designs.

With EASYSTEEL, LISEGA has now developed a powerful tool to reduce this time to a minimum and improve the quality of the design process. At the same time it ensures interface compatibility for electronic integration. The new LISEGA EASYSTEEL design program is a logical complement to the LISEGA modular system and the LICAD program.

40

20

75’ – 51/2

7.3 kips X = 0.86 inch Y = 1.45 inch Z = 1.70 inch (UP) 790°F 31/4

66’

Concept sketch

The program can be used either independently or in conjunction with data imported from a LICAD file. The user is guided menucontrolled through the design process, using easy selection screens.

EASYSTEEL provides the user with the most frequently used forms of steel designs as basic elements. The most common connection types are also supplied. The user selects the appropriate design shape from the corresponding selection screens and puts in the relevant dimensions and interface data.

The program then suggests beam sizes that are compatible in dimension and loading with the LISEGA attachment component. A further feature is the possibility of adaptation to the surrounding structure.

After the user has decided on the preferred section size, the program generates a true to scale drawing with bill of materials and cut list.

For the design elements available, EASYSTEEL contains a series of load capacity data bases. The information needed for the design-related selection of frame elements regarding weld sizes or bolt dimensions can be found here.

8.5

8 SPEZIAL FEATURES OF THE PROGRAM Connection of the pipe support to the secondary steel All LISEGA standard elements that can be attached to the secondary steel are included as an option, e. g.: ➜ weld-on eye plates, weld-on clevises, types 73, 75 ➜ weld-on brackets, type 35 ➜ spherical washers, beam clamps, types 74, 78 ➜ clamp bases, type 49 ➜ constant hangers with supports, constant supports, types 11+71, type 16 ➜ seated spring hangers, spring supports, types 25, 26, 29 ➜ U-bolts, type 40 ➜ weld-on pipe shoes, stanchions, types 57, 58 ➜ roller bearings, types 51, 52, 53 ➜ beam adapters, type 76

Selection screen for support attachment

Available options among the LISEGA standard pipe support connections

8.6

//////

//////

//////

//////

➡

➡

➡

//////

//////

Beam systems The program allows the selection of beam arrangements most commonly used for secondary steel designs as standard: ➜ beam between two existing structures

➡

//////////////

➡

/////////////

////// //////

➡

//////////////

➡

➡

///////////////

Due to the modular program, and the use of virtual section sizes, further specific national standards can be included.

Standardized beam arrangements

American Profiles USA C4x7.25 …

C12x30 W4x13 …

W12x79 W6x9 …

W14x38 L2x2x0.25 …

L4x4x0.375 TS3x3x0.25 …

TS8x8x3/8

8.7

Section sizes The program uses virtual section sizes and covers a sufficiently wide range of commonly used beam sections for various countries.

The list of programed beam sections considers American, European, Japanese and Chinese standards. After determination of a range of suitable steel sizes the designer can decide which national standards shall be used to generate the drawings.

➡ ///////////////

➜ post types Loading of beams is possible from above or below.

➡

➡

////////////

➡

➡

//////////////

➜ cantilever types

European Profiles British Profiles Height x Width D, F GB approx.

Sections (Channels) C102x51 100 x 50 U100 … … …

C305x102 300 x 100 U300 Wide flange sections 2*(C102x51) 100 x 100 HEB100 … … …

UC305x305 300 x 300 HEB300 Small flange sections UB127x76 140 x 75 IPE140 … … …

UB356x171 360 x 170 IPE360 Angle sections L50x50x6 50 x 50 L50x6 … … …

L100x100x12 100 x 100 L100x10 Square hollow sections TS80x80x6 80 x 80 SHP80x6.3 … … …

TS200x200x10 200 x 200 SHP200x10

Internal design.

This system allows the flexibility to design independently of specific national standards.

SC10 SC30 SH10 SH30 SI14 SI36 SL05 SL10 SQ08 SQ20

Ranges of selected section sizes

8 Attachment to existing structure The most common techniques for attachment to the existing structure are available in the program: ➜ beam directly welded ➜ beam with shim plates or beam with end-plate to spread the load ➜ beam with bolt-on plates ➜ welded clip-angle connections ➜ cut-out flange connection to fit inbetween two beams (with or without end/shim plate) ➜ beam end support on or under a roof girder.

Options of steel attachment

Weld sizes The weld sizes selected by the program are load compatible with the LISEGA modular system whether the weld is measured in throat thickness (mm) or leg length (inch, acc. to American standard).

Weld sizes Throat thickness 3 5 6 7 9 11 13 mm Leg length 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 inch

Connection compatibility Geometric checks are performed to avoid designs which would not fit when assembled on site. These checks include: 1. for welded attachments: ➜ comparison of the width of the attachment (incl. weld seam) with beam width ➜ determination of the weld size suitable for the section and attachment according to prevailing rules and recommendations 2. for bolted connections: ➜ selection of section sizes that allow compatibility of bolt holes with each other

8.8

How the program works The program is database driven, working with load capacity tables to determine the correct section, bolting and weld sizes. The concept allows the addition of other national section standards.

Codes and regulations The permissible load values used to select beam and weld sizes are based on commonly recognized steelwork codes such as AISC, BS, DIN. Additionally, user specifications can be defined and considered during the selection process.

All relevant data can be entered in one step

USE OF THE PROGRAM User input The program requires the following inputs: ➜ type designation of the attachment part ➜ operating load acting on the beam ➜ notation of the connection point This input can be taken directly from the LICAD file.

Four continuous screens guide the user in defining: ➜ positioning of the attachment ➜ the beam system ➜ the necessary length information ➜ the type of connection to surrounding structure The scaled drawing includes all dimensions and the bill of material. The weld sizes are shown according to requirements in throat thickness (mm) or leg length (inch). The language desired can be selected from a range of the most common languages.

8.9

8 A logical menu follow up guides the user through the design process

8.10

COMPONENT LIBRARIES

Component libraries For further design in the 2D and 3D fields, LISEGA component libraries are available for the following CAD programs: ➜ ➜ ➜ ➜

AutoCAD, Autodesk PDS, INTERGRAPH PDMS, CADCENTRE SUPPORT MODELER, Pelican Forge Corp. ➜ NAVISWORKS, LightWork Design The LISEGA catalog items (Standard Supports 2010) are available both as text and database files.

INTERFACES 2D application Via a DFX export file, the support design incl. dimensions can be transferred, with bills of materials, location plans and letter heads as an option, to CAD programs, e.g. AutoCAD or MicroStation.

3D application Via defined interfaces, the LICAD support designs can be transferred true to scale and without additional effort into the leading CAD programs. Using the component libraries as a basis, the standard CAD drawings can be converted to 3D in the respective CAD programs. Among others, this is possible with: ➜ PDS, INTERGRAPH ➜ PDMS, CADCENTRE ➜ SUPPORT MODELER, Pelican Forge Corp. ➜ NAVISWORKS, LightWork Design Updates LICAD, EASYSTEEL and other software packages are being constantly updated and expanded. The respective valid program versions and interfaces can be downloaded from the LISEGA homepage. The necessary license numbers are thereby issued to the user via e-mail as an automatic function. Additional numbers can also be supplied by phone.

8.11

8

VIEWER

NAVISWORK 3D Design Viewer In partnership with LIGHTWORK DESIGN in the UK, LISEGA has created an economical and easy to utilize 3D design system for pipe supports. NAVISWORKS ROAMER is a proven 3D design review program independent of any CAD design package. It contains all the functions that a support designer requires to check a 3D plant model, the main features being: ➜ navigation, communication and interaction in real-time with very large 3D models on a desktop or laptop computer. ➜ interface to MicroStation (incl. PDS) and AutoCAD formats (incl. AutoPlant). ➜ speed and ease in locating key components. ➜ snap-on measuring tool with the ability to copy and paste dimensions into LICAD. ➜ Fast Open GL graphics, enabling the quick and easy real-time navigation and viewing of very large models.

➜ ease of use – non-CAD-trained staff can efficiently use the system after minimal training. ➜ interference check (Clash Detector) module available. ➜ export of JPEG and AVI files for transmitting design review information (pictures). ➜ QA enhanced by access to a single model with up to date model description. ➜ lifetime record storage of support information with reduction in lifetime maintenance costs using as-built model.

Users can import 3D plant models from MicroStation and/or AutoCAD. 3D pipe support models (generated in LICAD) can also be imported.

LISEGA customers have the opportunity to use a full working version of the program for a 15 day trial. The program can be installed from the LISEGA Multimedia CD. Specimen models are also included on the CD. If the program is required for only one project, a program copy can be obtained through LISEGA licensed only for this project.

8.12

EXTRA SERVICES

9

SERVICE

9

SERVICES

CONTENTS

PAGE

0

Supplementary services __________________________________________ 9.1 Engineering______________________________________________________ 9.5

1

Field service ____________________________________________________ 9.11

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 PRODUCT GROUP 9.0

9

SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES PRODUCT GROUP 9 The LISEGA product program introduced in the STANDARD SUPPORTS 2010 catalog corresponds to current technological developments in appropriate supports for piping systems in industrial plant construction.

The relevant international requirements are satisfied at the highest level.

Special fields of application The standard designs described cover the usual range of application. For special areas, e.g. nuclear plants or offshore operations, extended measures in the question of material quality or corrosion protection are required occasionally. The fulfilment of special customer requirements is guaranteed by the integrated quality assurance system. The applicable certification is supplied with the order.

Service areas Increasing pressure from costs through international competition has led to the dispersal of service areas (outsourcing). Following the growing demand, LISEGA has readjusted its capacity in the fields of engineering and onsite service at all locations. For support design, the use of specially developed computer software enables particularly effective support, e.g. in the 3D sector.

Standardized supplementary services By way of specific supplementary services the LISEGA standard program can be adjusted to particular needs. The field of product application is widened in this way and the LISEGA performance package further optimised. All the significant supplementary services are standardized according to the LISEGA modular system and cataloged in Product Group 9.

9.2 Quality management 9.2.1 Inspection reports When required, inspection reports with digitally recorded values can be supplied as functional certification for constant and spring hangers and shock absorbers.

9.2.2 In service testing In service testing for the mechanically functioning components of all makes can be carried out in the relevant LISEGA plants or on mobile test benches in the installation itself.

9.2.3 Material certification The following material certificates can be supplied on request:

9.0 Supplementary services 9.1 Adjustment work Constant and spring hangers are set and blocked for cold load by electronic force and travel measurement on a hydraulic test bench.

9.1.1 Storage of blocking devices If required, spring hangers can be supplied with storage points for blocking devices on the housing (after deblocking). This is standard on the constant hangers.

Compilation of component documentation.

9.1

9.2.4 Supplier COC Manufacture and dispatch as per order can be confirmed with a Certificate of Compliance.

9.2.5 Material certificates 2.2 The material in all catalog components can be certified by material certificates according to EN 10204 - 2.2 (not in US).

9 9.2.6 Material certificates 3.1 B for special components Components affected by the direct flux of force, e.g. the springs of constant and spring hangers, can be supplied with material certificates acc. to EN 10204 - 3.1 B (not in US).

9.2.7 Complete traceability through CMTR The complete traceability of material for all catalog product components by way of separate manufacture is possible acc. to Certified Material Test Report.

9.2.8 Pre-examination documents The standardized products have largely been qualified through independent authorities (TÜV or VGB) by specified type and suitability tests.

For special, particularly non-standardized designs, pre-examination documents such as design drawings, parts lists, calculations, test sequence schedules and welding plans can be supplied.

9.2.9 Stricter quality requirements For fields of application with stricter security and quality requirements, such as nuclear installations, the quality assurance program is applied at the highest quality level. All the stages of order processing and handling follow recognized procedures corresponding to the quality requirements of standard codes and guidelines such as KTA or TÜV suitability tests, as well as ASME Sect. III, NCA and NF. The following aspects are particularly considered: ➜ materials acquisition from approved suppliers

9.3.1 Spring hangers and spring supports up to load group 9 In addition to galvanizing, all exterior surfaces of components are treated with a barrier coating, layer thickness 1.18mil [30µm], and a dual-component acrylic-polyurethane blue topcoat, layer thickness 2.36mil [60µm].

Total layer thickness: 3.93mil [100µm].

Immersion painting

9.3.2 Constant hangers and supports, variable spring hangers from load size 9, rigid struts and trapezes.

In addition to the standard coating, all outer surfaces of components are treated with a dual-component acrylic-polyurethane blue topcoat, coating thickness 2.36mil [60µm].

Total layer thickness: 7.085mil [180µm].

9.3.3 Connecting elements The connecting elements in Product Group 6 can be supplied hot dip galvanized from stock.

➜ complete traceability of material ➜ special supervision of manufacture All sectors are fully documented.

9.3 Surface treatment In addition to specified, standardized surface treatment, extended corrosion protection according to Technical Specification, Section 8, page 0.10, can be supplied.

Spray painting

9.2

9.4.2 Preassembly of pipe clamps and pipe bearings Pipe clamp and pipe bearing halves are bolted together and supplied as complete units.

9.5. Designation and marking If not otherwise agreed, the components are sorted and packaged according to type and marked for quantity, type number and order number. Additional designations and markings can be supplied if required.

Load chain assembly

9.5.1 Designation of individual parts If required, all components can be individually marked as to type, support or order number.

9.3.4 Pipe bearings and pipe clamps Pipe-surrounding components can be treated with a special coating on a blasted surface.

9.3.5 Special treatment Besides the above-mentioned processes, other kinds of corrosion protection can be agreed upon for all products. Due to storagerelated availability of standard designs, separate manufacture may be required in this respect. This applies particularly to hot dip galvanizing.

9.4 Preassembly If not otherwise agreed, the components making up a shipment are packaged in bundles according to type.

9.5.2 Second name plate Variable spring hangers and constant hangers can be fitted with a second name plate if required.

9.5.3 Second load and travel scale Constant and variable spring hangers can be fitted with a second travel scale and constant hangers with a second load scale if required.

9.6 Packaging For the various packaging requirements appropriate types of packaging are available:

For easier handling and economical assembly on site, individual components can however be supplied pre-assembled in load chains, bundled and marked.

9.4.1 Preassembly of load chains The load chains are pre-assembled according to support drawings and marked with the support position number. Constant and variable spring hangers, as well as larger pipe clamps (bulky components), are kept separate for easier handling and marked accordingly.

Load chains, preassembled, bundled and marked

9.3

9 9.6.1 Inland packaging Sturdy wooden crates or pallets fitted with skids for fork-lifting are supplied for road or rail transport.

9.6.2 Seaworthy packaging Special wooden crates are used with skids for fork-lifting and reinforced side walls for crane operations. The inside of the crate lid is covered with plastic sheeting to prevent moisture ingression.

9.6.3 Further special types of packaging can be agreed upon in detail.

9.7. Transport If required, we can take responsibility for the logistics of shipment of goods to the site or other destinations (FCA, FOB, etc.)

Part of dispatch section

Seaworthy packaging

Project-related order logistics

9.4

ENGINEERING, SUPPORT DESIGN The proper functional integration of pipe supports into the existing piping and plant concept has a decisive influence on the long-term behavior of pipe systems. The same care and attention should therefore be paid to support planning as to the pipe systems themselves. In this respect, the choice of product and the availability of up-to-date design software has a major effect on the quality of planning.

9.8 Engineering, support design Besides high quality requirements, it is essential in the planning of supports to keep to tight schedules and economic targets. At the same time, plant operators keep a consciously tight rein on the resources required. To avoid thereby endangering the budgeting and logistics of entire projects, the planning arrangements are placed in the hands of suitable engineering firms (outsourcing).

LISEGA has been a specialist for a long period in the provision of the relevant facilities for the execution of complex planning activities. Highly qualified and experienced technicians and engineers are available at all LISEGA locations. For the optimum fulfilment of all customer requirements, the different areas are equipped with the latest, most

systematically considered. For the design and dimensioning of both supports and secondary steel, the relevant pipe system calculation data as well as detailed plans of the piping layout and structural factors are taken into account.

For the effective transfer of the support arrangements into 2D or 3D models, and to guarantee the economical preparation of drawings, the most sophisticated software is applied. In addition to our own specially developed material the following standard programs are currently in use: ➜ LICAD ➜ AutoCAD (2D-CAD) ➜ MicroStation (2D and 3D-CAD) ➜ PDMS (3D-CAD) ➜ Staad III (static / dynamic calculation of secondary steel) ➜ PSA 5 (pipe system calculation program) ➜ CAE-pipe (pipe system calculation program)

Engineering in Newport, TN, USA

sophisticated software. In internationally overlapping projects, and whenever required, the engineering sections at the various locations work in close association.

Pipe supports for complete plant systems including secondary steel are conceived, planned and drawn up according to project requirements. On the basis of the LISEGA modular system and decades of experience, ready-to-install load chains from structural attachment right through to pipe-surrounding component are generated from standard supports. The relevant international technical codes and standards as well as particular customer requirements are thereby

9.5

Engineering in Zeven, Germany

Analysis of complex support arrangements

9 The following engineering services are available according to requirements: 9.8.1 Design of support arrangements (load chain designs) with LICAD: The following data should ideally be supplied by the customer: ➜ pipe diameter ➜ loads ➜ movements ➜ temperatures ➜ insulation thickness, if necessary ➜ piping material ➜ installation length and position, or corresponding piping and structural plans

LICAD drawing

➜ specifications On the basis of these data, ready-to-install load chains are generated with the LISEGA design program LICAD from standard supports, from structural attachment right through to pipe-surrounding component. The designs so prepared are stored and printed out as scale drawings, including parts lists with load and material data. As an option, location plans and pricing details can be included with the LICAD drawings.

9.8.2 Generation of 2D CAD drawings without supplementary steel For the preparation of 2D CAD drawings the following information on the drawing layout, in addition to the details in 9.8.1, is required: ➜ drawing sheet in format DXF, DWG or DGN

CAD drawing according to customer requirements

➜ drawing numbers ➜ location plans

As the basis for the CAD drawing, a LICAD support configuration together with dimensioning, parts list and relevant adjustment data is supplied via a special interface. The drawing sheet required is inserted in the customer's

specific drawing layout. The CAD drawing is supplemented by a location plan and drawing number.

9.6

9.8.3 Generation of 2D CAD drawings incl. supplementary steel As well as customer details mentioned in 9.8.1 and 9.8.2, data as to dimension and position of the steelwork is required for CAD drawings including supplementary steel (secondary steel). The CAD drawings are generated as in 9.8.2 but additionally supplemented by the steelwork required.

9.8.4 Complete planning with preparation of CAD drawings For complete support planning (engineering), the following documentation is supplied by the customer beside the data according to 9.8.1:

CAD drawing with supplementary steel

➜ drawing sheet in format DXF, DWG or DGN ➜ drawing numbers ➜ piping isometrics ➜ piping calculations ➜ pipe plans ➜ structural plans

The planning of the support designs and the secondary steel required is based on the documentation supplied. The results are generated as 2D CAD drawings in the AutoCAD program as described in 9.8.2 and 9.8.3.

CAD drawing for complex support situation

9.7

9.8.5 Preparation of 3D models with MicroStation for PDS For the generation of 3D models on MicroStation the pipe supports are first prepared as 2D models. The 2D data are then transposed into 3D data by LICAD and transferred via an interface into the MicroStation 3D model. The secondary steel required is supplemented in the 3D model.

In PDS the 3D models so generated can be used for interference checks.

9 9.8.6 Support design of 3D models in PDMS For the design of 3D pipe system supports in the PDMS program, the customer makes a PDMS model complete with pipe systems, steel and all structural components available.

In addition, the data listed in 9.8.1 is required for the design of pipe supports.

The support points, including the necessary secondary steel, are planned and laid out directly in the PDMS 3D model by experienced designers. LICAD provides the well-tried basis for this. The load chains generated in LICAD, transposed into 3D data, are integrated into the model with the aid of a PDMS interface. Any secondary steel required can be directly supplemented in PDMS. Finally, an examination of possible obstructions (interference check) is carried out in the 3D model. The customer receives a complete, fully checked 3D model with all planned support positions and the relevant 2D draw-

3D PDMS display

3D PDS display

2D support drawing generated directly from PDMS 3D model

ings, including parts lists. The support drawings can also be generated in the 3D mode if required.

9.8

9.8.7 Static calculation of secondary steel including structural attachment loads.

LISEGA provides the design report summary for the dimensioning of the planned secondary steel according to Code AISC or DIN18800.

SUPPORT REACTIONS KNT.

LOADCASE

IN KNS

METER

X FORCE Y FORCE

STATIC SYS. = SPACE Z FORCE

Design of steelwork with STAAD III

X MOM.

Y MOM.

Z MOM.

This summary is supplied with the STAAD III statics program.

9.8.8 Pipe system calculation In older installations it is often necessary for reasons of operational safety to renew pipe systems and supports in order to meet current standards in technology. There is often insufficient documentation available offering information on calculations regarding the original design. If so desired, a static calculation of pipe systems can be provided. The following typical load conditions per support point are calculated: ➜ weight ➜ temperature ➜ static G ➜ emergency shutdown ➜ hydrostatic test The codes ASME B31.1, ASME B31.3 and BS806 are observed for the calculations. The relevant code is to be defined on ordering according to version and year.

9.9

9 2D support drawings and PDS 3D model generated from them

The following advantages are available to the customer when using LISEGA planning capacity to the fullest: ➜ economical limitation of your own capacity ➜ complete certainty of expert performance by experienced specialists ➜ fast and flexible processing of whole project from initial order through to delivery on the principle of “everything under one roof” ➜ complete and lasting computerized documentation ➜ availability of highly skilled personnel for any subsequent services required

9.10

ON SITE SERVICE The operational safety of pipe systems and therefore the availability and long life of the plants is dependent to a large degree on the condition and functional capacity of the supports employed.

To avoid costly damage and operational breakdown the regular inspection of thermal movement in piping systems and the condition of supports especially in older installations - is urgently advised.

9.9 Plant service Additional stress and strain caused by lowquality pipe supports during pipe system operation can lead to long-term damage that considerably increases the risk of malfunction and breakdown when the plant is in operation.

Faults frequently occurring in pipe supports are: ➜ poor support designs ➜ faulty installation ➜ incorrect load settings ➜ inappropriate instructions ➜ deficient quality of support components A particular problem often arises in older installations when variable spring and constant hangers are installed with springs that are not pre-relaxed (see page 1.16 in this respect). Through the increasing relaxation over a period of time a growing loss of ultimate load gradually occurs. Load deviations resulting from this can lead to impermissible additional stress in sensitive areas, e.g. at connection points. Timely inspection in the plant can contribute to the prompt identification and elimination of critical stresses.

Specimen of a hanger check list from a plant

9.11

Checking piping movements

For this special service LISEGA offers the resources of an internationally leading manufacturer maintaining a team of qualified and experienced specialists at all group locations.

This team inspects the thermal movement in the piping system and checks the support systems. They produce comprehensive reports and provide the appropriate recommendations for a solution. Special software is implemented for the presentation and documentation of findings.

The service team is expressly trained for the execution of specific services in the field of pipe supports and works strictly according to the guidelines laid down by quality management and the relevant safety standards.

9

The range of services includes the following performance sectors: 9.9.1 Inspection of pipe supports ➜ inspection of general condition of pipe supports ➜ load and travel checks for spring supports ➜ function testing of constant and variable spring hangers with mobile test equipment at the plant or on stationary test benches at a LISEGA facility. The findings are automatically recorded.

9.9.2 Inspection of piping movements ➜ inspection of the general condition of the piping itself and if necessary the geometrical positioning.

9.9.4 Supervision of construction, installation and commissioning

➜ checking of piping system for unrestricted freedom of movement in all three planes.

➜ material reception and control

➜ determination of vertical movements at all support points, and in all three planes at piping connections and selected points.

➜ organization and administration of warehouse stocks ➜ pre-assembly and arrangement of complete support configurations

9.9.3 Design of supports at the plant

➜ installation of supports at the designated points

➜ design and planning of pipe supports in the event of renewal and modification in older installations

➜ supervision of installation of piping systems into the supports prepared

➜ measurement work at the plant ➜ solving problems posed by restricted space ➜ design of pipe supports with LICAD, EASYSTEEL and AutoCAD ➜ preparation of parts lists and material data

Graphic display of piping system movements

➜ inspection of the system as to correct installation according to drawings and installation and operation instructions ➜ deblocking and commissioning the supports according to an agreed procedure ➜ load and travel checks according to requirements after commissioning ➜ inspection for freedom of movement of the pipe system in all three planes ➜ later regulation of the hangers in the event of any load differences detected

Testing constant hangers on site with a mobile test bench.

Discussion on findings and observations in pipe systems inspected.

9.12

9.9.5 Maintenance, inspection and checking of shock absorbers ➜ visual inspection to identify signs of possible functional disorders ➜ function testing on mobile benches at the plant or on corresponding testing facilities at the works ➜ installation and dismounting, with subsequent transportation to the testing facilities Check on correct installation

➜ the function testing with corresponding electronic documentation of findings can be carried out for all makes 9.9.6 Servicing of shock absorbers after lengthy operational use or after overloading ➜ dismounting of shock absorbers and documentation of external state and environmental conditions

Supervision of support installation

➜ function testing after dismounting and documentation of results ➜ dismounting of shock absorbers and inspection of individual components for wear or damage ➜ exchange of all seals and hydraulic fluid as well as other components with noticeable wear ➜ final function testing in line with test program and according to relevant specifications ➜ reinstallation at the plant ➜ preparation of complete final documentation

The LISEGA on-site service spectrum applies especially to the use of pipe supports and their effect on pipe systems. On corresponding utilization, the LISEGA service package provides a valuable contribution to the functional safety and long life of complex pipe systems.

Testing PSA shock absorbers at the plant with a mobile LISEGA test bench.

9.13

11:11 Uhr

Seite 2

LISEGA Inc. - USA 370 East Dumplin Valley Rd. Kodak, TN 37764 Tel.: +1 (0) 865 940 5200 Fax: +1 (0) 865 940 5140 E-Mail: info@us.lisega.com www.lisega.com LISEGA SE - Germany Hochkamp 5 27404 Zeven Postfach 1357 27393 Zeven Tel.: +49 (0) 42 81 - 713 - 0 Fax: +49 (0) 42 81 - 713 - 214 E-Mail: info@de.lisega.com www.lisega.de LISEGA SAS - France Z.I. La Marinière 21, Rue Gutenberg 91919 Bondoufle, Cedex Tel.: +33 (0)1 60 86 40 21 Fax: +33 (0)1 60 86 48 28 E-Mail: info@fr.lisega.com www.lisega.fr LISEGA Ltd. - Great Britain Unit 3, Washington Centre Halesowen Road Netherton West Midlands, DY2 9RE Tel.: +44 (0) 13 84 458 660 Fax: +44 (0) 13 84 213 301 E-Mail: info@uk.lisega.com www.lisega.co.uk LISEGA - China LISEGA Pipe Support Technologies (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. 7800 Songze Av., Qingpu Industrial Zone Shanghai, ZIP 201700, PR China Tel.: +86 (0) 21 69 21 2888 Fax: +86 (0) 21 69 21 2999 E-Mail: info@cn.lisega.com www.lisega.com.cn

© LISEGA - 2011

US

01.08.2013

US

Umschlag US 2011.qxp